c Expand All C Collapse All

General questions

MoonBot is a trading terminal that communicates with the exchange via an API and allows you to trade faster than other traders who use the exchange's web interface.
Your advantages over other traders who do not have this terminal:
- The tick chart (a second chart on which each trade is visible).
- Monitor all exchange coins across all pairs and quickly spot a good move.
- Unlimited order size (the Free version limits order size to $40).
- Unlimited number of active orders (the Free version is limited to 20 orders).
- Quickly place both single orders and a grid of indented orders in a single click.
- The ability to receive signals from private channels and Telegram groups and automatically place orders and buy coins, with simultaneous setting of take, stop losses and trailing.
- Ability to trade to all existing pairs on the exchange.
- Ability to use unique manual and automatic strategies.
- A large number of filters and advanced stop setting.
- Dynamic vertical and horizontal volumes.
- Online chart drawing functionality (support lines, slopes, fibo, etc.)
- Ability to place sell orders on coins held on balance and purchased on the exchange manually.
- Saving graphs of all coins after restarting/exiting and restarting (if no more than 8 hours have passed between bot starts).
- Spot and futures trading with the possibility to connect additional modules extending the terminal's capabilities ("Moon Scalper", "Binance Futures").
- Free connection of other API keys from the same exchange account with PRO status.
- The ability to run an unlimited number of copies of the bot (the Free version is limited to 1 active bot).
- Possibility to use UDP Trusted Control (in Free version Trusted Control is only possible in emulation mode).
- Instant retrieval of commands from TradingView by means of a web hook.
And many other features.
The official website of the MoonBot terminal:
1) in English: https://moon-bot.com/en/home/
2) in Russian: https://moon-bot.com/ru/home/
You can download the free FREE version of MoonBot from our website https://moon-bot.com/en/download/ (button "DOWNLOAD MOONBOT").
  After clicking this button the archive will be downloaded to your computer, which should be extracted into a separate folder on your computer, e.g. C:/Moonbot.
The MoonBot terminal is a portable x64 Windows application designed to automate cryptocurrency exchange trading. The current version supports Binance, HTX and Bittrex exchanges.
You can find all the benefits of the PRO version on our website "PRO version" page https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/
The system requirements for the computer on which the MoonBot will run are as follows:
Operating system: Windows 7 64bit/ Windows server 2012 (64 bit) or older, but always with a 64 bit architecture.
When installing the MoonBot terminal on a dedicated server (VDS), choose a configuration with 2 vCores CPU and 2GB RAM.
Brief instructions on how to install the MoonBot terminal:
  1) Download the MoonBot terminal archive from our website https://moon-bot.com/files/MoonBot.zip
  2) Unzip it into a separate folder (not in the system folders or on the desktop).
Attention, recommendations for installation and location of the MoonBot folder:
  a) Do not run the MoonBot terminal from the archive;
  b) Do not extract MoonBot to the desktop, temporary and system folders in your operating system, such as windows, temp, users and so on;
  c) Do not use Cyrillic letters in the folder names in the path to the MoonBot terminal;
  d) If your computer has drives other than the system C drive, such as D, E, etc., then place the MoonBot terminal folder on them. If the computer only has a system C drive, then place the MoonBot folder on this drive in a separate folder in the root directory, e.g. C:\MoonBot.
  3) To run the MoonBot terminal you need to right-click on the MoonBot.exe file and select "Run as administrator", this mode will increase the priority of the application on your PC, the clock accuracy will be normalised and the connection to the exchange will be improved.
  4) On the Settings - Login tab you need to select the desired exchange and enter the API keys from that exchange's account into the relevant fields below and click on the "Register API keys" button. You do not need to re-enter API keys when you run MoonBot next time.
  Important: Be sure to make backups of the folder with the MoonBot terminal after registering the API keys!
A backup is the only way to restore keys in case of disk formatting and system reinstallation.
  5) When using the MoonBot terminal on a VPS (remote server), select Menu - System Settings in the bot and check "VDS optimized mode" in the window that appears, then reboot the bot in administrator mode.
  6) Ensure that the Start button, which is located in the top left corner of the MoonBot main terminal window, is pressed.
  7) Adjust the basic parameters and strategies to suit your trading style.
For more detailed instructions on installing and running the application, see Installation and API Keys at https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/api-keys/
The main differences between the FREE version of the MoonBot terminal and the full PRO version:
- The volume of each buy order on the FREE version is limited to 40 USDT BTC equivalent.
- You can only run one FREE bot on a computer.
- Trading on FREE version is only possible on BTC pairs, other pairs can be viewed in the bot, but orders cannot be placed (trading on all pairs is only available on PRO version)
- Trading on the FREE version is only possible on the spot market (futures trading is only possible on the PRO version with the additional Binance Futures trading module activated).
To view MoonBot users' trade statistics (real-time / 24 hour / weekly), as well as types of popular strategies, visit: https://stat.moon-bot.com/
You should first go to the official MoonBot website for instructions and functionality: https://moon-bot.com/en/home/
  The benefits of the PRO version are described here: https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/
  MoonBot terminal download page: https://moon-bot.com/en/download/
  MoonBot terminal installation and start-up: https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/api-keys/
  MoonBot user trade statistics (real time / 24 hours / weekly): https://stat.moon-bot.com/
  After reading the information on the website, the following steps need to be taken:
  1) Register an account on the Binance exchange using one of the four corporate referral links to activate the exchange's partial rebate bonus program and activate additional functionality in MoonBot. A list of bonus program representatives can be viewed by clicking on the MoonBonus button at the top of the main MoonBot terminal window.
  2) Register trading API keys on the Binance exchange (enable trading permission and whitelist the IPs to be traded from, if necessary).
  3) Make a trading deposit, but not less than the minimum lot on coins (from $15 in BTC equivalent for FREE version).
  4) Download the MoonBot terminal from the official website https://moon-bot.com/en/download/
  5) Launch the MoonBot terminal on your computer in administrator mode.
  6) Register the previously obtained API keys in the MoonBot terminal https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/api-keys/
  7) Set up strategies (manual and automatic) https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/strategies/
  8) Begin test trading and mastering the Moonbot functionality.
It is not possible to get the full PRO version of the MoonBot terminal for free testing. For a trial period and to get acquainted with the basic functionality of the MoonBot terminal, we offer to download https://moon-bot.com/en/download/ and install the free FREE version of the software. But we also have regular competitions, where users of free FREE version MoonBot can win full package of PRO version MoonBot for 1 month, during which you can test full functionality of MoonBot terminal.
  Contest rules:
  1) The competition starts on the 1st and 3rd Mondays of each month, at 00:01 GMT+0, and runs for exactly one week.
  2) Only users of the free FREE version of the MoonBot terminal can participate and all trading methods are allowed - manual, auto by strategy, by signal, etc.
  3) A current version of the MoonBot terminal is required, with a valid Telegram handle to contact you.
  4) The top three winners are selected on the basis of the largest weekly profits in USD, whereas the minimum number of orders must be at least 50 and the minimum profit at least 20 USD.
  Prizes:
1 place: 1 month activation of MoonBot PRO + Moon Scalper + Binance Futures and 2 weeks access to the MoonBot Academy English closed group
2 place: 2 weeks access to the MoonBot Academy English closed group
3 place: 1 weeks access to the MoonBot Academy English closed group
Read more about the conditions of the competition on this page of our website: https://moon-bot.com/en/91-competitions/
Each time you run the MoonBot terminal you must run MoonBot.exe in administrator mode by right-clicking on the file and selecting "Run as administrator".
Or you can set a permanent attribute on the MoonBot.exe file to run it as an administrator. To do this, select the MoonBot.exe, right-click on it, select Properties - Compatibility - check the "Run this program as аdministrator" box - Apply - OK. In this case you can now run the bot by simply double- clicking on the MoonBot.exe file and it will run in Administrator mode automatically.
Running the MoonBot terminal in administrator mode allows it to take priority over the main processes on the computer, as well as improving clock synchronisation and accuracy in the MoonBot to prevent the effect of the main price line and tick-trading on the chart being stratified. Clock accuracy is considered normal if it is in the plus or minus 50 ms range. If you see a red "Clock accuracy Bad" message in the bottom left corner of the MoonBot main window, you should take the necessary steps to correct this situation (restart your computer, router, check your Internet connection, check your time sync and time zone, and then restart MoonBot in Administrator mode).
Yes you can, you need to buy the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal with the optional Binance Futures module https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/binance-futures-addon/
Binance does not allow users to trade on leverage greater than x20 for 60 days after activation of a futures account. You will have to wait for this restriction to expire and then you can change leverage higher than x20, both on the exchange itself and accordingly in the MoonBot terminal.
If you do not have "Short" checked, it means that you do not have the Binance Futures module activated in the MoonBot terminal, which extends the capabilities of the terminal and allows you to trade both futures and spot markets in "short on spot" mode.
As the MoonBot terminal is not installed in the Windows system but runs from its folder, which contains the MoonBot.exe file and related files, to transfer the MoonBot to another computer you must close the MoonBot terminal, then copy the entire MoonBot terminal folder to a thumb drive and transfer it to the other computer. Alternatively, you may not even copy the MoonBot folder to another computer, but run it directly from the flash drive.
Attention, recommendations for installation and location of the MoonBot folder:
a) Do not run the MoonBot terminal from the archive;
b) Do not extract MoonBot to the desktop, temporary and system folders in your operating system, such as windows, temp, users and so on;
c) Do not use Cyrillic letters in the folder names in the path to the MoonBot terminal;
d) If your computer has drives other than the system C drive, such as D, E, etc., then place the MoonBot terminal folder on them. If the computer only has a system C drive, then place the MoonBot folder on this drive in a separate folder in the root directory, e.g. C:\MoonBot.
The Moon Scalper module is a paid add-on to MoonBot which extends its functionality.
  After activating this module, features such as
  - Vertical volumes
  - Horizontal volumes
  - Drawing functionality on the graph
  - Ability to activate smooth schedule mode
  - Placing multi orders
  - Alerts on drawing elements
Read more about the functionality of the Moon Scalper module here: https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/moon-scalper-addon/
Yes, this is available to PRO version MoonBot owners who have the Moon Scalper module activated.
The drawing functionality of the chart can be configured by right-clicking on the Pencil button (Draw on the chart).
In this menu you must select and click on one of the items:
- Pen (free drawing)
- Horizontal line (level with price)
- Sloping line (trend line)
- Triangle (triangular zones)
- Fibonacci lines (the 0.618 level is user-defined, you can drag this line with the left mouse button while holding down the Ctrl button)
- Rectangular area (price level or percentage level)
You can also choose line colour, thickness, type and transparency.
In order to start drawing, hold down the Ctrl button on the graph and hold down the left mouse button to draw the required element.
To remove an element, press Ctrl+Z or move the mouse cursor to the selected element, press the left mouse button and select "Remove" from the menu. If you want to change the position of the drawn element, hold Ctrl and move the cursor over the outermost point or line of the element and edit its position.
If you need to disable all drawings on the graph urgently, press the Pencil button (the button will become inactive) to disable the drawing layer.
The additional paid module "Binance Futures" in the MoonBot terminal allows you to trade open-ended futures on Binance with leverage from x1 to x125, that is, with a deposit of $1000, you can work with an order of $125000. And earn not only on rise of coins entering into LONG positions, but also on their fall opening SHORT positions. More details about futures trading you can read on Binance website, or search information on the internet.
In addition, this module gives you the opportunity to trade Quarterly Futures Contracts as well. You connect to futures trading on the Settings - Login tab.
You can purchase the optional Binance Futures module from the Settings - Unlock tab of the MoonBot terminal.
There for owners of the PRO version is available free testing of the module for 7 days with the limitation of the order size to $30 without taking into account the leverage, that is, the order size with the selected leverage during the test period can be from $30 to $3750.
Once you have purchased the Binance Futures module for the MoonBot terminal, the following steps need to be taken:
  - Activate a futures account on the Binance website.
  - Transfer some funds to the futures account.
  - Obtain new API keys on the Binance exchange with permission to trade in futures (when creating the keys, you need to edit the permissions and check the box allowing to trade in the futures market), and if necessary, prescribe a white IP address in them.
  - Copy the current folder with the MoonBot terminal for spot trading to create a separate MoonBot terminal for futures trading.
  - Next, you need to open the tab "Settings - Login" in your copy of the MoonBot, select "Binance Futures" from the drop-down menu and click the "Apply" button.
  - Then click on "Register another keys" and enter the new API keys that have permission for futures trading.
  - Then click "Register API keys" and wait for the MoonBot to load futures mode.
  If you are having difficulty connecting the MoonBot terminal to futures trading, the following information on our website is useful:
  https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/api-keys/
  https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/binance-futures-addon/
  You can also ask for help in the Moon Bot Public telegram group: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
The MoonBot Autotrading Extension Package consists of the following add-ons:
  - Spread strategy
  - EMA filter
  - EMA strategy
  - Additional parameters in the MoonShot strategy for setup of repeated triggers
  - Set of parameters for managing triggers
  - Set of options for Session Management
  The expansion pack for Autotrading is activated in the "Moon Credits" window for internal MoonBot credits.
  Without activation, the features in this package operate only in Emulator mode, enabled through the Menu on the MoonBot main terminal window.
  To open the "Moon Credits" window, click on the PRO Version inscription in the lower right corner of the main Moonbot window or on the "Moon Credits" inscription on the "Settings - Unlock" tab.
  The available amount of Moon Credits on your balance can be viewed in the same window at the bottom left.
  You can refill your Moon Credits balance through our administrators by requesting them in the official MoonBot terminal telegram channel: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
Currently, three exchanges can be connected to MoonBot: Binance, HTX and Bittrex. There are no plans to connect new exchanges at this time.
When you purchase the PRO version of MoonBot, you get a lifetime license to use the software, as well as free upgrades that are released regularly. A list of MoonBot updates is published in our telegram channel MoonBotNews: https://t.me/MoonBotNews
When downloading the basic version of the MoonBot terminal, there is an empty file with strategies in the data folder. The user creates strategies independently, based on their needs in manual or automatic trading. Information on strategies is available on our website https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/strategies/
A ready-made file with test strategies for the Binance spot market can be downloaded from our website: https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/strategies/ (archive file data.zip: https://api.moon-bot.com/files/data.zip)
The data folder in this zip must be copied into the folder of the MoonBot terminal with replacement.
Attention! This operation should be done with the terminal turned off and it will completely replace all the strategies that were previously in it!
If you already had your filled strategies, make a backup of the data folder before copying.
There are now 19 strategies in the MoonBot terminal and they are designed to work with different detects, signals and algorithms.
You can select the types of strategies you want and adjust them to your trading ideas, with numerous parameters in the strategies that can be changed with varying degrees of precision and in varying ranges.
The MoonBot itself does not check the "adequacy" of the parameters and will execute a strategy according to the settings you have specified, so please read the descriptions of the strategies and their parameters carefully and only activate strategies if you are sure about what you are doing.
You can always pre-test strategies in the "Emulation mode", in order to verify the basic settings (detects, filter settings, location of Buy and Sell orders, EMA and trigger settings, stops, trailing stops and other settings), but these will not be as accurate as real account strategies, as the emulator will not account for pings and lags, as well as the fill rate and the real drawdown of orders. That is why a strategy that has been working in the "Emulation mode" for a long time and showing positive results on a real account with a working order can work with zero profit as well as with a negative one.
We recommend you to use the real trading mode with minimal order to test strategies on a long distance with real trades.
If you are satisfied with the strategy's performance, you can then gradually increase the order size and monitor the reports.
Information on strategies and their parameters can be found on our website: https://moon-bot.com/ru/manual/strategies/
We do not provide support on how strategies are set up and work. If you think that your strategy is not working as you think it should be tested by you, do a little research yourself.
Go to Settings - Advanced - System, activate the Extended Debug Mode (check the Extended Debug Mode box), then open any chart and a few lines will appear on the top left with all the data for that coin and look at the actual strategy values - this is the only way to see what is really happening. No one can tell you more just by looking at the screenshot - it's a matter of mathematics and actual values.
If you find it difficult to set up strategies, you can get paid expert advice in a private MoonBot Academy English paid Telegram group (contact Kost Main https://t.me/kostmain for access to this group).
There can be several reasons why strategies may not work. Make sure your API keys are checked to allow trading and the IP addresses in the white list of keys are correct, the Start button in the MoonBot terminal is pressed, you must have enough deposit to place an order, the AutoDetect and Strategies buttons must be enabled, and the strategies themselves must be activated and correctly configured. Then, to check why the strategy is not triggering the filters, enable the "Funnel" button (Filters on Charts) on the MoonBot's main terminal window. Open the chart of any coin and you will see a list of strategies, indicating the reason why the strategy does not work on that coin at that moment and which filters prevent it from running. In addition, open the log file and look at the log entries where you will find the cause of the problem.
You can also ask for help in the Moon Bot Public telegram group: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public or you can get paid expert advice in a private MoonBot Academy English paid Telegram group (contact Kost Main https://t.me/kostmain for access to this group).
There are currently 19 strategies in the MoopBot terminal:
Drop Detection, Wall Detection, Pump Detection, MoonShot, Volumes Lite, Volumes, Waves, Delta, UDP, MoonStrike, NewListing, Combo, TopMarket, Manual, Liquidations, EMA, Spread, MoonHook, Activity.
You can read more about these strategies on our website: https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/strategies/
All of its actions (information messages, actions, errors, etc.) the terminal records in its logs, which are stored in the logs folder. If you have any questions or errors you can open log and check its entries.
To read the logs see the video workshop from MoonAcademy at this link:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rF6x61f1Ks4#t=17m40s
This video is in Russian, but you can include subtitles translated into English.
If you own PRO version, you can run many copies of MoonBot terminal on one computer. For example, it is convenient to keep several copies of the terminal, each configured for its own trading pair: MoonBot1 to trade on USDT, MoonBot2 to trade on BTC, etc. Owners of the FREE version can run only one MoonBot terminal on one computer.
To make a copy of the MoonBot terminal, you must first close it, then copy the entire folder and rename it, for example, MoonBot2. Then start both terminals, leave the first one to trade USDT, and switch the second one to trade BTC. If necessary, add trading strategies to MoonBot2 (they can be downloaded from MoonBot1). MoonBot2 can use the same API keys as on MoonBot1, or you can create new API keys from your exchange account and register them to MoonBot2, and MoonBot2 is activated with the PRO functionality for free.
The MoonBot terminal communicates with the exchange via an exchange API, which requires API keys that consist of a pair: API Key and API Secret, which you create yourself in your exchange account.
API Key is a public key, which is used to register your MoonBot terminal.
API Secret is a private key that is used to sign orders.
The first time you start the MoonBot terminal, you need to enter the API Key and API Secret keys in the corresponding fields on the Settings-Login tab.
API keys are stored on your computer locally in the root folder of the MoonBot terminal in encrypted form in the file BotConfig.bcfg, which is automatically created by the terminal.
The API Secret private key is not transmitted to the Internet!
For additional protection of your API keys, you can set a password in the MoonBot terminal, and this password will be asked each time the program is launched.
The password is also used only locally on your computer.
Binance has a load limit on API keys and IP addresses. The bot has an indicator at the bottom of the screen showing the load when a certain level is exceeded, you will hear a beep and the load indicator will turn red. If you simultaneously run several bots from one computer (one IP address or Wi-Fi network), the load will be added from all bots, even if they have different API keys, as Binance takes into account the load from one IP address. Therefore, if you want to run multiple copies of the MoonBot terminal on one computer, do not run them all at the same time, but run them one after another and only after the previous terminal has fully loaded.
The exchange has restrictions on placing orders, if all of your bots simultaneously place many orders and more than the exchange limits, the exchange will ban you and temporarily block your API keys. Take this into account when configuring strategies with multiple bots, and especially do not forget about it when enabling multi-order trading, because they can simultaneously place a lot of orders and exceed exchange limits. Limits are different on different exchanges, so you can check them out
on the website of the exchange on which you are trading.
When there may be lags and multiple Moonbot terminals may intercept orders from each other, which may lead to unpredictable consequences, this of course happens very rarely, but under the right circumstances it is possible, and when using multiple orders, the probability of such cases increases many times over. In this case, use "tracking bots" that can search for hanged positions and sell them in a timely manner. You can read more about it here: https://moon-bot.com/en/control-hanged-position/
When trading futures, there is another important circumstance: 2 MoonBot terminals operating independently on the same coin may cumulatively exceed the position limit, resulting in an inability to place a close order.
If you do run several bots on 1 account (at your own risk), be sure to use different size orders on them. When working with the same orders the probability of failure and loss of an order is much higher!
If you plan to use one MoonBot terminal for different exchanges, you can register keys from another exchange in the same bot and switch between exchanges using the exchange selection drop-down list. However, we recommend making copies of the MoonBot terminal, and in each of them register API keys only for the selected exchange (MoonBot1=Binance, MoonBot2=HTX, MoonBot3=Bittrex). PRO version owners can make an unlimited number of API keys from the same account of one exchange with PRO support for free. This requires: 1) Copy the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal into a separate folder . 2) Run the MoonBot terminal from this folder. 3) Make sure you have a working PRO version of the MoonBot and the top left hand corner of the Settings - Login tab shows a green MoonBot ID. 4) On the tab Settings - Login click "Register another keys", enter new API keys instead of the current ones and click "Register API keys". Be careful not to leave any characters from the previous keys in the fields and when copying the new ones, do not trap a space at the end. 5) After this MoonBot with the new keys will also become PRO. The MoonBot terminal can be stored on a flash drive and run from other PCs. The FREE version of the MoonBot terminal can only be run in 1 instance.
The MoonBot terminal only works on 64-bit Windows, to run on Mac OS you can set up a remote desktop, for example on a Vultr or Amazon server, with a Windows environment and use the MoonBot terminal via a remote
management, you can also install Parallels on a Mac.
The 64-bit architecture has an important advantage when dealing with exchange data due to the fact that exchange prices are encoded by the 64-bit real double type. The MoonBot kernel is optimized in this way: in addition to slightly optimizing calculations, there is a significant benefit of using non- blocking synchronization. Since MoonBot handles finances, optimal kernel performance is doubly important compared to a regular program. This advantage would be lost to users of the 32-bit version, so it would not make sense for us to make it, and it would be a step backwards rather than forwards.
Breaking charts and missing cross trades usually signal that there is a loss of communication between the bot and the exchange.
This is mainly due to several reasons, here are some of them:
1) Problems with your hardware (computer, router).
2) At this time, your computer could be in hibernation mode and not receive data on trades.
3) Problems with your ISP and internet.
4) Problems and lags on the exchange.
The "Load Charts" is an additional paid service that allows you to upload to your MoonBot terminal missing parts of charts from our dedicated servers, if your computer was shut down or the trades data was not loaded for some time due to various reasons
reasons.
The "Moon Streamer" is an additional paid service that sends current trades from a dedicated server located in Tokyo, Japan, over a UDP connection to your MoonBot terminal. If your connection to the exchange is lagging, a connection to the Moon Streamer can help you to see the crosses (trades) and the chart in real time again.
If you are trading on a dedicated server (VDS) there is not much to gain by using the Moon Streamer, the Moon Streamer is mainly useful if you are trading on your local computer.
General recommendations for fixing this when you have started losing trades crosses. You should:
1) Reboot your computer and MoonBot in administrator mode
2) Reboot the router and check the stability of the Internet connection. If possible, do not use Wi-Fi, but use wired internet.
3) Disable the computer sleep mode, when the charts do not receive data from the exchange
4) Use modules "Load Charts" (on the Settings - User Interface tab, check Charts from MoonServer or update them periodically manually as breaks occur, using in this case on Menu tab select "Reload Charts" or on Hotkeys tab combination written in field "Reload Chart") and "Moon Streamer".
5) If this is a temporary lag exchange or provider, then you need to contact their technical support or wait for the situation to stabilize.
If it is something completely abnormal, you should download a new MoonBot from the site and check the situation on it under the same conditions.
If the problem disappears, you can then transfer all the old files with settings and data from the old bot to the new one, and then check again the disappearance of cross trades.
We recommend that you join the following MoonBot community groups and channels:

https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
Moon Bot Public Telegram Group (general questions and technical support)

https://t.me/MoonBotNews
MoonBotNews Telegram Channel (important news and versions of MoonBot updates)

https://t.me/MoonBot_Profit
MoonBot Profit Telegram Channel (examples of profits from MoonBot users)
The FREE version of MoonBot can only trade on BTC pairs. You should switch back to BTC pairs and then you can place orders.
No, on the FREE version of the MoonBot terminal only spot trading in pairs to BTC is possible.
You need to check which exchange wallet your funds are in, most likely they are in the "Funding Wallet" and MoonBot will not see them in the trading balance. If you move funds internally from there to a spot or futures wallet, the balance will appear in the MoonBot, and you also need to check the currency of the deposit and the trading pair you have open in the MoonBot. If you have a deposit in BTC only, for example, the USDT pairs in the MoonBot terminal will have a value of "Total USDT: $0".
Yes, it can be done if you have the PRO version of MoonBot with the Binance Futures module activated https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/binance-futures-addon/
Trailing in the MoonBot terminal is usually used when a coin grows long and smoothly without sharp dips. Typically, trailing is turned on after 2% of a coin's growth. Setting a trailing stop at less than 2% is not advisable, because then trades will often close at the trailing stop. Once the price reaches the sell level, the trade will close and the trailing line will disappear.
You can usually go short in the futures market, but even so, there is a possibility on the spot market, but only if you have a PRO version of MoonBot with the Binance Futures module activated, have bought the necessary amount of coins you want to go short and have a sufficient deposit in the base currency.
The "Binance ping" is the ping between your computer where MoonBot is running and the exchange server. The ping value should not exceed 500ms for comfortable trading on your local computer, in case of high ping, try changing your connection methods (Settings-Special-Binance connection Method), restart your router, change your internet speed, don't use Wi-Fi but only wired internet or try connecting to another provider.
We have a separate page monitoring the latency of trades, that is, the time lag between when a trade is executed on an exchange (parameter "T" in the websocket Trade Stream) and when that trade is received online from the Binance exchange on the spot and futures market (hourly and daily) https://api.moon-bot.com/latency/, where you can monitor these parameters in real time.
We have a separate page monitoring the latency of order execution: the time it takes to execute orders (the time from when a command is sent to an exchange until a response is received from Binance) on the spot and futures market (per hour and per day) https://api.moon-bot.com/latency/, where these parameters can be monitored in real time.
We have a separate page monitoring the latency of REST requests to the exchange API - The time required to execute all other API requests, except for commands to handle orders on the spot and futures market (per hour and per day) https://api.moon-bot.com/latency/, where in real-time monitoring of these parameters is possible.
You should close the MoonBot desktop terminal.
Then make a copy of the MoonBot terminal folder and delete the entire logs folder from it, it can weigh a lot and moving the copy to another server can take a long time.
To make the MoonBot folder even lighter, you can delete files with charts like: "BTC-MarketData.zip", then compress the folder with the bot: right-click on the folder, select "Send" -> "Compressed ZIP folder" in the menu, then move this ZIP folder to a new server and uncompress it into a normal folder.
You can then run MoonBot.exe in administrator mode on the new server.
This can be done in several ways:
The first method:
- Close both MoonBot terminals.
- Open the data folders of both terminals.
- Copy the data / Binance Futures-USDT-strat.txt strategy file from the USDT futures terminal, paste it into the USDT spot terminal folder and rename it to Binance-USDT-strat.txt.
- Run the MoonBot spot USDT terminal in administrator mode, click on the Strategies button and make sure the copied strategies are present in the strategies window.

The second method:
- Without closing both MoonBot terminals, select the strategies or strategy folders you want in the USDT futures terminal by holding down CTRL and clicking on them one by one or by holding down SHIFT and clicking from first to last.
- Then press CTRL+C and copy all selections to the clipboard.
- Then, in the spot USDT terminal, click on the Root folder, press CTRL+V and paste the contents from the buffer.
- Make sure that all strategies appear in the MoonBot USDT spot terminal.
Currently there are 19 strategies available in the MoopBot terminal:
Drop Detection, Wall Detection, Pump Detection, MoonShot, Volumes Lite, Volumes, Waves, Delta, UDP, MoonStrike, NewListing, Combo, TopMarket, Manual, Liquidations, EMA, Spread, MoonHook, Activity.
Every trader develops the strategies according to his trading style and risk management.
Each of these strategies when set up correctly (filters, detects and other parameters) can improve trading and make profit.
One of the oldest and safest strategies is MoonShot, which places limit orders in the green box, follows the price at a certain distance and triggers a sharp price break, as well as other popular strategies: Drops, Pump and Spread.
The statistics of popular strategies can be found on our website: https://stat.moon-bot.com/ (Strategy Ratings tab).
For example, for spot trading, you can make four different MoonBot terminals for different pairs and configure in them the strategies you need (TopMarket, Delta, Drops, Pump, Spread and others):

- MoonBot1 for BTC pair
- MoonBot2 for USDT pair
- MoonBot3 for BNB pair
- MoonBot4 for the BUSD pair

This is done so that each of bots will monitor its market and open charts of the most volatile coins or identify sharp shoots or strong spills. As soon as such movements start, you can act according to the situation, connect auto-strategies or trade manually.
For convenience, the detections of each bot can be redirected to separate windows (charts), in which they will stay for a given time and you can monitor them in a more convenient format.
You can read more about the functionality of the monitoring windows on this page: https://moon-bot.com/en/charts-in-separate-windows/
Yes, the MoonBot terminal has tools for trust management of other users' accounts.
In MoonBot, this can be done by controlling signals via Telegram (with a slight delay of 1-2 seconds) or via UPD (faster transfer of commands).
How it works: The MoonBot terminal can automatically generate commands corresponding to basic trading actions: place, reorder, sell, cancel an order. The commands are either sent to your personal channel in a special form or via UPD protocol and these signals can be read by other terminals. Thus, your terminal can be the master and the terminals of other users you have invited to the trust management can be slaves and they will repeat your actions.
The function of receiving commands is only available in the PRO version!
Please note that exact repetition is not possible due to the speed of the commands and the queue in the trading stack!
For more information on setting up trust-management via telegram, see this page: https://moon-bot.com/en/74-trust-management/
For more information on setting up UPD trust management, see this page: https://moon-bot.com/en/86-udp-trust-management/
Updates to the MoonBot terminal are released regularly, sometimes several times a month. The MoonBot terminal is improved with the addition of new functionality, parameters and strategies. A list of MoonBot updates is published in our MoonBotNews telegram channel:
https://t.me/MoonBotNews
Information about the next update appears on the MoonBot terminal's main window as a tab in the top right corner.
You can click on this tab and update the MoonBot terminal to the latest version. In addition, new version announcements and version history are published in the MoonBotNews channel at https://t.me/MoonBotNews, as well as on our website under: Instruction-History versions of https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/versions-history/
Yes, indeed, previously on the MoonBot spot terminal for the Binance exchange, rearranging orders took two operations: cancel the order and place the order at the new location. But starting from version 6.95 (11.04.2023) orders on the spot are rearranged 2 times faster - it became possible due to use of one exchange operation "cancelReplace" in API Binance.
Yes, the MoonBot terminal correctly processes the trading ban under the new risk control rules on Binance futures https://www.binance.com/en/support/faq/binance-futures-trading-risk-control-f1afe9cbcd7a438492a0676e024f1897.
Yes, you can trade all coins available for trading in the MoonBot terminal, including coins with a price accuracy of less than 1 satoshi.

If you cancel an market stop on the MoonBot terminal chart, then the coin position will be cancelled and the unsold coins will remain on your balance.
Note that in order to be able to use a market stop, you should also set the slider to the far right on the Settings-Advanced-System tab to "Log level: 5". 

Currently, the following pairs are present in the MoonBot terminal for the HTX exchange: BTC, ETH, USDT, HT, USDD.
Please note that the MAvg calculation has been changed and this will result in a change in how strategies work! Coin prices are now considered to be reduced to 1._x000D_nThe principle of MAvg calculation is as follows: for each coin the average price for 48 hours is calculated. Then the sum is calculated for all markets: (current price / average price) * (if volume is ticked, then multiply by volume)._x000D_nMAvg = this is the sum of prices above / number of markets.
Yes, in MoonBot terminal you can use the "+" symbol in the mailbox name when registering subaccounts.
No, the order and position control functionality is available only for owners of the PRO version of MoonBot terminal.
There are a number of situations when unwanted orders and positions may appear on the exchange:n- During technical work at the VDS provider, as well as various types of network failures.n- Software errors in the MoonBot terminal or the exchange.n- When trading manually - interference with the MoonBot terminal, an attempt to close a position via balances or the exchange application.
In autotrading, if, for example, a MoonBot terminal is installed on a VDS, and a network failure occurs on that VDS, that terminal will not be able to do anything. To solve this situation, the functionality of controlling lost orders and positions with the help of special MoonBot tracking terminals has been developed. These terminals should be placed separately from the working terminals and on different VDS servers, and preferably in different regions or at different providers.

The function of tracking hovering positions does not work for Bittrex exchange, as there is no such functionality in the API of Bittrex exchange and therefore it is impossible to set a tracking bot for this exchange. Attention! The Bittrex exchange has ceased trading activity since 04.12.2023 due to its bankruptcy, so its support in the MoonBot terminal is no longer available.

When trading manually in the MoonBot terminal, it is sufficient and necessary to tick Ignore Replacing Bug on the Settings-Advanced tab. When trading manually, you control orders/positions yourself and can take action to close them.

Training

Detailed instructions on setting up the MoonBot terminal and strategy settings are available on our website.
There are also many free videos on these topics on our website (https://moon-bot.com/en/video/) and on YouTube (https://www.youtube.com/@moonbot_en/videos).
But some users require professional help for a fee from a specialist who can answer all their questions online, help to explain the algorithms of strategies, help to understand and explain errors in MoonBot terminal and strategies settings.
Such professional help is provided in a private MoonBot Academy English paid Telegram group. To find out the cost of participation in this group and ask more specific questions, you can contact Kost Main https://t.me/kostmain
There are also video clips on some pages of our website with instructions and explanatory material:
https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/
https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/api-keys/
https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/moon-scalper-addon/
https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/binance-futures-addon/
and others.
There are also video clips on a separate page on our website: https://moon-bot.com/en/video/
If you don't have enough information or have further questions, you can get free help in the Moon Bot Public telegram group https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public or paid help in the MoonBot Academy English group, which you can access by contacting Kost Main https://t.me/kostmain
Useful tutorial videos (set-up, interface, strategies, etc.) can be viewed on the official MoonBot YouTube channel:
https://www.youtube.com/@moonbot_en/videos
You can also find other videos from our users on YouTube using the search term "MoonBot".

Bonus programme

Joining our MoonBonus Bonus Program offers several benefits, first of all you get a rebate of part of your trading commission for trading on the exchange, which is 20% from spot trading. As well as additional free options to the existing MoonBot functionality: a unique MoonHook trading strategy, activation of "Monitoring charts in separate windows" and "Price Emulation with Pencil" modes, and an auto-buy BNB option for commission when trading on the futures market. You can see a MoonBonus button at the top of the MoonBot terminal's main window. If you click on it, a separate window will open with information about joining our bonus program, which allows you to receive a discount on commissions from your trades on the Binance exchange on the spot and futures market. If you have not yet connected to the MoonBonus рrogram, this window will list our representatives that you can contact to connect. If you are already connected to one of them, you will only see it in the list and it will be the responsible person for the bonus programme. If the MoonBonus button is not visible on the main MoonBot terminal window, go to the Settings - User Interface tab and uncheck the "Hide MoonBonus button" option.
To obtain a referral link for registering a new account on the Binance exchange, you can contact one of our corporate MoonBonus rewards programme representatives:
1) https://t.me/ButchWhite
2) https://t.me/krypto_pride
3) https://t.me/mnbtuser
4) https://t.me/CryptoTonyESBC

File system

Such data is stored in the root folder of the MoonBot terminal in the BotConfig.bcfg file, which is the main file with bot settings, and also stores encrypted API key and API secret, profile parameters, location of sliders and checkboxes, bot colour theme type (light or dark), etc.
Ensure that the BotConfig.bcfg file is properly secured. Make a copy of this file on a USB flash drive and store it in a safe place.
The person in possession of this file and its password will have access to your keys!
Such data is written in the root folder of the MoonBot terminal in the file MoonBot.ini. The file contains specific colour settings of the bot themes: chart background, grid colour and display of trades, order book colours, as well as additional system parameters for faster strategies, strategy recording parameters (short or long form), the number of open charts and other additional parameters.
In the root folder of the MoonBot terminal in the MoonBot.ini file there is a parameter MouseClickDelay=230, which sets the delay in milliseconds between clicking again on a Buy order (the default setting is 230ms).
The updates folder of the MoonBot terminal contains a text file with the current version number and archives of the MoonBot versions that have been downloaded from our servers to update MoonBot to a more recent version.
The logs folder stores all the logs in which the MoonBot terminal records all its actions.
There are text files without prefix ADD with date (year-month-day) with extension .log - it is a log of all bot actions for those dates in which bot records all events line by line with time: bot start and stop, strategy start, buy, sell, order reset, API errors, records of stop losses, trailing as well as other working and system events.
There are text files with prefix ADD with date (year-month-day) with extension .log - these are logs of all records from Telegram for these dates, which were received by MoonBot, and you can determine if the terminal reads messages from Telegram correctly.
Also in the logs folder there are Pump files with an indication of a trading pair and with the .bin extension are graphical records of trades in the MoonBot terminal. You can open them through the table with reports if you click on the name of the coin in the line with the report and see what deal was entered and how it closed, you can change the duration of these deals' chart records in the MoonBot terminal settings.
In the folder where MoonBot terminal is installed, in the data subfolder, the files Binance.db (for the spot market) or Binance Futures.db (for the futures market) contain reports on all trades (open, closed, deleted). That is, all the information you see, when you press the "Reports" button.
To delete the entire trade report from the MoonBot terminal, you must first close it. Then go to the data folder and delete the files Binance.db (for the spot market) or Binance Futures.db (for the futures market) from the data folder. At next start of the MoonBot terminal, it will automatically create a new file with the same name and it will be empty. This way the old trades in the MoonBot terminal will no longer be.
The data folder of the MoonBot terminal contains files of the following form: BinanceBTCOrders.backup - this is, for example, the main file where all orders (BUY, SELL, PENDING) placed on the chart for a BTC pair are kept.
The files BinanceBTCOrders.backup2 and BinanceBTCOrders.backup3 are copies of the main file BinanceBTCOrders.backup and if it is accidentally corrupted, the bot takes data from these files with index 2 and 3.
If you delete these three files when the bot is closed, the next time you start the bot, these files will be re-created by the bot as empty and all orders on the chart will be missing.
Specifying the name of the trading pair in the file corresponds to the orders on this pair, if you trade on the USDT pair, the bot creates files BinanceUSDTOrders.backup, BinanceUSDTOrders.backup2 and BinanceUSDTOrders.backup3.
Strategies in the MoonBot terminal are stored in the data folder in files like: Binance-BTC-strat.txt - this is, for example, a file with strategies for the BTC pair for the spot market. If you switch to another pair, for example USDT, the bot will create a new empty file Binance-USDT- strat.txt and the strategies created in the bot on USDT pair will be written and read from this file.
Strategies can be transferred to another pair, to do this, copy the file with the strategies and change the name of the trading pair, and after running the bot, check the strategy for compliance with the parameters of this pair (the volume in the filters, the order size, etc.), since the strategy BTC order size can be set to 1 BTC, but in the strategy USDT it will be 1 USDT, then you need to change the order size to the size you need in USDT.
The data folder of the MoonBot terminal contains files like: BTC-MarketData.zip, which is, for example, a chart archive for a BTC pair with trades and records of drawing lines on the chart for the corresponding trading pair. If you delete this file, then when you start MoonBot, the previous trades history on the pairs will be absent, and new trades will be added to the new file BTC-MarketData.zip, which will again create bot from scratch.
The data folder of the MoonBot terminal contains the archive file sounds.zip, which contains sound files with a .wav extension that can be used by the MoonBot. You can add your own sounds with the .wav extension to this archive and they will also be available for selection as system sounds, alarms and strategy sounds when the bot is restarted.
In the data folder of MoonBot, there is a text file called CoinsTwitters.txt that contains links to the Twitter accounts of coins that are traded on the exchange. You can click on the special "Twitter" icon in MoonBot and automatically open the tweet of the coin being traded.
the pair of which was open at the time this icon was pressed.
In the data folder of the MoonBot terminal, the CoinsLogos.zip archive file contains the mini coin logos used in the Assets Transfer window, which is called up via the "Menu - Transfer".
The data \ CoinsComments.txt file stores coin comments that you can make on the right-hand control panel of the MoonBot main terminal window in the field below the "Multi:, B:, S:" entries. To edit a comment, click on the Comment caption (double-click to edit) or on an empty field when the cursor changes its state to "arrow with a piece of paper".
The bak folder contains archives of strategy trade reports, as well as copies of the bot's system profiles before upgrading to new versions of the software. If you have accidentally deleted master files from the data folder or damaged them, you can go to the bak folder and restore the files you need from there.
If you didn't set a password on the MoonBot terminal, you need to close it and replace the BotConfig.bcfg file saved before the last update. To do this, first close the MoonBot terminal and delete the BotConfig.bcfg file from the root folder, then copy the last file "BotConfig- v5xx (DD_MM_YYYYY).bcfg" from the bak folder to the bot root directory and rename it "BotConfig.bcfg". Then run the MoonBot.exe file in administrator mode and the MoonBot terminal will run without a password.

If you use API keys that support white IP addresses, it is recommended to use permanent IP addresses. In this case you will be protected from such errors. In your case, in spot trading, if orders are not saved in the bot, you can use a backup from the bak folder of files like:

bak/BinanceUSDTOrders.backup-1
bak/BinanceUSDTOrders.backup-2
bak/BinanceUSDTOrders.backup-3

Files with orders with digits at the end 1, 2, 3 are written to the bak folder once every 8 hours with a recording coverage of 24 hours.

To restore an order file you need to close the MoonBot terminal, delete "empty" order files from the data folder (for example, for spot trading on USDT pair like BinanceUSDTOrders.backup, BinanceUSDTOrders.backup2, BinanceUSDTOrders. backup3) copy the appropriate file (either the most recent by date or, if the most recent one does not contain orders, the previous one, you can estimate the backup by the file size, the size of an empty file is 32 bytes) from the bak folder to the data folder and rename them according to the format of similar files in the data folder, for example:
bak\BinanceUSDTOrders.backup-1 -> data\BinanceUSDTOrders.backup
After replacing and renaming the orders file, start MoonBot terminal in administrator mode.
In addition, we recommend that you periodically save the MoonBot terminal folder to a separate archive folder at regular intervals so that you can restore data (report files, open trades, strategies, etc.) from this archive.

Reports on all transactions (open, closed, deleted) in the MoonBot terminal are stored in the data folder, in files like: Binance.db (for the spot market) or Binance Futures.db (for the futures market). In rare cases, if MoonBot terminal is closed unexpectedly, the file with reports may be empty. To restore it, you need to close the MoonBot terminal, then copy the backup of the reports file from the bak folder and the data folder and start MoonBot in administrator mode. In addition, we recommend that you periodically save the MoonBot terminal folder to a separate archive folder at a certain interval so that you can restore the data (report files, open trades, strategies, etc.) from this archive.

The report file in MoonBot terminal is saved in the data folder in files with .db extension, for example, for Binance exchange it is files like: Binance.db (Binance spot), Binance Futures.db (Binance futures). In order to save it for the archive, you can close the terminal and save a copy of this file to the desired location. You can also click on the "Reports" button without closing the terminal, click on the "Manage Data" button and then click on the "Backup" button, select the place of saving and click on the "Save" button.
Yes, this can be done. To do this, close the MoonBot terminal, open the MoonBot.ini file in the root folder, add the line ExpertMode=1 to the end of the text and save the file. After launching the terminal in administrator mode, the InternalError penalty will be reduced from 30 to 5 seconds.
For additional debugging of the reasons why MoonBot fails to set up munshots, you can write the line MoonShotDebug=1 into the MoonBot.ini file when the terminal is switched off, with the white list set in the strategy.

When the MoonBot terminal is turned off, you can add a line to the MoonBot.ini file with a new parameter HookRecalcInterval, whose value can be from 200 to 500 (measured in milliseconds) - this is the detector recalculation interval. By default HookRecalcInterval=500 milliseconds). This value affects the detection recalculation rate of the following strategies: MoonHook, Spread, EMA, Activity.

Yes, recently the TaskID field has been added to the MoonBot terminal database (it is not shown in the report and is only available for third-party analysis).

If your MoonBot terminal is located on a remote server without an explorer (core windows), then when you export reports in .csv and .xls format, they are saved to the terminal's Export folder without a file selection window.

Interface configuration

The MoonBot main screen can be conventionally divided into several sectors. The tabs with settings, header with key controls: order size, buy level, sell level, chart scale, volume buttons, order controls, drawing on the chart and other buttons. Buttons to manage strategies, reports and show markets. The main bot window with the chart and service information. Auxiliary buttons for managing orders, placing orders in iceberg mode and more.
Window with active orders. A window with logs. Field with additional technical information.
The MoonBot communicates with an exchange via an exchange API, which requires API Keys to access the API. The first time the MoonBot terminal is launched, API keys are required, which consist of a pair of API Keys and an API Secret.
The API Key is a public key and is used to register the MoonBot terminal.
API Secret is a private key used to sign orders. The private key is stored locally on your computer in encrypted form in the file BotConfig.bcfg, which MoonBot creates automatically. The private key is not transferred to the Internet!
To register API keys in the MoonBot terminal you need to go to the Settings - Login tab and from the "Exchange:" menu select the exchange you want to trade, for example, if it is "Binance (spot market)", then select "Binance" and click Apply.
Enter the API Key in the "API Key" field.
Enter the API Secret private key in the "API Secret" field. And then click the "Register API keys" button.
If the keys are entered correctly, MoonBot will connect to the exchange server, your MoonBot ID will be displayed in the settings window and the main window will show "Connection OK" in the lower left corner. You do not need to re-enter the keys on subsequent runs of the bot.
Step-by-step instructions for creating and registering API keys are published on our website here: https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/api-keys/
Obtaining API keys on Binance: To register keys, go to API Management on the exchange website. Enter any name for the new keys, click API created. Enter the two-factor authorization code. After receiving the API KEY and API SECRET it is recommended to save them in a separate file (for security reasons Binance will not allow to view the API Secret in case of their loss and they will be hidden behind asterisks).
NOTE: Once the keys have been created, the permissions for the API must be edited, in particular the checkboxes permitting spot and futures trading must be ticked and then the changes must be saved, otherwise the placing of orders will not be possible.
IMPORTANT: It is also necessary to select "Allow access only to trusted IP addresses" and specify the addresses where the bots will work with these keys. If this is not done, the permission for spot and margin trading will only be valid for 90 days, after which you will need to re-edit the key restrictions and check the "Enable spot and margin trading" box.
If you plan to run MoonBot terminals for different exchanges at the same time; you can register keys in the same MoonBot terminal without copying it, and switch between exchanges using the exchange selection drop-down list. However, it is better to make a copy of the MoonBot terminal, select a different exchange there and register API keys from the other exchange.
PRO version owners can create multiple API keys in their exchanger account and register them in the PRO version for free. To do this you must:
1) Copy the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal to a separate folder.
2) Run MoonBot from this folder in administrator mode.
3) Make sure you have a working PRO version of the MoonBot running and that your MoonBot ID is green in the Settings-Login tab in the top left corner.
4) There, on the Settings - Login tab, click on "Register another keys", enter the new API keys instead of the current ones and click on "Register API keys". Be careful not to leave any characters from the previous keys in the fields and when copying the new ones, do not trap a space at the end.
5) After this MoonBot with the new keys will also become the PRO version.
In the very top left corner of the MoonBot main window you can see the name "Moon Bot Binance" and the current version number. The word "Binance" is taken from the connection menu of the exchange from the Settings - Login tab and in this case it tells us that this terminal is used to trade on the Binance spot market.
Similarly, if it says "Moon Bot Binance Futures", this would mean that the terminal is connected to trade on the futures market of the Binance exchange.
The version number in the MoonBot terminal allows you to always check the history of updates on https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/versions-history/, and check if your version is up to date.
Be sure to use the most current version of the MoonBot terminal, in which case you will not only receive updates, but also fixes for bugs in previous versions.
Yes, this can be done and the name will appear on the top line of the main window after the MoonBot version number. This name is set by the user and is useful for knowing which terminal is open in a given case, as well as for identifying trades via Telegram. You can set or change the name of the MoonBot terminal under Settings - Advanced - Remote - This Bot name. Name of the terminal will appear after it has been rebooted.
The main button in the top left corner of the MoonBot terminal is the Start / Stop button, which allows or disallows you to place orders, buy and sell coins in the bot, either manually or automatically. To enable operation in the MoonBot terminal, you must click the green Start button, after which the terminal will go into run mode, and the button will switch and turn red with the word Stop, inviting you to stop the terminal when needed. That is, the normal operating state MoonBot terminal when you see a red stop sign on this button.
The MoonBot terminal's basic settings are made on the Settings tab, in the Menu and on the main terminal window.
You can do this by clicking on the Pairs button at the top of the main window of the MoonBot terminal, indicating the current working pair in this bot. When you click it, you will see a list of pairs available for selection and trading in this terminal at this connection to a particular exchange. The current pair will be checked and can be switched to another one by clicking on it. When you switch to another pair, the terminal will reload and load new pairs corresponding to the selected position.
After clicking on the MoonBonus button, a separate window will open with information about joining our bonus program to receive a commission discount on your trades on the Binance exchange on the spot and futures market. If you are not enrolled in our rewards program, this button will list our rewards program representatives that you can contact to get enrolled. If you are already connected to one of them, you will only see it in the list and it will be the person in charge of the bonus programme. Being a part of the Bonus Program offers several advantages, first of all, you receive a rebate of part of your commission for trading on the exchange. 20% of your commission is from spot trading. As well as unique additional free options to the existing MoonBot functionality: a unique MoonHook trading strategy, activation of "Monitoring charts in separate windows" and "Price Emulation with Pencil" modes, as well as an auto-buy BNB commission option for trading in the futures market. This button can be hidden by checking the Hide MoonBonus button box in the Settings - User Interface tab.
Yes, you can do this by clicking on Config: Default and saving the current config or uploading a previously saved other config of yours with the MoonBot terminal settings. You can customise different colour schemes, configure various basic settings and use this functionality to quickly load the profile you want. All config files have an extension .bcfg and saved in the root directory of the MoonBot folder.
When you activate the Emulation mode through "Menu - Emulation Mode" in the MoonBot terminal, a red "EMULATION" will appear in the upper control area of the terminal to the right of the "Default Profile" inscription and you will start trading in a "virtual account". All profits or losses from deals will be not real, in this case your real account balance is not used and data on placed orders and their execution is not sent to the exchange. This mode is used for training trading and testing your strategies without any risk to your deposit.
You can check this by clicking on the Menu tab at the top of the MoonBot main window and checking the "Emulation Mode" box. If the box is checked, the MoonBot is in Emulation mode and you can see the red label EMULATION on the main window, in which case all orders that are placed in MoonBot are not real, but emulated and no information about trades made in this mode is sent to the exchange. If you need to return to the real trading mode, you should go back to the Menu and uncheck the box "Emulation mode", in this case the red label EMULATION will disappear from the main window.
In the top right corner of the MoonBot main terminal window, when a new version is available there will be a separate tab informing you of this.
You can click on this tab manually, the bot will then start updating and after a short time will install the latest up-to-date version.
Once the bot has been updated, the browser will open with the version histories page https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/versions-history/, where you can read what updates and fixes have been made to the new version of the MoonBot terminal.
The MoonBot terminal can be set to update automatically if you check the "AutoUpdate the bot" box in the Settings - Autostart tab, but keep in mind that the bot may update itself at the most inappropriate moment, for example when the BTC is falling heavily, and instead of an urgent close of your positions you will waste precious moments waiting for the terminal to update.
It is therefore recommended that with the "AutoUpdate the bot" checkbox, you also check the "Postpone AutoUpdate with active sells" checkbox, in which case MoonBot will not update while there are open positions.
Alternatively, you can uncheck these boxes and update manually and at your convenience when a new version becomes available.
The trading balance information that the MoonBot terminal receives via API from your exchange account is displayed in the top left corner of the main terminal window. This is the entire available balance in that currency, which is not in orders and which you can use to trade in the terminal.
If you use BTC to trade, the balance must be topped up in BTC, if in USDT, the balance must be topped up or converted to USDT and so on. If you have transferred money to the exchange, but the balance does not appear in the bot, then carefully check where the money is at the moment, maybe it remained lying in the top-up wallet (p2p) and therefore is not displayed in the trading balance account. In this case, to make the deposit appear in the terminal, you need to transfer funds from the top-up wallet to the spot or futures trading balance and in the currency you intend to trade with.
Here in the MoonBot terminal, you can quickly view information about the current bitcoin price in USDT, and, just to the right, you can see figures for the BTC price change in relation to its average 1-hour and 24-hour price, and in brackets you can see the average change in all altcoin prices across the market compared to the 1-hour and 24-hour prices. And if you click on this entry, the BTC chart will open immediately (only on those pairs that have a BTC chart). In addition, if you move the mouse pointer over these figures, you can see extended information, which will include more BTC price changes over 5 minutes and 1 minute. This information helps to quickly orientate what the current price of BTC is falling or rising, what the deltas of BTC and the market as a whole are right now. And you can quickly assess whether the market is falling (negative values), flat (near zero values) or rising (positive values). In addition, you can optionally set these numbers to be highlighted in red and the bot to signal a change in the bitcoin exchange rate by a certain amount - this will be an additional BTC rate change alarm. The alarm threshold can be set at the bottom of the Settings - Autostart tab, where you can check the "Blink the rate label If BTC rate changed" and "Alarm If BTC rate changed" boxes and select the desired alarm threshold.
Yes, this can be done. Just to the right of the information about the BNB balance there is a small button "Hide", which allows you to hide part of the upper information field of the main MoonBot window and thereby enlarge the main chart area. This option is relevant for those who trade from a laptop and care more about the chart window than the additional controls.
Yes, this can be done by pressing the S9 button it increases the size of the Sell button scale by a factor of 10. This button is useful if there is a rapid large increase in price on the chart, when sharp movements upwards allow you to place an order by 10-20-30% instead of 1-2-3% respectively.
The MoonBot terminal's chart scale can be changed using fixed scale buttons. For example, for spot trading, the scale buttons in the basic version have the following gradation: 100%, 50%, 20%, 10%, 5%, Auto. If you press the x9 button, the gradation in the scale buttons will increase proportionally by a factor of 10 and become respectively: 1000%, 500%, 200%, 100%, 50%, Auto. If the movement is not very volatile, you can work with small scales of 5-10-20%. If you see strong growth and the chart scale is not enough on the main screen, you can press the button x9 and switch to a larger scale. You can also click on "Auto" button and the scale will change automatically, depending on the volatility of the coin over the time period you see on the chart. To quickly adjust the scale within the selected button, right click on the chart and hold the cursor above or below.
The "Auto" button on the MoonBot terminal's main window automatically adjusts the scale to the price minimum and maximum currently visible on the chart.
That is, if you expand the chart, the lows and highs will shift, and the scale will also change dynamically to accommodate them. This mode is used when you want to quickly adjust the scale depending on volatility.
Sometimes it can happen that a coin will suddenly start to plummet, and then, in Autoscale mode, the chart quickly adjusts to the maximum price swing and you see the whole movement, not just a small part of it.
Someone uses the standard scale and starts scalping on a 5-10% scale and then gradually moves to a larger scale, which allows them to sit out larger profit trades and not trade small movements.
On the MoonBot main terminal chart you see a grid that is divided into 10 vertical cells, one cell being one tenth of the number on the scale button.
If you have the 10% button pressed, one cell is 1% and you can visually estimate the size of the rise or fall of a coin. In addition, on the right side below the horizontal cursor line, a percentage of scale is displayed, using this measuring tool, you can quickly check the distance in percentage from the price line up or down.
You can disable or enable the display of the scale on the cursor bar in the Settings - User Interface - Scale Tool tab.
You can also measure the percentage of growth or decline using the "Rectangle" drawing element. You can do this by selecting it in the Pencil (Draw on the chart) button, which is the rightmost item. Then, while holding down CTRL, left click on the chart and while holding down CTRL, drag the line up or down. The line will become a rectangular area with percentages on the left side: up to measure growth, down to measure fall in price.
The tool is quite handy and complements previous methods of working with scale and measuring the percentage of change in the price of coins.
At each fixed zoom button on the MoonBot terminal, you can additionally adjust the zoom manually by half (up or down).
That is, on the 10% button, the graph can be manually stretched to 20% or narrowed to 5% with an arbitrary scale within this range.
To do this, place the mouse cursor anywhere on the graph, press the right mouse button and hold it down to zoom in up to 20%, with the graph visually zooming out or down to zoom in up to 5%, with the graph visually zooming in.
With this method, you can quickly adjust the scale of the chart without having to flip the fixed scale buttons. The manually scaled scale will only act on the current coin and new coins to be opened in the bot, when the 10% button is pressed, will open at 10% scale, ignoring the scaling.
If you want to reset the chart to the original 10% scale according to the button, click on it again and the chart will reset to the original 10% scale.
Yes, in the MoonBot terminal you can quickly toggle between the zoom buttons using hotkeys that can be set in the Settings - Hotkeys tab, using the "Scale +" fields to zoom in and "Scale -" fields to zoom out.
The MoonBot terminal has fixed zoom buttons which the user cannot change, but their pitch is sufficient to select a comfortable zoom for trading depending on the volatility of the coins. If a larger scale is required, press the x9 button and the scale figures on the buttons will increase by a factor of 10. You can also manually adjust the scale in some limits by stretching or shrinking the chart with the scale button selected. To do so, place the cursor on the graph, press the right the mouse button and without releasing it, swipe upwards or downwards.
To quickly centre the charts in scroll mode when zooming in, double-click the blue arrow button (AutoShift charts) on the MoonBot main terminal window.
On the main window of the MoonBot terminal to the right (just behind the s9 and x9 buttons) you can see a wide empty field, if you double-click on it, it will open a "Comment field" where you can write any text information: your notes, trading rules, bot name and trading pair. Such a field is convenient for those who need important information about the terminal in plain sight or who have many terminals and could easily distinguish one from another during moderation.
On the MoonBot terminal's main window on the right-hand control panel, below the "Multi:, B:, S:" entries you may see a "Comment (double-click to edit)" if you haven't already made a comment on any coin. If there is no such entry, move the mouse pointer to that place until the pointer icon changes to an "arrow with white rectangle". Double click on that entry with your mouse or on an empty field at that location, and a window will open in which you can write a short comment on that coin. When you have finished writing a comment, click anywhere on the right-hand control panel or simply on the graph - the editing window will close and the comment caption will turn blue for light themes and yellow for dark themes.
For manual trading, you can activate "Mode: Manual" or "Mode: Signals" in both cases you will be able to place orders manually and buy and sell coins.
For automatic strategies, it is mandatory to switch the button to "Mode: Signals", as only in this mode, auto strategies are allowed to buy, but of course, if the strategy is activated, it has AutoBuy=YES buy permission set and AutoDetect enabled.
In "Mode: Manual", auto-strategies will not be allowed to buy coins in any case, you can only buy coins manually.
If you don't need strategies to buy while you are trading manually, you can simply click "Manual Mode" and use only strategies detects, but no autobuy, in order not to disable detects or change autobuy settings in strategies from AutoBuy=YES to AutoBuy=NO.
If you need a universal mode of operation "both manual and strategy-based buying", it is recommended to switch this button to "Mode: Signals", because this mode is more universal, both for manual trading and for auto-trading by strategies.
On the MoonBot terminal's main window in the top right corner is the "Help" button which, when clicked, opens a separate MoonBot FAQ window: a directory of reference information on the MoonBot terminal. In the search box of this window, you can type keywords and then press Enter or the Find button to search. All questions and answers where these keywords occur will be listed.
The MoonBot FAQ directory has a menu with questions and answers grouped into several topics:
- General questions
- Cost
- Training
- Bonus programme
- File system
- Interface configuration
- Strategy settings
- MoonBot and Telegram
- Control via Тelegram
- General errors
- Log errors
- Log entries
- Statistics
- Development and testing
- Help
Alternatively, you can read the full questions and answers for each topic by clicking the "Show All" button after selecting a topic. The MoonBot FAQ directory is regularly updated with new information.
On the main window of the MoonBot terminal is a button that can take two positions: "Autodetect: ON" or "Autodetect: OFF". This button is responsible for enabling (ON-light) or disabling (OFF-light) auto-strategy detections. If autodetect is enabled (ON) then strategy detections will occur, if disabled (OFF) they will not.
On the right side of the MoonBot main window you can see red (sellers) and green (buyers) Order Book with horizontal bars showing the limit orders of other traders. The longer the line, the larger order is in the Order Book. On the right side there is more information with the pair name and on the right a cross to close this chart.
Just below is information with deltas for 3 hours, 1 hour and 15 minutes, as well as hourly and daily volumes on the current pair.
Below are the Buy, Cancel Buy, Panic Sale and Order buttons.
The Lock button is to add this coin to the bot's global blacklist,
Asterisk button - add a coin to your favourite list,
Button Eye - where the movement is, the most volatile coins at the moment,
TradingView button, clicking on which will open an overview of the pair on the TradingView website,
The chart button will open a candlestick chart on the TradingView website
The Twitter button will open the Twitter page of this coin.

Below is the Share button for social trading, which you can read more about here: https://moon-bot.com/en/72-social-trading/
There are also two buttons below which enable iceberg mode on Buy or Sell orders respectively.
Even below you can see the minimum lot size on this coin and the maximum possible order size.
An indication of whether multi-order mode is enabled or disabled, the number of Buy and Sell orders on that coin and its current price.
If you double-click on "Comment (double-click to edit)", a field will open where you can write a small comment on a specific coin.
The minimum lot value for a particular coin can be viewed in the right-hand pane of the main MoonBot window below the Buy and Sell buttons. This is an entry of the following form: "Lot: $10", which in this example means that the minimum lot on this coin is $10. This is important to know in order to place orders above this value, otherwise orders will not be placed.
When you make a comment on a coin and then delete it, the "Comment (double-click to edit)" will be automatically removed from it.
In addition, after restarting the bot, the "Comment (double-click to edit)" will not appear on all coins, even those without a comment edit, as this implies that you have found and used the field and no longer need these prompts.
Coin comments are saved in the data file \ CoinsComments.txt, if you clear the contents of this file and restart the MoonBot terminal, the "Comment (double-click to edit)" prompts will appear again on all coins, but this is not necessary, because if there is no "Comment (double-click to edit)" you can still write comments on coins, move your cursor to this location so it changes its icon to "arrow with white rectangle" and double click the mouse.
If you want to make comments not manually one by one, but at once for some sample of coins, e.g. mark all football tokens, or all futures coins, or make a different entry for each coin from their archives, you can do this in a list.
To do this, write the data \ CoinsComments.txt file as a column in the format:
BTC=Comments1
ETH=Comments2
BNB=Comments3
LTC=Comments4
Save the file, reload MoonBot and all these coins will show all the recorded comments from the data \ CoinsComments.txt file.
If you change the design theme in the bot, first the comment colour remains from the old theme, to update the comment colour you need to reopen this coin chart already in the new theme. The correct comment colours are yellow for dark themes and dark blue for light themes.
No, the colour of the comment on the coin cannot be changed. The standard comment colours are: for dark themes it is yellow, for light themes it is dark blue.
Yes, you can do this by clicking on the green circle at the bottom left of the MoonBot terminal. This will open a small "Info" window with brief specifications: VDS mode on (ON) or off (OFF), if you are working on a local computer, this mode should be turned off, if on a remote server (VDS), then enable via Menu-System Settings - "VDS optimized mode" with a reboot of the MoonBot terminal.
Below are the API limits for the current connection to the exchange (for spot trading there will be one limit, for futures trading there will be another). Connections to the Web Socket - OK
Trades and Latency, which shows the delay of trades from the exchange as well as the value of the PriceBug parameter, CPU load, system load and memory usage.
At the very bottom is information on whether the separate Moon Streamer service is enabled (ON) or disabled (OFF), which can be configured by clicking on Settings. Moon Streamer is a separate server located in the Tokyo location, which sends current trades from itself over a UDP connection. If your direct connection to the exchange is not stable, a Moon Streamer connection can help you see the chart in real time. This is effectively an additional redundant channel for sending charts to your MoonBot terminal. If you're trading on a VDS (remote server) there's not much to gain by using Moon Streamer, it's mainly useful if you're trading on your local computer. Moon Streamer is an optional paid module which can be activated for Moon Credits in a separate window.
Ping is the response from your computer to the exchange, the lower the value the better, MoonBot will be able to place orders, buy and sell coins faster. For a local computer, ping can be up to 500 ms, for remote servers the ping is usually 10 to 30ms, so for autotrading MoonBot is usually placed on remote servers, while for manual trading the local computer is used. The second parameter after the slash is the delay in placing orders in milliseconds; the lower the value, the better. In the bot, there is additional configuration of methods of connection to the exchange (Original, Method 2, Method 3, Method 4), you can try to switch these methods and see, in which case the ping and order delay value will be minimal.
O: is the total number of all active Buy and Sell orders in the bot E: is the current and slash maximum number of errors in the bot
The "API Load" is the API load indicator. When you open new charts and place new orders, the scale will gradually fill up. If it is green, the load is small and within acceptable range, but if it is red and you hear a beep, it signals that the current API load is high or critical. If the indicator is red for a long time, after some time the exchange may issue a ban and prohibit receiving data on API from that IP address. During the ban you will not be able to trade. In this case, you need to analyze what caused the overload and reduce it, for example, close some of the charts or maybe you opened a lot of strategies, each of which began to expose a lot of orders. Then you need to disable some of the strategies or review their work, so that the number of orders does not lead to a load on the API. If the exchange sees that an increased number of requests from your IP above the permitted API limits, it issues a ban and blocks receiving data from your bot via API. Ban first written short-term for a few minutes, then exchanger automatically removes it, but if spam from you continues, the exchange again writes ban, but for a longer period. So be sure to monitor this indicator and do not overload API.
At the very bottom right you can see the type of MoonBot terminal version: FREE version (red lettering) or PRO version (red lettering) - this tells you which bot version you currently have activated.
You can click on this and this will open the Moon Credits window, which contains a list of additional paid modules that are activated for Moon Credits and allow you to expand the bot's capabilities. This window can also be accessed by clicking on the
Settings - Unlock press the phrase "Moon Credits".
The MoonBot terminal can receive text messages from Telegram channels and analyse them automatically. This requires downloading and running an alternative telegram client.
Important note! If you have many bots (more than 3) connected to the same telegram account (assuming different bots, servers, clients), this can lead to serious delays or even loss of messages, i.e. not all messages may reach the bot.
To receive bot signals from telegram channels you need to
1) Click the "Enable built-in client" checkbox and log in to your Telegram account directly in the bot.
2) Or you can download an alternative Telegram using the button on your screen (the standard bot app will not work) and log in to your account. You need to register a new Telegram account only in the official Telegram, and enter the data of your existing account into the alternative Telegram (registering a new account in the alternative Telegram may result in a ban). After that, instead of the download button, there will be a Start Alternative Telegram button, click it.
3) The list of channels you are going to work with is created manually by adding the required channels using the "Add Channel" button (the required channel should also be added to your Telegram account). The name of the channel should be written without the "@" sign and without the prefix "https://t.me", for example, the channel https://t.me/HighestPump is called "HighestPump".
4) Once the channel you have added appears in the list, tap on it, then in the Channels with signals line:@(your channel name will appear here)
The MoonBot stores all messages received in the bot\logs\LOG_ADD_ХХХХ-ХХ-ХХ (depending on the date). The MoonBot terminal also has a built-in Telegram client. To enable it, you need to:
1) Check the "Use built-in client" box.
2) Enter your phone number, SMS code, password.
3) If necessary, you can specify a proxy server (socks5 or MTProxy). If you cannot connect to Telegram without a proxy, the bot will automatically enable the built-in MTProxy, you can then change the proxy server to your own.
4) The built-in client can be run simultaneously with the alternative client, thus receiving signals from 2 Telegram accounts.
5) Activate/deactivate the built-in Telegram client by ticking the box in the settings.
Yes, the MoonBot can monitor multiple Telegram channels - this gives you the ability to monitor multiple Telegram channels and buy coins from any channel in the list. In addition, you can only buy coins that will be offered to buy from 2 channels at the same time. To mark multiple channels for monitoring, after adding them to the list, click on them with the left mouse button, by holding down the CTRL key.
If you have configured the MoonBot terminal to communicate with Telegram, MoonBot can automatically read signals to add certain coins to a temporary blacklist. These signals are given by other users in the @MoonInt general channel. For your terminal to start reading this channel, you need to join this channel.
How it works: Experienced users (with a rating of 4 or more), when they find a coin that is too risky to trade, right-click on the "Share" button in the main MoonBot terminal window and open the "Share market" window, which signals them to add the coin to the temporary blacklist.
The signal indicates the duration in minutes and the risk level from 1 to 3:
1) Pips - risks in trading up to 2%;
2) Deep - the risks even on deep bypasses are 5% to 10%;
3) Deadly - extremely dangerous (delisting, scam, threat of losing your deposit).
Your MoonBot, if you have enabled the "Use shared BlackList from the @Moonlnt channel" (Coins are beeing posted in our channel @MoonInt) checkbox in the Settings - Telegram tab reads these signals and applies them to all your strategies. In each strategy, you specify the level of risk, starting from which the strategy should not work (tab Filters in the strategies, parameter MoonIntRiskLevel, the default value is 2, that is, the strategy will not work, if there was a Deep risk level blacklist signal). If you put a value of 4 or more, the strategy will ignore all blacklist signals, because the highest level at the moment is 3 (Deadly).
Yes, MoonBot can read Telegram messages and detect signals to buy cryptocurrencies automatically.
To set up the detection of Telegram signals you must use the settings on the Settings - AutoBuy tab in the "Detect coins in Telegram" area, there set the "Advanced filter" setting and write the filters you want below. The bot can also detect signals in clipboard text, this can help test your filters - use the settings in the "Detect coins in Clipboard" area for this.
If the "Mode: Signals" button is pressed, MoonBot will buy coins based on the signals found automatically.
If the "Mode: Manual" button is clicked, the MoonBot will display market charts based on the signals found, but it will not auto-buy.
Yes, the MoonBot has special settings for this in the Settings tab - AutoBuy in the "Detect coins in Clipboard" area. The item "Auto BUY from Clipboard": this sets up whether or not MoonBot will automatically put up a buy order when it detects a coin name on the clipboard. If you uncheck "Auto BUY from Clipboard" but leave "Listen Clipboard" checked, when a coin is detected, MoonBot will open its chart and start monitoring prices and orders, but it won't buy the coin itself. The "Advanced filter" option must be enabled to configure the buy settings. "Listen Clipboard": when checked, it will grab the clipboard, other programs will not be able to use it. If unchecked, MoonBot will not capture the clipboard at all, so as not to interfere with the clipboard in other programs. "Detect by Token" and "Detect by Full Link": detect a coin by the name of the token in a message or by a full link to an exchange. For example, vTorrent coin (Bittrex exchange). If you set detection by full link, MoonBot will only buy it if the message contains a link to that coin. On the Bittrex exchange, it looks like https://bittrex.com/Market/Index?MarketName=BTC-VTR. If setting detection by token, MoonBot will buy when it detects the word VTR, highlighted by spaces, inverted commas, dashes, etc. For example, "BTC-VTR" or "VTR". Token detection should be used with caution!
Yes, the MoonBot terminal has special settings for this in the Settings - AutoBuy tab in the "Detect coins in Telegram" area.
The "Auto BUY from Telegram" checkbox is responsible for automatic purchase when a coin is detected in messages in your chosen Telegram channels. The bot's connection to the Telegram channel must be set up. If "Auto BUY from Telegram" is unchecked, the order will be placed according to the main settings of the MoonBot terminal, if checked, the orders will be placed according to the Telegram strategy.
You need to enable the "Advanced filter" option to configure the buy parameters.
Detect by Token" and "Detect by Full Link": Detect a coin by the name of the token in the message or by the full link to the exchange. For example, vTorrent coin (Bittrex exchange). If you set detection by full link, MoonBot will only buy it if the message contains a link to that coin. On the Bittrex exchange, it looks like https://bittrex.com/Market/Index?MarketName=BTC-VTR. If setting detection by token, MoonBot will buy when it detects the word VTR, highlighted by spaces, inverted commas, dashes, etc. For example, "BTC-VTR" or "VTR". Token detection should be used with caution!
The "Dont Buy Forwards" and "Dont Buy Reply" checkboxes determine whether or not to buy coins from a forwarded or reply telegram signal.
In the MoonBot terminal, the "Signals detection rules" settings area of the Settings - AutoBuy tab is for fine-tuning the parameters that will be used for auto-buy. In all Telegram channels, the name of a coin is given differently, some channels may use #,$,! symbols in front of the coin name, while others use the word buy, since all channels are individual and send signals with different syntax, you will need to configure your own filter for the desired keywords and parameters.

"Keywords (comma separated) in Long signal": a list of keywords (separated by commas) that MoonBot looks for in the message. MoonBot will place a buy long order if it finds any of the words from your list in the message.

"Buy if distance between token and key word less then (N) words": Normally, a signal message will have a keyword next to the token (for example, "Buy some #NEO", with 1 word "some" between them). In other messages like weekly reports or general discussions, the keywords and tokens are further apart, which helps to filter such messages.

"Buy tokens tagged with": a list of tags preceding a token. This option helps the bot distinguish real buy signals from empty information in the signal channel. For example, if you leave the default tags "#, $", then "Buy #START" or "Buy $ START" will be treated as signals, whereas "START buy coins" will not be a signal.

"Blackwords (comma separated) in message": a comma-separated black list of words in the message that MoonBot will not buy if detected. Typically, these are words used in old signal reports ("we gave #NEO signal last week", "we called #TRIG", "#NEO raised 68k", etc.).

"Words count in message less then": total number of words in the message (including links and numbers, dates, prices). Helps the MoonBot terminal to distinguish real signals from long general discussion messages.

"Words in message to buy at lower price": In some cases, channels do not specify a buy price but suggest to buy at a lower level, then you should specify a list of such words and set how much lower from the current price a buy order should be placed.

If you have checked the box "Words in message to buy at lower price", two additional sliders are unblocked: "Buy for market price N%" and "Auto cancel lower BUY after M minutes".

"Keywords (comma separated) in Short signal": a list of keywords (comma separated) that MoonBot searches for in the message. MoonBot will place a buy short order if it finds any of the words from your list in the message.

"Buy tokens tagged with": if checked, you can enter comma-separated tags in the field below which will autopurchase

"Tokens without tags": if checked, autopurchase will also be possible by untagged coin name, e.g. "VTS".

"Links": the autopurchase will be possible if you specify in your signal the link to the exchange where the coin to be bought is traded.

"Special": use special token spellings, e.g. C O I N, (C) (O) (I) (N) etc.

"Buy if only 1 token found in message": usually the real signal message contains exactly 1 token, so in most cases you should enable this option. There may be rare exceptions. If you uncheck this box, the bot will select a token that is repeated most of the time, e.g. an ETH coin will be selected in a message of the form: " BUY #ETH, #ETH will go to the moon like #BTC".

"Buy only if price specified in message": MoonBot checks if there is a buy price in the signal message. If there is more than 1 price in the message, the bot will take the maximum price of all message prices that are lower than the current market ASK, but no less than 15%.

"Use specified price from the message": MoonBot will use the price from the message to buy and will place a buy order at that price. If the price in the message is higher than the current price, the buy order will be placed at the market price.

If the option "Use specified price from the message" is checked, then an additional slider "BBuy for specified price +N%" is enabled, by means of which it is possible to increase or decrease the price from the message as a percentage.

"Use Stops, TakeProfit in message": if checked, since the minimum price in the message is usually a stop loss, a stop loss will be placed at this level after buying the coin. The second price after the buy price is usually the price of the coin, at which the profit should be fixed, in this case, when it reaches this take profit, MoonBot will set a trailing stop and thus fix the profit, if the price goes higher, the trailing stop will accompany it higher, if the price goes lower, the take profit will be fixed at the last trailing stop position. The Sell order in this strategy should be raised higher than the price indicated in the message (e.g. by +30%).
Web hooks allow you to send a POST request to a specific URL each time an alert you set in TradingView is triggered. This feature can be enabled when creating or editing an alert in TradingView. Add the correct URL taken from the MoonBot terminal settings, and when an alert is triggered your command will instantly be sent to the MoonBot for execution.
Configure MoonBot to receive WebHook commands.
Go to the Settings - AutoBuy tab and check the "Detect by TV WebHook" box.
To the right of this item you will see the URL you want to use when setting up notifications in TradingView.
Also it is necessary to make some adjustments for MoonBot terminal to read tokens in messages:
1) Check the "Advanced filter" checkbox
2) Check the "Keywords (comma separated) in Long signal" box, unless you are using the keywords in the message as a filter.
3) The checkbox "Buy tokens tagged with" is needed to buy on messages where the token is specified as ***BTC. To do this you need to put # in front of the token to get for example: #ALGOBTC. Without this checkbox, MoonBot can buy if the message contains just a token, for example: ALGO.
4) The rest of the parameters are described on our website https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/signals-trading/ and you can configure them as you wish.
There are many options for messages and settings, you can customize them as you like.
Please note, the bot will not buy messages with such ALGOBTC token, you will need to remove the VTC or set the # tag, as described above.
Next, you need to configure the Telegram strategy as for normal Telegram signals using regular messages or you need to put a tick in the Menu strategy settings - AcceptCommands=YES to accept trust management commands in the messages.
Read more on this topic here: https://moon-bot.com/ru/78-web-hook/
Please note that you need to activate it in the MoonBot terminal in the Settings - Unlock tab for 100 Moon Credits in order to use the functionality of receiving commands instantly from TradingView with webhooks.
In order to buy coins using the MoonBot Telegram strategy, the following steps need to be taken:
1) In the Settings - Telegram tab, connect Telegram to MoonBot and add a channel from which you will receive coin buying signals.
2) On the Settings - AutoBuy tab: In the "Detect coins in Telegram" area, uncheck "Auto BUY from Telegram" and check "Advanced filter".
3) In the tab Settings - AutoBuy: in the "Signals detection rules" area, check the boxes and settings, according to your needs to sort signals reading. More details about settings here: https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/signals-trading/
4) In the main window of the MoonBot terminal, click the Strategies button and create a telegram strategy in the strategies window:
a) In the Main - SignalType parameter select "Telegram".
b) The ChannelName parameter should be set to the channel name from the list you created in the Settings-Telegram tab.
c) In the ChannelKey parameter, specify a keyword that matches the keyword from the settings tab - AutoBuy in the "Keywords (comma separated) in Long/Short signal".
5) Next you need to set the rest of the parameters in the telegram strategy (buy conditions, sell conditions, stops, trailing, etc.).
6) Then click on the Save button and save the telegram strategy.
7) Then check the box next to the telegram strategy and click on the "Start Checked" button to activate it, a light will light up next to the activated strategy.
8) Wait for the buy signal from the Telegram Channel and check the operation of the Telegram strategy to buy the coin.

If you have difficulty with the setup, please contact the Moon Bot Public Telegram Group for free detailed advice: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public or take paid training at MoonBot Academy English (contact Kost Main https://t.me/kostmain for access to this group).
In newer versions of the MoonBot terminal, the Settings - AutoDetect tab with settings has been removed because as the MoonBot terminal evolved, the functionality of these settings was moved and added to the strategy settings. If you have an older version of the MoonBot terminal, do not use the settings in the Settings - AutoDetect tab and be sure to upgrade to the latest current version of the terminal.
Press the Menu button and tick the first item "Emulation mode", which is intended to activate Emulation mode.
If this mode is enabled, the bot will immediately warn you that you will be switched to the emulation mode, in which real orders on the exchange will not be set and the real balance will not be affected, all transactions plus or minus will be reflected only in the bot and the exchange will not get. If you agree to the warning, the bot will switch to the Emulation mode and the red "EMULATION" inscription will light up. A checkmark will be placed in the Menu next to the phrases Emulation mode, which also indicates that Emulation mode has been activated. If you go back to the Menu and uncheck the Emulation mode, the bot will immediately return to real trading mode without additional warnings and the "EMULATION" inscription will disappear.
In "Emulation mode", the bot will not care about the real balance, because in Emulation mode you can set orders on the chart, buy and sell coins, but this will not be real trading, but a training trade where the orders do not go to the exchange and are not spent balance from your account.
If there are funds on the real balance, then orders in "Emulation mode" can be placed more within that balance.
In "Emulation mode" you can even place orders on charts with zero real balance, but then the orders will be placed with a minimum order of approximately the equivalent of $15.
The "Emulation mode" in the bot is designed for testing strategies and their parameters, testing triggers, session parameters, EMA formulas, training manual and automatic trading. In addition, emulated orders can act as motion detectors in the form of beacons, which can then trigger real strategies with a real deposit.
The "Emulation mode" can be enabled globally for the entire MoonBot terminal through Menu - Emulation mode, or locally only for the strategy, if the MoonBot is in real mode and the strategy settings on the Main tab have the EmulatorMode=YES checkbox, which will mean that orders for this strategy will be placed in emulation mode.
Please note that emulator orders are placed faster than real ones, they are bought and sold quicker, because no time is spent on transferring data to the exchange and returning data back to the bot, it does not take into account the filling of bets and other things and reports in emulator trading can be more positive than in real trading.
Therefore, at the beginning you can test strategies and trade hands in the "Emulation mode", but to get more accurate results, taking into account pings, data forwarding, price slippages, we still recommend to test real trading with a minimum order, which will give you results close to the real ones.
Clicking on Menu - Balances item in the MoonBot terminal will open a separate window "Assets", which will contain coins that are on your balance, but are not in orders, not placed as limit Buy orders or Sell orders. Through Balances, you can sell the coins that are there for Market Sell or through the Order button, you can buy a coin at the current price with a Sell order. Please note that you may have coins bought at different times and at different prices, but when selling, they will be sold at Market, and when placing a Sell order, the buy line will be the current price of the coin. If you buy a coin and cancel the sell order, the coin will not be in the order and will be in your account balance. If you then go to Balances and click on Market Sell, the coins will be bought at the current market price with a Sell order, which you can control through the bot.
Warning! Coin sales via Balances are only available to PRO version owners.
Clicking on Menu - Transfer item in the MoonBot terminal will open a separate "Assets Transfer" window, where you can transfer funds from the spot balance to the futures and quarterly balances and back again. You may also convert small coin balances to BNB (once every 24 hours). The transfer function between balances is available when the checkboxes allowing trading as on the spot are activated, as well as on futures.
This parameter allows you to select two options for specifying the order size: either Fixed or Floating.
Floating mode is set by default at the bot's initial startup and allows you to set the size of the order with the slider as a percentage of the free deposit. If you select a fixed order size, instead of a slider, 6 fixed buttons appear in which you can set the values you want in convenient increments. It is also possible to quickly switch between these modes if you click on the phrase "Use ХХ$ for buy order".
The Buy order size can be changed by double-clicking on the button, which will open a field with an editable value where you can change the order size and then press Enter to fix it in the button. You can repeat this procedure for other buttons and choose a comfortable order size and step. You can switch the order size by pressing the desired button.
MoonBot has two options for specifying order size: Menu - Order Size - Fixed or Floating. The floating allows you to set the order size with the slider as a percentage of the free deposit; the fixed order size can be set on six buttons. For example, for the USDT pair you can set fixed order sizes on the buttons: 50, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000 USDT and quickly switch between them by clicking on these buttons with the mouse.
Yes, the order sizes can be changed on the Settings tab - "Fixed Order Sizes" and each button can be assigned a different hotkey. For example: F1 for the first button, F2 for the second and so on. The order size can be switched by pressing the corresponding hotkey key.
Please note that order size on fixed buttons up to 999 is displayed in full size, from 1000 to 10000 - in abbreviated form "1k" without mathematical rounding, for example, value 1300 will be displayed as 1.3k, and over 10000 - in abbreviated form "10k" without mathematical rounding, that is, for example, 10400 value will be displayed as 10k, and 10600 value as 11k. Please keep in mind, that for FREE version order size is limited to $40 BTC equivalent, for PRO version the size of maximum order is practically unlimited. The minimum (Lot) and maximum (Max) order size can be seen on the right side of the main screen under Sell and Buy buttons.
There are two options under Menu - Sell Price:
1) If you select Fixed, then six buttons appear on the main window of the MoonBot terminal for fixed size Sell orders.
2) If you select Float, then a slider will appear on the main window of the MoonBot terminal to set the size of Sell orders smoothly.
You can also switch from one mode to the other by clicking on the phrase "Sell for [actual buy price]+X%".
We recommend you to choose Fixed mode and adjust its buttons to your desired step, in which case you can quickly clicking the right button to select the appropriate level of sale under the current situation on the coin, for example, when the series of the same shoots at +5%, then you can click the button with Sell Price at 5% and your buy orders will immediately close at the desired level of +5% and you will not lose time by manually moving the Sell order. For example, if you had a low Sell Price of +5% set at +1%, then you would have to manually move the Sell order higher to the +5% level every time to get a larger possible profit. Or, if you had a high Sell Price of +5%, for example +6%, the Sell order would not close quickly because it would be above the price break and would have to be manually moved lower each time to the +5% level.
Yes, you can do so by clicking on the "s9" button to the right of the fixed Sell Price buttons, which increases the values in the fixed Sell Price buttons by 10 times, this mode is necessary when any coin has anomalous price spikes of +30, +50, +100% and the values on the buttons are 3, 5, 10%, then you can quickly change all Sell Price button values by 10 times and not change them manually.
Changing the value in the fixed Sell Price button is done by double-clicking the button, then changing the value to the desired value and pressing Enter.
A very well-proven option with fixed buttons for manual trading together with Manual strategies, which can be set up as you wish with a different number of orders in the grid and different spacing between them, while the Sell Price value of the placed orders in the manual strategy can be quickly changed by pressing the fixed buttons.
When you click on the fixed Sell Price button, you can briefly observe two dotted lines on the chart with levels where Sell orders will be placed (for longs the line will be indented plus and for shorts it will be indented minus from the middle spread line).
Yes, the Sell Price size can be changed in the Settings tab - "Fixed Sell Prices" and each button can be assigned a different hotkey. For example: Shift+F1 for the first button, Shift+F2 for the second and so on. The order size can be switched by pressing the corresponding hotkey.
In the MoonBot terminal you can split a Sell order manually into 3 parts or any number of parts (up to 20). The basic version of the sell order is divided into 3 parts. To do this, right-click on the sell order in the chart and select "Split order" in the menu. A similar splitting into 3 parts can be done through a hotkey combination in the field "Split Order" on the tab "Settings - Hotkeys". If you want to split the order into any number of parts (up to 20), the hotkey combination in the "Split to XX (click to set)" field will do it. You can set the desired value of parts by clicking "Split to XX (click to set)", then type the desired value (up to 20) in the additional field and press Enter.
Two items can be selected in "Menu - Settings buy price" and they change the settings in the slider on the main MoonBot terminal window, which is located above the scale buttons:
- Use 30-secs old ASK price (the slider changes to: Buy for [price before pump started] XX%)
- Use current ASK price (the slider changes to: Buy for [current ASK price] XX%
MoonBot always analyses prices and you can place a buy order based on the minimum price of the last 30 seconds (+/- X% depending on your specified buy conditions) or on the current market price (+/- X% depending on your specified buy conditions). Normally this parameter is set to "Use 30-secs old ASK price", in which case this will keep you from buying at the peak of the price when participating in pummels.
Clicking on this item will open a separate "Settings" window where you can more finely tune the MoonBot terminal's various settings.
Under "Menu - Manual Trading" you can select two items:
- Use Main Settings
- Use Manual Strategy
If you select the item "Use Main Settings", you can trade manually on the main settings of the terminal by setting the necessary conditions: buy, sell, stop-loss, trailing, blacklists, etc., both on the tab "Settings - Main" and on the main screen of the MoonBot terminal.
The "Use Manual Strategy" item is for working with "Manual" strategies. Note that if there are no "Manual" strategies in the list of strategies, the item "Use Manual Strategy" will not be active.
Manual strategies in the MoonBot terminal are needed for more fine-tuning of basic and advanced parameters, such as placing a grid of multi-orders with specified step and order size in one click, with different sell order levels, second and third stops, trailing stops, BV_SV stops and so on. Using them greatly simplifies manual trading in the terminal.
You must create a "Manual" strategy and activate manual trading: Menu - Manual Trading - Use Manual Strategy. Then select the desired manual strategy from the menu below the BNB number. It is possible to create several "Manual" strategies, for example with different numbers of multi-orders and steps between them, as well as other parameters, and quickly select the desired manual strategy depending on the situation on the chart.
Yes, you can create several "Manual" strategies in the MoonBot for different volatilities on coins, with the dependence that the more volatile the coin, the wider the multi-order step and the higher the sell order level.
After creating "Manual" strategies in the MoonBot terminal, you need to select: Menu - Manual Trading - Use Manual Strategy, then click on the "Click to select manual strategy" in the main terminal window when first selecting manual strategies and then select the desired manual strategy from your list in order to place orders with it. In this case all main parameters for Buy and Sell orders, stops, trailing stops and other parameters will be set in the selected manual strategy.
Usually in manual trading, traders visually judge the situation and seldom use stop settings, as they usually close the position based on current conditions (chart movement, the behavior of other traders, the order book full, the walls in them, etc.), but you can also use stops by setting them in the strategy "Manual". But if there is a lot of volatility, and you chose a strategy with short stops, then there may be cases where after entering the trade, you can immediately close at the stop in the negative.
Manual strategies, unlike other strategies, work immediately and may not be specifically activated, i.e. they work both when their light is on and when it is not.
This is done by enabling the "Filters on Charts" (Funnel) button, which will display in the upper left corner on the chart the condition that prevents the strategy from running on a given coin. Often this is not meeting the conditions of the filter parameters on the Filters tab in the parameters of the strategy.
To do this, click or press the parallel lines button "Draw only last completed buy order" on the main window of the MoonBot terminal, which is to the left of the Vol button.
If this option is activated, unused schedules will be closed after a set time, which can be selected using the slider under "Settings - Advanced - System". If we set the slider to "Auto close charts after N minutes of inactivity" in this setting, the charts will close automatically after 1 minute. A large number of open charts in the background increases the load on the API, so we recommend properly set the charts to autoclose and not keep them open for long periods of time.
Clicking on this item will open a folder with logs where files with the extension .bin are stored. These are snapshots of completed trades with charts that allow you to refer to this archive of trades and analyse them further. But it is more convenient to do the same from the reports table if you select the desired trade and click on the name of the coin.
When you activate the option, an additional window will open showing you the buttons with the coins that are currently being pamped, according to your configured Pump strategy. When you click on this button you will have the opportunity to buy this coin immediately.
This function reconnects the bot to the exchange and is needed if, for example, you have lost trades crosses on the chart or something happens short-term communication problems.
To do this, draw a graphical element, e.g. "horizontal line", right-click on it and select "Alert" from the menu. You can remove an Alert by right-clicking again and selecting "Remove" from the menu. Other than that manage the alerts can be displayed in a separate window that can be called up via Menu - Alerts.
These are acoustic signals which are activated on the drawing lines on the chart and allow you to be alerted when the price crosses an alert line. That is, you can draw horizontal or inclined levels or other graphical elements on the chart with the CTRL button pressed, then right-click on this element and select Alert, after which the line will change its colour and become a signal line.
If the price crosses such a signal line, an audible signal is emitted, which will be played with a set duration and a set number of times.
To the right and above the name of the trading pair there is a button with the name of the coin on which Alert was triggered and if you click on it, it will open a chart of that coin and then you can make the necessary trading decision according to the situation.
The alerts allow you to set them up in advance on the coins you want, so you don't have to look at the situation every minute to see whether the price has reached important levels or not, but only when MoonBot alerts you if these events occur.
The table with the current Alerts can be called from "Menu - Alerts", or from the Draw on the chart item menu in the "Pencil" button of the Alerts button.
In this table you can see the list of alerts, on which coin and on which kind of drawing item it is set, with date and time when the alert was set, and you can also choose the duration of the alert in seconds, choose its sound and number of times the alert repeats.
In this table with alerts you can also clear some or all of the alerts to avoid searching for them for a long time through all coins. In this case after the Clear button is pressed the graphic item will remain on the chart, but the Alert will be removed from it.
In the MoonBot terminal itself, this can be done by selecting Menu-Reset Session or by using telegram commands:
1) ResetSession coin | ALL
reset sessions on coin or on all markets
2) ResetSession ALL
this command will reset to zero all old sessions on ALL coins and all new sessions and all cPlus and cMinus counters on ALL coins across all strategies
Selecting this option allows you to zero all sessions on all coins. The session is the total result of your trades on a particular coin since the first time the bot was run or since the last time the session was zeroed. The session can be zero, positive, or negative based on the sum of all trades made by any strategy on that coin. Strategies have parameters that use this parameter in their work and can, for example, stop a particular strategy if it took a certain loss, which is fixed by the session. The trader may not zero the session at all, or may optionally zero the session at the beginning of each trading period (day, week, month), for example, to see the coin trading results at the end of the period.
This is a very useful option, but it only works if you have activated the optional "Load Charts" paid module, which allows you to download charts from the trading history from our servers. With the "Load Charts" module you can re-create the line on the chart when the connection on your side is down or you have shut down your PC for some time, in this case, without the chart loading you will have gaps in your trades, so you will not see what the coin was at the time of shutting down. At the moment, chart loading works on the spot market only for BTC, USDT and BUSD pairs, and on the futures market only for USDT pairs.
Selecting the "Menu - System Settings" option will open a separate window with a selection of additional functions:
- Use GPU Canvas
- Antialiasing
- Use ClearType
- RepaintOnMouseOver
- Use Direct2D
- Ignore Scale
- Smooth Charts scrolling
- Local Trades Time
- Fast OrderBook updates
- Use memory for charts: XX%
- FPS
- VDS optimized mode
- Login (Your_Login) and Password
- AutoLogin
- Autostart on windows startup
- Reset AutoLogin
It is possible to disable some settings or reduce the FPS if you have a weak PC. If you have activated the Moon Scalper module, you can enable the Smooth Charts scrolling checkbox and the chart will move more smoothly. In addition, if you trade on a dedicated server, then you must necessarily check the box "VDS optimized mode", which reduces the load on the dedicated server. In the same menu you can also set up AutoLogin in Windows on server restart.
For the MoonBot chart to be smooth, you must have the Moon Scalper module activated. You can activate this module in the "Settings - Unlock" tab. Then go to "Menu - System Settings" and check the "Smooth Charts scrolling" option. In this case, the chart will move smoothly.
You should do this for auto-trading strategies that need to place orders and close them quickly. The lower the ping, the more likely it is that your MoonBot will buy and sell coins faster than others. Optimal ping on dedicated servers is 10ms, and, for example, for exchanges Binance and HTX you should choose servers with location in Japan (Tokyo), as in this location servers of exchanges are located and in this case there will be the lowest delays.
After installing the MoonBot terminal on a dedicated server (VDS), go through the Menu - System Settings to the System Settings window and check the "VDS optimized mode" option and restart the MoonBot in administrator mode. Enabling this mode saves resources when running the MoonBot terminal on a dedicated server (less memory and CPU are consumed by storing and rendering graphs, and more resources are devoted to running the algorithms).
You can take advantage of our following tips for setting up dedicated servers (VDS) for autotrading using the MoonBot terminal.
1) In Menu - System Settings - check the box "VDS optimized mode". It is highly desirable to set it, as this option saves server resources, less memory and CPU are spent on storing and drawing of charts, more resources are allocated to the algorithms.
2) In Menu - System Settings - set up auto-login in windows: enter your login and password from your Windows account and click "AutoLogin" button. You can also add the MoonBot terminal to autorun. To do this, click the "Autostart on windows startup" button in the same settings menu and restart your server for verification (hot restart via VDS control panel), the MoonBot terminal should automatically start and continue its operation after the operating system boots.
3) Be sure to disable Windows and Defender updates! Otherwise, during update the system may close the bot, and the orders will remain hanging on the exchange.
4) Be sure to disable "Automatic Daylight Saving Time and back" on the VPS, or better set the time zone to "(UTC) Time in UTC".
5) When running Mshots with short price interval (up to 0.5% of the difference between MshotPriceMin and MshotPrice), it is recommended to use new parameter MShotAddDistance=50, and MShotUsePrice=Trade. In this case, the price for order rearrangement will be taken by the price of the last trade, and the bot will rearrange orders faster. This is especially relevant when trading futures.
6) In strategies focusing on fast trading (MoonShot with short interval, MoonStrike, Drops with small drawdown) it is recommended to use a non-zero value of the HFT parameter (an integer).
7) In tab "Settings - Autostart" we recommend to enable option "Auto Stop if errors level > = 3", number of errors API should be equal to 3 or 4. Restart at the earliest after 20 minutes.
8) You can also use the "Auto Stop if Ping > 1000 ms" checkbox in the "Settings - Auto-Start" tab. The ping threshold is adjustable from 100ms to 2000ms. If the ping has increased, then most likely you have a problem with the internet or lags occur on the exchange, in which case there is a great risk of losing order controllability and then you can use this protection to avoid trading in times of high pings.
Clicking on this item in the bot's log will show information about all purchases and sales of a coin from your exchange account. To do this, select a coin and open its chart to the full screen and select in the Menu - Orders History. After that all data will be in your log: order id, dates of buying and selling, number of coins, and other data. But keep in mind that the exchange does not give all data for the entire trading history, but only the last 1000 records for all coins. And if the last 1000 trades included this coin, you will see it in the bot's log.
Also a very useful feature, but it only works if you have the optional Moon Streamer paid module activated.
Clicking on this item will open a separate window where you can enable and configure the Moon Streamer service, which is a separate server located in the Tokyo location that sends the current trades from itself to your computer over a UDP connection. If your connection to the exchange fails and trades are momentarily lost, then the MoonStreamer connection can help you see the chart in real time.
If trading on a VDS (remote server) there is no benefit to using Moon Streamer, it is useful mainly if trading takes place on a local computer.
Clicking on Menu - News will open a separate "Important News" window with important news and advice on the MoonBot terminal.
If you need to close the bot altogether, you can do so with this item or with the cross in the top right corner of the bot's main window.
From the MoonBot main terminal screen, press the "Reports" button, which will open a separate table that shows all your trades line by line.
Under "Order Status" there is a menu where you can select orders with different statuses:
- All show all orders active and closed
- Active only - show active orders only
- Closed only - show closed orders only
- All incl. deleted - show all orders that are active and closed, including deleted ones.
Nearby you can select the period for which you want to view the report and also show or hide some columns in the report.
The MoonBot terminal's main screen, click the "Reports" button, which will open a separate table that shows all your trades line by line.
To see the report of your trades made in the "Emulation mode", you need to tick the box next to the word "Emulator" and the table that will appear will contain only emulator trades. If to remove a tick mark, we will see the table with other data already with transactions at real trade taking into account our real deposit.
From the MoonBot main screen, click the "Reports" button, which will open a separate table that shows all your trades line by line.
If you need to view trades for a specific period of time, check the "From" and "To" box and set the desired date and time underneath. If you need to view the report from a certain date to the current day, you can either uncheck "To" or set a future date under the "To" checkbox, for example the end of the current year.
From the MoonBot main screen, press the "Reports" button and a separate table will open showing all your trades line by line.
For a quick report for today, you can check the box next to the word "Today" and set the time.
In this case you can see all today's deals starting from the time you set, if it is 00:00 then all deals of the day from 00:00 will be shown in the report, if you set for example 12:00 then you will see deals of today, but from 12:00 till the current time.
From the MoonBot main terminal screen, click the "Reports" button and a separate table will open, showing all your trades line by line.
At the top of this window, you can see two filter fields, which are useful for quickly sorting the information in the table by coin, strategy, profit, loss, and so on.
For example, you can enter a coin name and get a list sorted only by that coin.
Or you can enter a strategy name and obtain data only for this strategy.
The second field will help you to get more detailed information in the pre-sorted report, for example, you can write a minus sign in this field and see only all minus trades in the report or write a plus sign and see only all plus trades.
From the MoonBot main screen, click on the "Reports" button, which will open a separate "MarketsTable" that shows all your trades line by line.
In the upper right corner, click on the spanner icon and an additional settings menu will open on the right.
In the "Lines" field you can set how many visible rows you want to display in the reports table (from 50 to 1000). Total results of deals, which are displayed in the lower right corner of the table with reports, are still counted for all deals of the selected time period, including those not visually displayed in the table with the report. Note that the lower this number is, the faster the reports run.
To view a complete report of transactions, click on the button "Export to Excel", unload the report and further review and analysis of this report in Excel.
From the MoonBot main screen, press the "Reports" button, which will open a separate table that shows all your trades line by line.
You can change the columns displayed in the report and leave only the columns you need at the moment.
You can set up which columns to show and which to hide by clicking on the icon with a spanner in the upper left corner of the reports window.
This will open a list of column names on the right, if checked the column will be displayed in the table, if unchecked the column will be hidden.
You can set the option to compress columns or not, and also to display in the report the average order with or without a leverage.
From the MoonBot main screen, press the "Reports" button, which will open a separate table that shows all your trades line by line.
In the top right corner of the reports window there are two buttons to export the report into .csv format or into .xls format for further analysis and sorting in Excel or third-party programs.
The main MoonBot screen will open a separate table that shows all of your trades line by line. Below we see the main tabular field each line is one transaction, data on which is summarized in columns. Coin - name of Coin BuyDate - date of coin purchase CloseDate - date of sale of the coin Quantity - amount of coins purchased and sold, if these two numbers are equal, all bought coins were sold, if they are not equal, they are partly remained on your account or spent on commission if you did not use BNB coins for commission BuyPrice - the price at which the coin was bought SellPrice - the price at which the coin was sold Spent BUSD - the money spent on the order in the currency of the currency pair (in this example the pair BUSD) Gained BUSD - returned funds to the balance from the order in the currency of the trading pair (in this example the pair BUSD) Profit BUSD - profit or loss in the currency pair (in this example the pair BUSD) ProfitUSDT - profit or loss in USDT to the second decimal place and colour marking (green - positive trades, red - negative trades) Profit - profit or loss in percents by leverage ProfitAbs - profit or loss in percents without leverage Lev - leverage size for futures trading Source - order type (manual/automatic/signal) ChannelName - name of the strategy the trade was executed by or the Manual record if the trade was executed manually or the telegram channel name if the buying was performed by the telegram strategy Comment - comment that shows the strategy type and what parameters the coin had when it was bought (deltas, volumes, latency, pricebags and other) SignalType - signal type, if Emulator, the trade was executed in emulator mode, if Auto, the trade was executed in automatic mode. SellReason - the reason for the sale - this column indicates the reason for which the order was sold: Sell Price - the sale occurred when the price reached the placed Sell order, and the position of the Sell order could be changed manually, but without applying the corrective parameters PriceDown and SellLevel, Manual PanicSell - the sale occurred forcibly, after we clicked on the Panic Sell button on the main terminal window and closed the order ourselves. StopLoss AutoActivated - the sale occurred after the stop-loss was activated on the coin. Trailing - the sale occurred by trailing on the main settings or strategy settings on the "Stops" tab. Auto Price Down - the sale occurred when the Sell order was lowered according to the strategy settings and the value in the PriceDown parameters on the "Sell order" tab. Sell Level - the sale occurred when the Sell order was adjusted according to the strategy settings and values in the SellLevel parameters on the "Sell order" tab, and so on. Status - the status of the order is finished (the coin was bought and sold), active - active order (the coin was bought, but not sold yet). dBTC - BTC hourly delta d24BTC - BTC delta for 24 hours dMarket - hourly market delta dM24 - 24 hour market delta bvsv - ratio of sold orders to bought orders at the moment of the signal, the interval is taken from the strategy parameters BV_SV_Kind and BV_SV_TradesN on the Stops tab dBTC5m - BTC delta for 5 minutes Pump1H - hourly growth delta Dump1H - one hour delta drop d24h - 24h coin delta d3h - 3 hours coin delta d1h - delta per coin in 1 hour d15m - coin delta for 15 minutes d5m - coin delta for 5 minutes d1m - delta per coin for 1 minute dBTC1m - BTC delta for 1 minute PriceBug - the quantitative value of the pricebag Vd1m - one minute coin volume H. Vol - hourly volume of a coin D. Vol - daily coin volume.
The delta data helps us to further analyse in which cases and in which delta ranges we managed to take more profits or incur losses. If we find out for ourselves that there are a lot of negative trades in any of the ranges, we can adjust filters in the strategies and prohibit strategies from working in these ranges.
All the strategies, except for MoonShot, fix these deltas at the time of the detection and at the time of placing a buy order. For the MoonShot strategy, these parameters are fixed in the report at the time of buying the coin, since the MoonShot strategy has no detection, and its orders are placed in the stack and wait for a shoot-through and buy of the coin.
Yes, if you click on the "Reports" button and open the reports table, you can sort the column names in descending, ascending or alphabetical order by clicking on the header.
From the MoonBot main terminal screen, click on the "Reports" button and a separate table will open showing all your trades line by line.
Clicking on the name of the coin in the table itself will open the "Pump Helper" window, which will open a snapshot of charts and deals on them, these reports are also interactive, they can be stretched horizontally or vertically, and you can zoom to better view the entry and exit points of the deals. In addition, the deltas for 3 hours, 1 hour and 15 minutes, as well as the hourly and daily volumes of the coin, will be recorded on this mini chart.
Yes, if you select a particular coin in the report, the name of that coin is also highlighted in blue in the info area below left and if you click on it, you can immediately open the current chart of that coin in the main bot window.
From the MoonBot main screen, press the Reports button and a separate table will open showing all your trades line by line.
Below the tabular data on the right side will be a general report on the selected data according to the date and filter settings.
- This report will display the following data:
- Number of orders in the selected report
- Average order size in the currency pair without and with leverage
- Total profit or loss amount
- Total profit or loss percentage of an average order.
On the MoonBot main screen, click the Reports button and a separate table will open showing all your trades line by line. On the bottom left you can see the "Important" parameter, if you click on a trade important to you in the report and check it, you will prohibit the bot to delete the chart of this trade after a set time (by default, after 7 days, which is set on the Settings-Special tab). Besides, orders marked with this checkbox can be quickly sorted in the report if you write "impo", short for "important", in the filter field.
From the MoonBot main screen, press the "Reports" button and a separate table will open showing all your trades line by line.
Click on the line you want and at the bottom of this table in the information window, you can see more detailed data on the trade:
- Date of deal closing
- Real or emulator trading mode
- Name of strategy
and system parameters of the bot:
CPU load, system load, API limits, PriceLag percentage, Latency, Ping and other data.
From the MoonBot main screen, press the "Reports" button and a separate table will open showing all your trades line by line.
You can selectively delete some or all rows of trades from this report by clicking on the "Delete" button.
If you then want to see a report with deleted trades, you can do so via the menu "All incl. deleted" (show all active and closed orders, including deleted orders).
On the MoonBot main screen, click on the "Show Markets" button and a separate "MarketsTable" will open, where you can find a list of coins that are available to trade on a given trading pair. In addition, in the same table you can sort by various parameters of coins: daily or hourly trading volume, deltas in 24 hours, 1 hour, 15 minutes and other parameters.
From the MoonBot main terminal screen, click on the "Show Markets" button and a separate "MarketsTable" window will open, where you can find the "Market" column, which shows the names of the coins on the current trading pair.
The "Vol." column in the "MarketsTable" is the daily volumes on the coins. Coins with smaller daily volumes are better suited to pumps.
The "H.vol" column in the "MarketsTable" is the hourly volume on the coin. If the hourly volume exceeds (daily volume)/24 by several times, it means that the coin has already started buying up in advance, in which case the probability of a successful pamp is low.
The ASK column in the "MarketsTable" is current coin prices.
The "H. High" column in the "MarketsTable" is the hourly highs of the coin prices.
The "Buy x4" and "Buy x2" columns in the "MarketsTable" are the volume of offers to buy at 1/4 and 1/2 of the current price, respectively. In other words, the volume of support and fill in the Order Book.
The "sell x2", "sell x3", "sell x4" columns in the "MarketsTable" are sell volumes at 100% of the current price, 200% of the current price, etc. The smaller the sell x2 wall, the more the price can rise when the pounding takes place. The presence of buy x2 support also increases the probability of a successful sell x2.
The "24h Delta" column in the "MarketsTable" is the daily coin deltas.
The "h.Delta" column on the "MarketsTable" is the hourly coin deltas.
The "15m Delta" column in the "MarketsTable" is deltas on 15 min coins.
The "PumpsCount" column in the "MarketsTable" consists of two numbers: the number of pumps of a given coin in a week and the average probability to sell a coin at a higher price when bought at a random point in time. This parameter allows you to estimate the risk of staying with the coin you bought and getting out of the pumps on another day without a loss.
The "72h channel" column in the "MarketsTable" contains two figures: the average hourly price change over the last 3 days and the ratio of the minimum to maximum daily volume over the last 10 days excluding pummels. These parameters allow estimating the influence of fundamental reasons on the trend. That is, for example, if a coin goes down in value after an adverse news release, the probability of breaking that trend with a jump is low; conversely, if a coin has recently started rising, a jump of that coin may draw additional attention to it, and growth will continue even more.
The "Pump Q" column in the "MarketsTable" is a notional value that describes the suitability of a coin for a pumps.
The "PriceStep" column in the "MarketsTable" is a price step (the first value is the price step on the current pair, the second value is the price step on the BTS pair). That is, you can estimate how square a coin is. On USDT there are no square coins, but on BTC there are a lot of coins with very big step of price, and it is visually displayed in order book, that is why such coins are called "square".
The "#Q" column in the "MarketsTable" is the number of open orders on each coin.
Yes, if you click on the header with the column name in the "MarketsTable", you can sort in alphabetical order as well as in ascending or descending data order.
To do this, you need to click on the "Show Markets" button, open a separate "MarketsTable" window, stand on the bottom coin from the list, right-click on it in the additional menu and select "Copy markets above selected". All coins from the top coin up to the selected one will be copied to the clipboard, after that you can copy them into notepad or Excel and use them for your needs.
On the main MoonBot screen, click on the "Show Markets" button and a separate "MarketsTable" will open, displaying data on the coins traded on the current pair.
In the bottom right corner of the "MarketsTable" there is an "Export to csv" button that allows you to export data from this table into .csv format for further analysis and sorting in Excel or other third-party programs.
On the main window of the MoonBot terminal, click on the "Show Markets" button and in the opened "MarketsTable" window on the bottom left there is a field with a filter for quick search of coins. You can also check "Hide BL" and hide the coins that are on the black list, so that even if there is a high volatility on them, you won't have to show them in MarketsTable and manually open their charts. The button with green arrows allows you to refresh "MarketsTable" and at the same time restore the sorting of coins by the date of their addition to the exchange. The "Manage Leverage" button (for MoonBot futures terminal) has an additional menu for working with orders, margin type, leverage and maximum positions. The "Close ALL orders" button will close all active Sell orders after a warning by setting V-STOP to [buy +1%] and activate Panic Sell on these orders. The "Cancel ALL orders" button on the spot market will cancel all buy orders you have on your exchange account, even those placed using other terminals, and on futures this button will also cancel all close orders, even if they were not placed in the MoonBot terminal. The "Export to csv" button will allow you to unload this data from "MarketsTable" into a separate file with a .csv extension for further processing in third-party programs.
To do this, click on "Show Markets" button and open "MarketsTable" on USDT pair. Click on the last coin in the list, right-click on its name, select "Copy markets above selected" and copy the list of all coins in the USDT pair to the buffer. Then open the MoonBot terminal on BUSD pair and paste this list to the global black list in Settings - Main tab. Then click on "Show Markets", open the "MarketsTable" on the BUSD pair and check the "Hide BL" box in the lower left corner to hide all coins that are in the global blacklist in this table. All coins on the USDT pair that match the BUSD list will be hidden by this filter and the table will only have a list of coins that are only on the BUSD pair. These can then also be copied to the buffer for further use of this data for your own purposes.
The "Show BID\ASK lines" button shows or hides the current buyer and seller price lines, which are formed by limit orders in the order book of buyers BID (green line) and sellers ASK (red line). The distance between these two lines is called the price spread. These lines can be used to determine the divergence of supply and demand, but it overloads the chart and usually these lines are turned off in day-to-day trading to better see the crosses of trades.
The "Show market history" button is the second button to the right of the Auto button on the main window of the MoonBot terminal and it allows you to display and hide the crosses of trades on the chart. In other words, all these green and red crosses on the chart are trades - deals to buy or sell the market at a certain price. If we hide these crosses, we will see only the middle price line on the chart, the middle of the spread, but in this case, we will not see sharp upward passes or sharp downward breaks, which are important for correctly setting strategies. Such breakdowns can tell us the best distance to place Buy and Sell orders on this coin. The density of crosses indicates the activity on this coin, the more crosses and the closer they are to each other, the more interesting this coin is for traders and the higher the probability of increased volatility. Red crosses mean that someone sold a lot on the market, green ones mean that someone bought a lot on the market, and if you see almost a vertical series of crosses, this means that a large lot was sold and successive deals were made, first at one price, then at the second, then at the third and so on, gradually buying out all of the limit orders in the order book until the lot was finally sold. Most of the time, such overshoots will end up in a large limit order "wall", which is a large limit position in the order book. So if you want to sell your position more quickly, place your Sell order just below the big limit wall order in the red order book, and place stops below the big limit wall order in the green order book.
On the main window of the MoonBot terminal there is a button "Draw only last completed buy order", the icon of which has a number of horizontal lines. This button allows you to display or hide all purchase lines of closed trades or only the last one, as well as purchase lines of still active trades. If you click on the button and display all of the purchase lines, then you can see where the purchases were made, but usually the button is left in position to show only the last purchase line, so as not to load the chart. If you right click on this button, you can select two options: "Clear Fullscreen market entries" or "Clear entries on all markets".
The "Vol" (Vertical Volumes) button is a graphical display of volumes at the bottom of the chart window.
This button and the settings in it work only for owners of the PRO version of MoonBot with the Moon Scalper module activated.
If you click this button, the chart will show the vertical trading volumes, if you release it, the volumes will be hidden from the chart. These vertical volumes graphically show us in what place of the chart passed what volumes. If green volumes prevailed, then buyers pressured the market, if red volumes prevailed, then sellers did. The change in volumes can give us an additional clue in which direction the price can move at the moment, and we can also identify the accumulation of buyers or sellers unloading zones, which after some time leads to an increase or decrease in price.
If you right click on the "Vol" button on the MoonBot main terminal window, an additional menu opens to configure the display of vertical volumes. "TimeFrame": sets the volume measurement interval. The volume at each moment of time is considered as a total volume in the given interval The volumes for buying and selling trades as well as the total volume are counted separately. "Height": Set the height of the volume display area (as a percentage of the chart height). "Kind: Smooth Graph": with this display option the sales (red) are superimposed on the purchases (green), the total height of the volume bar is equal to the maximum of the sales volume and the purchase volume. "Kind: Stacked Graph: Sales (red) are drawn over purchases (green). The total height of the volume bar is equal to the sum of the sales and the purchases. "Measure Tool: The ruler allows you to measure buy and sell volumes at any interval on the chart. If you check the box, an additional measurement window will appear in the upper right corner of the chart measuring bv and sv. By moving your mouse cursor over the desired section of the chart, you will see the volumes in that section. "Time sec: The size of the area to be measured (e.g. if you select 30 sec, volumes in the area plus or minus 15 sec. from the central position of the cursor will be measured) "Opacity": The transparency of the volume display is set.
The "HVol" (Horizontal Volumes or Market Profile) button enables or disables the display of horizontal trading volumes to the left of the chart in the main window of the MoonBot terminal. These horizontal volumes help us understand the price boundaries of the selected time frame and the price levels at which the maximum trading volumes (trading peaks) have occurred. These trading peaks also help us construct support and resistance lines that price can approach, push back or break through and go higher. Right-clicking on the "HVol" button will open a menu with options for this functionality.
Right-clicking on the "HVol" button will open an additional menu for configuring the horizontal volume display.
"PriceFrame": set the price step: if 0%, the bot will measure volumes for buying and selling at every price value (for example at 1000, 1001, 1002 etc.) if 1%, it will measure volumes in the 1% price range (for example near the price of 1000 the bot will show volumes at prices from 995 to 1005).
"TimeFrame": the measurement time, the maximum value is 48 hours. If you choose TimeFrame up to 24h, then volumes are calculated as trades, if more than 24h - as candlesticks.
"Width": the width of the histogram (in percent of the chart's total width).
"Opacity": the transparency of volumes.
The "Pencil" button - is a chart drawing functionality that is available to users of the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal with the Moon Scalper module activated.
Drawing tools allow the trader to make arbitrary entries on the chart, establish support and resistance lines, set Fibonacci levels and determine the percentage of volatility.
If the button is pressed, it is possible to draw and all drawn lines will be visible, if it is released, drawing lines from the chart will be hidden.
If you click on "Pencil" with the right mouse button, an additional menu with buttons and settings will open.
In this menu you must select and click on one of the items you plan to use.
To start drawing, it is necessary to hold Ctrl and by pressing the left mouse button draw the necessary element.
To remove an element, press Ctrl+Z or click on the element and select "Remove" in the menu.
If you want to change the position of the element, hold Ctrl, point the cursor to the editable part of the element (line, edge point, etc.) and you can edit and move it.
- Pen (freehand drawing, you can draw arbitrary lines).
- Infinite horizontal line.
- Arbitrary sloping line (trend lines).
- Triangle.
- Fibonacci levels (level 0.618 is custom, you can drag this line holding Ctrl and LKM)
- Rectangle (a line with the price or, if it is stretched, a rectangular area with the percentage of growth or decline in price)
Line type, thickness, colour and transparency can be set up additionally in each drawing element.
The Remove All button removes all drawing elements on a chart that is open to the full screen.
In MoonBot on some shapes (lines, triangle, Fibo) you can enable a notification when the price crosses a shape. To do this, draw a shape, right click on its node point (if it is a line, then anywhere on the line; if it is a triangle, then on one of its vertices).
A drop-down menu will appear, check the "Alert" option.
The pattern will change colour and the bot will watch the price in the given area.
When the price crosses the pattern, the bot will beep and the button of the market on which the alert was triggered will appear in the upper panel.
The list of all alerts can be viewed by pressing the "Alerts" button on the drawing panel or by selecting the "Alerts" main menu option. This will open a window with a list of alerts and settings.
You can selectively remove an Alert or a drawing item by right-clicking on the item and selecting Remove from the menu.
The MoonBot terminal does not explicitly set the alert colour because this colour is inverted relative to the base colour of the drawing element without alert. For example, if you assign a gray base colour to the drawing element and then set alert on it, the colour of the drawing element will become black and it will blend in with the background of the graphic in the dark design theme. In this case, select such a base colour, the inversion of which will also be clearly visible on the background of the graphic. For example, you can set the base colour for a horizontal line to green, then the colour of this line will be yellow and both colours will be well visible against the dark background of the chart.
In the "Pencil" button menu, there is a "Pen" button which has the additional functionality of "Draw Price Line", this option is only available to users who are connected to our bonus program. We recommend when using this mode to temporarily put the bot into "Emulation mode" using Menu - Emulation mode.
Then select the "Pencil" button in the "Pen" button and check the "Emulator" box.
To make drawing faster, it is necessary to expand the graph as much as possible, to do this, place the cursor on the graph and scroll the mouse wheel away from yourself.
For more comfortable drawing, press the "Auto Shift Chart" button (blue arrow) and move the chart to the left with the mouse.
Next, press CTRL and holding it, draw the necessary trajectory to the right of the price BEFORE the current trades. As soon as the chart line comes to the beginning of the drawn line, the "crosses" will run along this line, allowing you to emulate the desired price pattern and check the triggering of buy, put sell, activation of triggers, activation of trailing stops, etc.
To draw, use coins with "dense and saturated" trades, for example on a BTC coin, then the line of the drawn price will be more adequate and "nice".
If you need to emulate a shootout, you can put a point or short line below the price and then the price will fall sharply to that point or line.
The emulated price trajectory can be reset using "Menu" - "Reset charts" (for those who have the "Chart Sub Module" plugged in).
If you do not have the chart loading module connected, I recommend experimenting with the price line drawing on a separate bot, so that the price deltas do not affect the strategies in real trading.
To ensure that we have information in front of us about orders and current events that occur in the MoonBot terminal and are then written to logs, it is useful to leave the order and log windows open in the bot.
You can show or hide them on the Settings - User Interface tab by checking or unchecking the boxes next to the labels:
- Show LOG window.
- Show orders window.
The order window allows you to quickly see which Buy, Sell and Pending orders are placed on the chart in the MoonBot terminal. If there are no orders placed in the chart, the window with will be empty.
In the orders window you can see your orders and each order has information data:
Order type: SELL (sell), BUY (buy), BUY+ (pending order).
Order number.
If the index is i, the order is an iceberg.
If the index is E, it is an emulative order.
Amount of coins purchased (number of coins purchased / maximum number of coins for the order)
Stop Loss (turn ON or turn OFF).
Trailing Stop (turn ON or OFF).
Vstop Stop by volume in the order book (turn ON or OFF).
Buy price and Sell price. For a Buy order there will be only one value "the price at which to buy the coin". For a Sell order, there are two values with a slash: the first is Buy (the buy price of the coin) and the second is Sell (the sell price of the coin).
The current price of the coin at which the order was placed.
For Sell order: the current profit (marked in green with plus sign) or loss (marked in red with minus sign) in the base currency and on the right the value of profit or loss as a percentage of the buy price, also marked with plus or minus in green or red.
Filling of an order.
Order type: active (single), active M (multi-order), pending order.
A cross is needed to cancel the order. If you press it, the bot will ask you to confirm the operation before cancelling the order. This is to avoid accidental cancellation of an order which was not intended to be cancelled. After this the orders are cancelled and for Buy orders their balance in the base currency is returned, and for Sell orders the purchased coins are returned to the balance which will just lie in the exchange account.
Canceling orders with a cross is not a sale and closing a position, it is only cancelling orders and returning funds or coins to the exchange account.
The MoonBot terminal has several solutions for this task:
1) You can use the order window on the main MoonBot terminal window for this purpose.
2) You can keep the Reports window open and check completed or active trades in it.
3) You can click on the blue coin name in the top right corner of the MoonBot main terminal window and open that coin's chart.
4) All active trades that have buy or sell orders can be opened in a separate window, using the Charts Monitoring Module mode in separate windows ("monitoring windows") and monitor the situation in it. This mode works when the MoonBonus module is activated. You can read more about the "Monitoring windows" mode here: https://moon-bot.com/en/charts-in-separate-windows/
If you select "Show All orders" in the menu when you right-click on the order window in the main window of the MoonBot terminal, all orders will be shown.
That is, the orders window will show both the executed orders to buy DONE and the orders placed on the coin charts, but not yet executed sell orders - active and pending orders.
Already executed DONE orders can be viewed in a separate table of closed deals, therefore we do not need extra lines in the window of orders, to remove all executed DONE orders we usually choose the option below.
If you select "Show only active orders" in the menu when you right-click on the order window of the main window of the MoonBot terminal, only active orders that exist on the chart will be shown.
If Buy order is moved into the red window then it will be executed and turn into a Sell order (Sell order) and in the order window Buy order will change into a Sell order.
Thus when this option is used only active orders that have Active status will be displayed.
If you select "Show only active market" in the menu when you right-click on the orders window of the main MoonBot terminal window, only orders that relate to this market will be shown, i.e. if you enable this option and open a coin chart, you will only see orders on this coin in the window. If you close the chart of this coin and go to the general coin list then the orders window will again show all orders on all coins.
If you choose "Hide Emulator Orders" in the menu when you right click on the order window of the MoonBot main window, all orders set in emulator mode will be hidden from this window. This means that the emulator mode will work and the emulator orders can be placed on the chart, but they will not appear in the orders window.
If you select "Sort" from the menu when you right click on the order window in the main window of the MoonBot terminal, several order sorting principles will be available in the window.
1) SELL first: already executed Sell orders will be shown at the very top of this list, and all Buy orders will be shown lower in the list. Usually this setting is chosen in order to follow Sell orders first.
2) BUY first: Buy orders will be shown at the very top of the list, while Sell orders already executed are lower in the list.
3) Creation order: this is the sorting according to the order placing order on the chart. I.e. if you place orders one by one, then in the same order they will be displayed in the orders window when this setting is chosen.
4) Newver first: this setting will show the newest orders at the top.
5) Older first: with this setting the oldest orders set later will be at the top.
6) By Market: sort orders by coin name.
Selecting "Cancel all pendings" in the menu by right-clicking on the order window of the MoonBot main terminal window will cancel all pending orders (Pendig), but unexecuted Buy orders will remain on the charts and will not be cancelled.
If you click "Cancel ALL BUYs" in the menu when you right click in the order window of the main window of the MoonBot terminal all orders on all coins will be cancelled, both Buy orders and Pending orders.
If "Panic Sell ALL" is selected in the menu, right-clicking on the order window of the MoonBot main window will trigger an urgent market sale of all Sell orders.
Yes, this sometimes happens when the user tries to sell a position by pressing the "Panic Sell" button or when the Panic Sell mode is triggered when the stop loss is triggered and not all Sell orders are closed quickly. This could be due to incorrect setting of the Panic Sell parameters or a residual small order - smaller than the minimum lot on the coin.
In this case you will see on the chart an unsold Sell order and a blue rectangular area where the bot tried to sell the Sell order.
In this case you should press the "Panic Sell" button, cancel the sale of the order, the process will be interrupted and the blue area will disappear.
Then you should either buy some more coins with a small order below and combine them into a common order to make it big enough to sell, or leave it unsold.
You can also wait for a while until the price reaches its level and closes it in time.
You can also cancel this order and leave it as a shallow balance on the exchange and later convert it into BNB for the exchange's trading commission.
Yes, you can manually activate or deactivate Stop-Loss. To do this, go to the order window below the chart window and select the desired order and click on "SL: OFF", after which the "SL: ON" message will light up and Stop-Loss from this order will appear on the chart. If you need to disable Stop-Loss, do the opposite.
Yes, you can enable or disable trailing stop-loss manually. You can do this by selecting the desired order in the order window below the chart window and then clicking on the "TS: OFF" line, after which the "TS: ON" line will light up, activating the trailing mode. If you want to turn off trailing, you can do the same thing in reverse.
Yes, hotkeys can be set in the Settings-HotKeys tab. In this section you can select options for setting fixed buy and sell orders, cancel orders, quick sell orders by Panic Sell, merge and split orders, switch the drawing mode on the chart, update the Order Book, set new orders to long and short positions, create screenshots of the chart image or the entire bot, update the chart, move buy or sell orders in increments of 1%, hide the balance, show the service window if it is outside the main bot window or outside the monitor, etc.
Yes, you can left-click on a Sell order, hold it, move the Sell order up or down and then release it. The Sell order will be moved to the selected position. If you move the Sell order to the green order book this way, but the coin will be sold at the market. Alternatively, you can configure hotkeys in the Settings - Hotkeys tab for the quick move of Sell orders, use special combinations in the Settings - User Interface - "Mouse clicks settings for orders management" and right click an additional menu in the M (Use Multi orders) button where you can also configure combinations of manual Sell order moves.
Yes you can left click on Buy order and keeping it pressed move Buy order higher or lower and then release it. The Buy order will be moved to the selected position. If you move the Buy order to the red order book in this way then the coin will be bought on the market. Besides that you can set up hotkeys in Settings - Hotkeys, use special combinations in Settings - User Interface - "Mouse clicks settings for orders management" or right click an additional menu in the M (multiorder) button where you can also set up combinations for manual moving of Buy orders.
MoonBot has two options for specifying the level of a sell order: Menu - Sell Price - Fixed or Float.
Float allows you to set the level of the sell order with a slider as a percentage of the buy line, while Float allows you to set the level of the sell order with six buttons. For example, you can set 1%, 3%, 5%, 10%, 30%, 100% and quickly switch between them by clicking on these buttons with your mouse.
This happens if MoonBot is not working (the computer is turned off or in sleep mode) or the connection with the exchange is lost for some time due to lags of the exchange itself or loss of connection with the Internet. To restore the missing section in the chart, use the hotkey that can be set in the Settings - Hotkeys - Reload Chart tab, you can also select Menu - Reload chart or enable the checkbox "Charts from MoonServer" in the Settings - User Interface. In order to be able to retrieve the chart over a longer period of time, it is better to activate the optional "Load Charts" module on Settings - Unlock - Moon Credits tab .
The log window below the chart window in the main window of the MoonBot terminal displays all information about the bot's actions: all detections and triggering strategies with their names, placing, moving and merging orders, number of coins purchased and balance spent, reasons for activating stops and trailing, all sorts of errors in the bot and API, and other service information.
The log is big and very detailed, each line starts with a time of recording, and you can always find out what was happening in MoonBot and what was the reason for that particular event.
Frequently, our technical support team is asked, why the bot sold here, why a stop loss did not trigger, why I have not placed orders, etc., then we always ask the data from this log and quickly resolve all issues. If the user himself has learned to read the logs, he will quickly understand the reason and fix it on his own.
You can open a small window on the main chart to quickly see the last activities of the bot, but if you need to see more information for a certain period of time, you need to open the log file for the desired day in the folder logs with the extension log, the one that is written without the prefix ADD. Open it in notepad, find the interval of time you are interested in and read all the information about the actions of the bot. For example, what strategy worked. When an order is placed, if it is an emulator or a real order, when it was executed or cancelled. Volumes, prices, stop loss enabled, trailing stop disabled. MoonBot stopped, running, API check and other detailed information.
Yes, if you want to shrink the order and log windows, left click on their top border and drag down. The windows can be reduced to 1 line. If you need to hide these windows altogether, uncheck the "Show LOG window" and "Show orders window" checkboxes on the Settings - User Interface tab.
If you switch from the spot to the futures interface of the MoonBot terminal, you will see that the futures interface has some differences from the spot interface, namely a different scale on the buttons, new functionality with a circle with which you can select leverage for futures trading, select the type of margin, select the hedging mode, select the trading direction (short only, long only, both directions). Also, some other technical information on the chart, and the possibility of displaying different price lines and position liquidation lines. The functionality of "MarketsTable" has also been slightly changed, and there is a button "Manage Leverage" at the bottom of it. In the menu of this button there are settings for changing the leverage, measuring the type of margin (Isolated or Cross), setting the maximum leverage, functionality for automatic adjustment of leverage depending on the maximum position.
The leverage on a particular coin in the MoonBot futures terminal can be changed using the interface on the main window (in the form of a circle). In addition, the leverage on coins can be changed through the "MarketsTable". To do this, click on the Watch Markets button and in the "MarketsTable" that opens at the bottom, set the value of the desired leverage and click on the Set Leverage to button.
To do this, click the "Show Markets" button on the main screen of the MoonBot terminal and open the "Markets Table" window. At the bottom of this table, click the "Manage Leverage" button and in the additional setting that opens, in the field next to the "Set Leverage to" button, enter the number 10 and then click the "Set Leverage to" button. The MoonBot terminal will then send a request to the exchange to set the leverage to x10. You can control the "current leverage / maximum leverage" value in the same "Markets Table" in the "Leverage" column. The process of changing the leverage will be visible both in the log window and in the "Markets Table" itself.
In the futures interface of the MoonBot terminal's main window, there is a functionality that was absent in spot trading, this is the "futures circle" to change the leverage on a coin. To change the leverage on a coin, you must open it full screen and click on the value of the leverage in the circle. This will bring up a menu with a slider that allows you to change the leverage, and there is also a drop-down menu with the basic leverage (a multiple of 5). Set the leverage you want and press Apply.
If x1 in the centre of the circle lights up it means that the first leverage is set on the coin, if x20 for instance lights up it means that the 20th leverage is set.
Note that if there is no coin chart open or multiple charts open, x1 will always be lit in the circle, and you cannot change the leverage, because MoonBot will not understand which coin you want to change the leverage on.
In the futures interface of the MoonBot main terminal window, click on the leverage value in the futures circle and at the top of the menu that opens you will see an entry of the form: "x20/50 Cross". It means that on this coin, the leverage is set to x20 / maximum leverage of x50 and the current margin type is Cross. To change the margin type to Isolated click on the word Cross and the entry will change to "x20/50 Isolated". To switch back to Cross margin - do the reverse of "x20/50 Isolated" => "x20/50 Cross".
In the futures interface of the MoonBot main window, click on the leverage value in the futures circle and in the menu that opens, click on "Hedge mode: OFF" which will then switch to "Hedge mode: ON" and MoonBot will now be in hedging mode. To disable hedge mode, do the reverse of "Hedge mode: ON" => "Hedge mode: OFF".
Hedge mode allows you to hold two opposite positions in the exchange, simultaneously holding both short and long positions.
If hedging mode is deactivated, it is possible to open a position simultaneously in either short or long positions. And it is not an order, but an open position. Note that the hedging mode is for the entire account, not just the current coin.
In the futures interface of the MoonBot main window, the value of the leverage will change according to the value of the maximum position on this coin, which can be taken either by one order or several orders when the Moon Scalper module is activated.
At the same time, in the balance line you can now see two numbers: the first number indicates your real equity balance and the number in brackets indicates your current leverage.
When placing an order, you can select its size using either the slider or the fixed buttons, and its size will correspond to the order size with leverage taken into account. For example, if the fixed button shows $100 and the leverage is x10, it means that we will place a 100$ order, but it will only include 10$ of our own funds and 90$ of the leverage.
So when the order is placed, you will see on the balance line that the equity has been reduced by 10$.
On the MoonBot futures interface, in addition to the green and red crosses, you can see yellow crosses for the elimination of short positions and blue crosses for the elimination of long positions of other traders.
On the MoonBot futures interface, after you buy a coin, an additional red line appears on the chart, which is the liquidation line and when the price crosses this line, the exchange liquidates your position. On a long position, the liquidation line appears in the green stack, and on a short position, the liquidation line appears in the red stack.
The MoonBot Registration ID (your personal bot number) can be viewed in the Settings - Login tab.
In the MoonBot terminal, you can switch between exchanges using the drop-down menu next to "Exchange" on the Settings - Login tab. The following types of connections are currently available: - Bittrex (spot trading) - Binance (spot trading) - Binance Futures (futures trading) - HTX (spot trade) - Binance Quarterly (futures trading on quarterly contracts) After selecting the exchange you want, you should click the Apply button and MoonBot will reload to the desired exchange.
To connect the HTX exchange to the MoonBot terminal you need to do the following:
1) Check the activation of the HTX module in the bot.
2) At the HTX exchange, create new keys without IP binding and make sure the checkboxes for trading are checked.
3) On the user's computer:
a) create a new folder C:/MoonBotHTX and copy the spot MoonBot PRO from Binance exchange there.
b) Run MoonBot in administrator mode.
c) On the Settings-Login tab, change the exchange from Binance to HTX and click on "Apply".
d) register new API keys already for exchange HTX.
e) check the result of the connection.
If you do not manage to connect to the exchange HTX, for further advice please contact the Moon Bot Public Telegram group: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
To change the language interface of the MoonBot terminal, go to the Settings - Login tab and click on one of the three checkboxes (Russian, English or Spanish)
To further protect your MoonBot terminal, you can set a password that will be asked each time you run the terminal. To set a password, go to the Settings - Login tab, enter the password in the Password field and repeat it again in the Password confirm field and then click on the Change password button.
In the Settings - Main tab of the MoonBot terminal, there is a "Analize coins on startup" checkbox next to this checkbox and activate it, in which case the MoonBot starts downloading historical data from the exchange at its startup. Loaded the last 1000 trades on each coin, on the basis of these data is drawn a graph of coins for a small interval before the start and on while the bot will run all the trades on all coins will be displayed in the bot to restart. This data is also entered into the MarketsTable and is used to assess risk and evaluate "pumptacular quality" of a coin.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings-Main tab there is a slider "Let Panic Sell drop price to [actual buy] ХХ%" and it can vary between -40% and +5%.
This is the percentage level of the buy line to which the bot will be allowed to lower the Sell order when the Panic Sell button is pressed on the main bot window. Usually this slider is usually set in extreme left position at -40%, to give the maximum opportunity to sell the order at strong price decrease. If this slat is set at -1%, for example, and the price fell sharply by -3% and then goes downward, the Sell order will stop at -1% and will not move lower. Thus, you will not be able to sell the order quickly by pressing the Panic Sell button, and will have to waste precious time in order to close it manually, for example, already at -5%.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - Main tab there is a slider "Panic Sell Spread: ХХ%" and it can vary from 0 to +5% - this is the step change of the Sell order every 2 seconds, i.e. how fast the Panic Sell can drop the price. The higher this parameter is, the faster the Sell order will find the green order book and sell the coin. If you set this parameter to 0.5%, for example, after you hit the Panic Sell button, the bot will move the Sell order 0.5% below the current price, if it hits the spread and fails to find any liquidity (buyers in the green order book), after 2 seconds the bot will move the Sell order down again by 0.5% and so on. In this case, it may happen that the price will start to fall sharply lower and lower in those two seconds, and the Sell order will move every 2 seconds for the next 0.5%, but it will not be able to keep up with the falling price. If this happens, the order may move several times before it is already sold, but you will already have a significant amount of losses in the trade. Therefore it is recommended to place a large step for small and medium orders at once, for example 2-3-5%, in order to throw the order deep into the green order book and sell the order at the current market price for the first step of price decrease.
In the MoonBot terminal in the tab Settings - Main, if you don't put a tick mark near the parameter "Auto Panic Sell If price drops < [actual buy] -ХХ%", then when you buy a coin manually, a stop loss will not be set and a Sell order will open without a stop loss. If you need to trade manually with a stop loss, then you should put a tick mark next to this parameter and set the slider to the desired level, corresponding to the distance from the buy price to the stop. The slider allows you to set stop values from -10% to +5%. If, for example, you set the slide to -2%, the stop will be set to -2% of the purchase price after the coin is purchased. Setting this parameter depends on what kind of stops you usually trade with, some trade with -1% short stops and some purposely set stops higher, depending on the volatility of the coin, so that if the price falls suddenly and bounces up later, you will not be quickly knocked out of the trade. Keep in mind that the stop-loss line is visible only in the bot, and the stop-loss is not exposed at the exchange. The principle of closing a position is as follows, once the price has crossed the stop line in the bot, the bot's internal algorithm switches on the Panic Sell function and initiates an urgent sale of the position at the market price, for which it abruptly lowers a Sell order with the specified stop spread in the green order book and tries to find buyers.
In MoonBot's Settings - Main tab, the parameter "Take Profit [actual buy] +XX%" is responsible for the floating trailing stop. If unchecked, the trailing line on the chart will appear immediately after you buy at the level you selected. If you want to use Take Profit, you should tick the checkbox and choose the necessary value by the slider, at that the trailing line will appear later and only after the price increases over the percent, chosen by the Take Profit slider.
Working in conjunction with the Take Profit slide is the "Auto Panic Sell can drop price to [actual buy] ХХ%" slide if price has fallen < [Peak] - XX%. This slide is responsible for the line where the trailing line should appear. If the Take Profit checkbox is activated and the Trailing Line is set at +2%, and the Trailing Line appears at Auto Panic Sell if the price fell < [Peak] stands at -1%, the price line will appear at +2% of the Buy Line, but only after the price rises by 3% (Take Profit + Trailing Line by modulo).
If price was rising and then started falling, as soon as it drops -1% from the peak and crosses the trailing line, a trailing stop will be triggered and Panic Sell will be activated.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - Main tab, the "Auto Panic Sell can drop price to [actual buy] -ХХ%" setting defines the maximum level to which a Sell order will be allowed to lower on a Panic Sell. The maximum lower level in this setting is -40%. If you set this parameter, for example, to -10%, then during a Panic Sell, the order will move lower and lower until it finds the green order book, but not lower than -10%. If the price has fallen very quickly and the Sell order has failed to sell, it will stop at -10% and will not go lower. In this case you will only have to wait for the price to go back up to the -10% level and close your order, or you will have to close it by hand.
In MoonBot on the Settings - Main tab, the parameter "Add 0.00% to trailing per each % of price" is used for coins with high volatility, when the size of pullbacks increase proportionally to the rise.
If this slider is set to 0.00%, then the parameter "Auto Panic Sell If price drops < [Peak] -ХХ%" will always be the same as you set it.
If the slider is set in a minus position, the distance from the peak on a rising price will decrease, if it is set in the plus position, the distance from the peak on a rising price will increase. We recommend setting it to 0.00% as a basic setting and then experiment as you master MoonBot according to your trading algorithms. Keep in mind that this parameter in the basic settings also affects trailing in the strategy settings.
The "Panic Sell If BIDs at [buy] -X% drops" slider in the Settings - Main tab of the MoonBot terminal is responsible for setting the Panic Sell by volume in the stack, that is, it is needed for setting the V-Stop parameter, which is set and activated in the Active Order window. To open the Active Order window, you need to right-click on the order and the Active Order window will open, where you can set various parameters for the current order. Using the "Panic Sell If BIDs at [buy] -X% drops" slider you only set the level at which to check the volume drop in the V-Stop parameter.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - Main tab, the parameter "Auto Sell if partial buy > XX% (in the far right position Auto Sell: NEVER)" defines after what percentage of the Buy order has been purchased, a Sell order can be placed:
a) if at its full buyout then set the slider to the extreme right position (Auto Sell: NEVER)
b) If it is a partial buyout, then set the slider to the percentage when you can place a Sell position (Auto Sell if partial buy > XX%)
For example, if you have a $1,000 Buy order and the order is in the green order book at a certain distance from the current price. At the moment the price slips down, your order is only bought for $500, then if you put a slider "Wait for full purchase order" then the buy order will stay in place and wait for the second $500 to be bought out, and if you put a slider of 50%, then the buy order will cancel and a 500% sell order will be placed immediately. I recommend to set this slider to 60-70% if you have medium orders, or to 30-40% if you have large orders. Also, if you have the setting "Auto Sell: NEVER" and the order is bought out, for example, only on 60-70%, you can manually click the Cancel Buy button in the main window of the MoonBot terminal, the rest of not bought out Buy order will be cancelled and what has been bought out will be immediately put up for sale with installation of Sell order.
In MoonBot on the Settings - Main tab, the "Auto Cancel Buy - NEVER / after XX seconds" option is used when you buy a coin with the Buy button or the Enter button. If you place an order by clicking on the betting slider, this setting will not work. And it is necessary for setting auto cancel order, when you set Buy order, and price suddenly went up and did not buy it out, then bot can automatically cancel this order in interval in seconds, according to this setting. If you set the slider to NEVER, the order will not be cancelled by the bot, and it can only be cancelled manually.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - Main tab, the parameter "Auto Cancel Buy - NEVER / After XX Seconds" works as follows:
a) checked: If the first order in the Buy order grid is executed and a Sell order is placed, the remaining Buy orders in the grid will be automatically cancelled.
b) unchecked: If the first order in the Buy order grid is executed and a Sell order is placed, the remaining Buy orders in that grid will not be cancelled.
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Main tab of the "Fit sell order in best place in the order book" parameter, if you check the box, you will allow the bot to adjust the placed Sell order slightly, within 20% of the Sell level, by doing so.
For example, after a buy without this check mark Sell orders will be placed strictly at +1%, according to the Sell order setting. If you check this option, the bot will check if there is any large order (wall) in the range of +1%, just above +0.2% (+20% of 1%) or just below -0.2% (+20% of 1%), and then the MoonBot will try to put an order just below this order, so as to sell your Sell order immediately if the price goes up or down again. That is, with this checkbox set Sell order at 1%, it can be set at different percentages ranging from: +0.80% to +1.20%, namely at that level where it will find the wall and set the Sell order just below it, because it is faster to sell the order below the wall. This is why this parameter is usually left checked for a better probability of selling the Sell order.
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Main tab under "Good pump conditions", there is a group of conditions when the bot applies a second, higher selling price, which is indicated on the main screen. To apply the second price, all of the conditions marked with ticks must be met.
1) If price changed < ХХ%: The deviation of the coin's price over the last hour is checked. A large deviation may occur if admins were buying up the coin themselves before the pamp was announced, or if they are reposting from another telegram channel where the pamp started earlier.
2) AND If pump Q > N: Coin quality condition is checked, bot determines it by itself. For coins with a quality higher than the given one, the bot will put a higher selling price.
3) AND If actual buy < ХХ%: It is checked that the real purchase price differs from the pre-pump price by less than X%. Buy may occur at a lower price than you set in case there were enough sell orders with a lower price in the stack. This usually happens if you have chosen a good coin for the pumpen and the admins didn't buy much in advance.
In this section, it is recommended to uncheck all the boxes, as these parameters were relevant in the early version of the MoonBot terminal, but now you can adjust everything more flexibly in the strategies themselves and their filters. It often happens that users leave the checkboxes checked and then the bot stops, due to the fact that the conditions for these settings do not pass.
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Main tab under "Risk limit conditions", there is an additional group of conditions:
1) Dont buy If price changed > XX%: The bot will not buy if the deviation of the price in the last hour is greater than X%.
2) Dont buy If pump Q < N: The bot checks the quality of the coin. Coins with a quality lower than this will not be bought by the bot.
3) Dont buy If Daily Vol. < N BTC: Do not buy if total coin trade volume is less than N BTC in 24 hours.
4) Dont buy If 3h Vol. > N BTC: Do not buy if trade volume is greater than X BTC in 3 hours.
5) Dont buy already pumped: The bot will not buy if there has been a signal to pamp this coin since the Bot was launched in the current session. Useful if you are using multiple signal sources, which may duplicate each other.
It is also recommended to uncheck this section, as these settings were relevant in earlier versions of the MoonBot terminal, and now setting them may prohibit placing new orders in the bot if conditions do not meet these settings. And the settings for volatility, deltas and volumes are better configured in the strategies themselves.
In MoonBot on the Settings - Main tab of the "Black List" parameter, if checked, all coins that are written with a comma without a space in the field below will be added to the global blacklist and all strategies will not be allowed to trigger on these coins, that is, there will be no detects and therefore no orders will be placed.
In MoonBot on the Settings - Main tab of the "Exclude from delta" parameter, if checked, the blacklisted coins will be excluded from the delta calculation of the Market, which is shown at the top of the main bot window.
In the MoonBot terminal, the Settings - Main tab under "Dont buy newly added coins ХХ minutes / hours" defines the time after which you are allowed to buy coins after listing on an exchange.
In the first minutes and sometimes hours after listing, these new coins have abnormal or increased volatility on the exchange and if you do not know how to trade on the listings yet or you have strategies set up without taking abnormal volatility into account, you can make a loss without proper experience. It is therefore recommended for beginners to set this slide to the far right position for 37 hours, so as not to buy new coins during this time. After you learn how to trade listings and create strategies for them, you can then move this bar to the far left, so that strategies can place orders as soon as a coin appears in the bot. This slider only affects strategies for auto-trading, if you want to trade manually on listings, then it will allow you to place manual orders even if it is set for 37 hours.
Note that if you reload the bot within those 37 hours, the bot will "forget" this setting and allow auto strategies to place orders even if less time has passed since listing, so be careful and keep this feature in mind.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - Main tab in the parameter "Dont cancel small BUYs" you can set:
a) checked: if you have a coin redeemed by a small amount, less than the minimum order, the Buy order will not be cancelled but will wait until it is redeemed.
b) unchecked: If you have a small amount of coins bought back, less than the minimum order, the Buy order will be canceled, the Sell order will not be placed on the chart and the amount of the small amount of coins will remain on your exchange balance. If there will be a lot of these small amounts of coins, they will gradually decrease your trading balance and in addition to this, they can be combined with the coins bought at another time and at another price, and when the orders are combined, they may show an incorrect buy price or an abnormal sell price. To prevent these small balances from remaining on your balance, it is recommended that you regularly log into your exchange account and convert them into BNB coins to use the trading commission.
In MoonBot on the Settings - Main tab, the "Cancel small SELLs" option is used for the following:
A situation may arise that a small amount of coins will be bought or a balance will remain from the sale of a larger order, but this balance will be slightly less than the minimum order, and if the price goes down sharply, this small SELL order will no longer be possible to sell, as the amount in the order is less than the minimum order when moving down, including the commission. In this case, you can either leave such order on the chart, so that it would wait for the price to rise and sell itself, or the bot may cancel it, and this small amount of coins will get to your balance on the exchange, and will accumulate there until the moment the small balances convert to BNB coins. So if you want to leave such small orders on the chart, the checkbox should be unchecked, if you want such orders to be automatically removed by MoonBot from sale, the checkbox should be checked. For beginners, it is advisable to uncheck the box so the MoonBot will not cancel small Sell orders and they can control their own Sell orders and not wonder why they are canceled and where they disappear to.
The MoonBot terminal has the inclusion of special modes for iceberg orders. They are enabled on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab:
a) Iceberg Buys: a special iceberg mode, on activation of which your order to buy will not be fully visible in the Order Book, but only 10%, with 10% buyout an order to buy the next 10% will be automatically displayed, this is done not to scare the exchange participants with large "walls" in the Order Book.
b) Iceberg Sells: A special iceberg mode, when you activate this mode your sell order will not be completely visible in the market, but only 10% of it, and when you buy 10%, an order to sell the next 10% will be automatically displayed, this is done in order not to scare the participants of the exchange with big walls in the Order Book.
Besides, to quickly enable or disable the mode of iceberg orders, on the right side of the main window of the MoonBot terminal there are two buttons "Buy" and "Sell" with dice icons.
In MoonBot on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab of the engine there is a parameter "Use Iceberg only If Price Step < XX%". Let us explain how it works by an example: There are so-called square coins with big spread, which is a step of price, i.e., for example, a HOT coin has current price ASK 0.000000017 and price BID 0.000000016, which means that its price step is about 6% and you can not buy at 0.000000016 but sell it at 0.000000165 with 3% profit, you have to put sell order at 0.000000017 and wait your turn. If you use an Iceberg order, when you get to your turn, 10% will buy from you, and then, while your 10% of the order is being put again, you will have time to get to the back of the queue and you will have to wait for another 10% buyout for a few days. You can therefore specify a price step at which the order will be placed in the normal way and will be redeemed immediately.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab you can find the option "Use BookTicker". If it is disabled, the BID\ASK is displayed in real time on the chart. If enabled, these prices are used in the MoonShot at selected rearrangement of orders from BID or ASK prices.
Warning! Enabling this option may cause excessive CPU load on weak 1-2 core VDS!
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab there is the "Auto correct order's price" option which is an option of auto-correction of order prices when you try to set orders too high or too low.
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab, there is the "Don't check position limits" option (only available in the MoonBot futures terminal). It is not recommended to enable it. When checked, it allows you to bypass the maximum limit for all orders on a coin, for example, with a limit of 5000$ on a coin, you can put an order in a long position for 5000$ and simultaneously in a short position for 5000$.
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab there is a parameter "Add small random % to sell price". When checked, the MoonBot adds a small, random percentage to SellPrice in the strategy settings on the Sell order tab.
The MoonBot has the "Liquidation Control" parameter (only available in the MoonBot futures terminal) on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab. This is an experimental parameter. It closes all orders and positions in case of liquidation.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab there is an option "Ignore Replacing Bug" - to ignore or not the bug of pending orders (status 499, 12030, 10054, etc.). If you enable tracking with autosell, then enable Ignore Replacing Bug checkbox in all bots. If you do not have autosell, do not check the checkbox anywhere. You can read more about the hover tracking feature on our website: https://moon-bot.com/en/control-hanged-position/
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab is the "Quantitative Rules" parameter. This parameter has been introduced into the MoonBot terminal as an additional protection when trading on the futures market and allows you to limit the placing of orders that can lead to a ban on Binance based on their new "Quantitative Rules".
Additionally, here are recommendations for setting up bots on Binance futures:
1) We strongly recommend using the same white list (WL) on all bots running on the same account (sub-accounts are counted separately)
2) If your WL has no more than 9 coins, then the new rules of Binance will not affect you, and further you can not read
3) If you have more than 9 coins in your WL, we strongly advise you not to uncheck the protection from new Binance Quantitative Rules on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab (it is checked by default).
Command to enable/disable via Telegram: SetQRules ON/OFF.
a) When working with WL up to 15-20 coins, the protection is unlikely to work, or will work, but very rarely.
b) If there are more than 20 coins in WL, or no WL at all, the more orders you have per minute (including rearrangements of munches, setting and cancelling grids of drops and other strategies) the more often the check will be triggered.
c) The protection works on the principle of putting a coin where there have been too many orders into an black list for 10 minutes. Thus, the work of protection is fully automated and does not allow the MoonBot terminal to place orders above the limit on a particular coin, so as not to get a ban from the exchange.
In the log when the protection triggers, you can see the following entries:
FilterCheck: market no longer meets the conditions. According to new Futures Trading Quantitative Rules you can place only 2 orders per 46 markets. You placed 4 orders. Market BTC will be blackListed for 10 minutes.
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab there is the "Auto Leverage" parameter. If checked, in case the position limit is exceeded, the auto leverage will be lowered sequentially in the following steps: x125-x100-x75-x50-x25-x20-x10-x8-x5.
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab, there is the "Weighted mAvg" parameter. If checked, the price of the marketplace is averaged with a weight equal to the daily volume. In other words, the lower the daily volume on a coin, the less it affects the average. The calculation can be compared to capitalisation: it is the amount (price * volume)
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab, there is a slider called "Sell x2 Level for markets analysis: ХХ%". This slider can be used to set the calculation of the Order Book volume to a given percentage and this setting determines the values of columns x2,x3 in the "MarketsTable".
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab, you will find the "Binance connection method" setting. If you have strong latency with the exchange, it is recommended to try other connection methods, perhaps also try other ip for connection.
In MoonBot, on the Settings - Advanced - Engine settings tab, you will find the "Auto-Buy BNB" setting. On the Binance exchange, you pay a commission on the size of your order for a buy+sell transaction. If you have BNB tokens in your account, you will pay the commission with them and the commission will be only 0.15% of your order. To do that, you must activate BNB tokens payment in "User Center" in your Binance account. The bot implements auto-purchase of BNB tokens in case your balance remains below the specified number. If you do not use BNB tokens to pay commission, payment will be made in the current coin and the balance of this coin will remain in your account after the transaction is closed. Warning: You must enter at least the minimum lot for BNB in equivalent of base currency in the Buy BNB field and if you have large orders, then set values sufficient for daily trading.
The option to auto-buy BNB on the MoonBot futures terminal is only available to members of our bonus program, you can read more about this by clicking on the "MoonBonus" button at the top of the MoonBot main terminal window.
Small balances from coins may remain and accumulate on the exchange for several reasons, the first is that you trade without having a BNB balance, from which the trading commission is deducted and commission deducted from the lots of coins traded, and not even balances as coin dust settles unsold on the balance of your account. Secondly, an order is cancelled if it is not redeemed in full or an order with small balances is cancelled. In this case, see the settings on the Settings - Main tab: "Dont cancel small BUYs" and "Cancel small SELLs".
This is information about the balance of BNB coins that are intended to pay commission when trading. Trading using BNB coins for commission has several advantages compared to trading without them. First of all, exchange gives you 25% discount on trading commission, and for example, for VIP0 level instead of 0.1% commission, exchange will charge you 0.075% commission. Secondly, you will get another 20% commission rebate on spot trades, if you trade with BNB and are connected to our MoonBonus reps. Thirdly, using BNB will allow you to avoid the accumulation of small amounts of coins on your balance, the so-called "coin dust", which may lead to inadequate buy point or sell point displays, as these small coins bought at different times and prices, when combined with the current order, may give such artifacts. Thus, trading using BNB is correct and profitable.
Initially you will have 0 BNB on your balance. You can buy BNBs manually by pairing them with a BNB to buy a coin and then cancel the Sell order, but why do that when the developers have already taken care of everything and created auto-buy BNBs, which simplifies and automates the process. You can set up auto-buy BNB in the MoonBot terminal in the Settings - Special - Engine settings tab. To do that, go to this tab and set the "Auto buy BNB" checkbox and set auto-purchase thresholds below: in the left field (Min. BNB level), set the value of the minimum threshold below which the bot will auto-buy BNB, and in the right field (Buy BNB), set the number of BNB coins to be added. For example, you can put 0.1 in the left field and 0.2 in the left field. Then if the BNB level for the commission falls below 0.1 BNB, the bot will buy another 0.2 BNB. Please note that these thresholds need to be increased if you trade frequently and with large orders, as the commission will be charged by the exchange more and more often.
The MoonBot terminal has a "Log level (0 - less, 5 - more): N" tab on the Settings - Advanced - System tab that lets you choose how much detail to log at run time. The most comprehensive information will be logged at log level 5, the shortest data will be logged at log level 0. Be aware that setting logging level to maximum can quickly fill the disk space of your computer, so be careful and clean out the logs folder or use the "Delete old logs since XX days" slider. If 0, don't keep report charts too" in the same section.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings-Special-System tab there is a "Log level (0 - less, 5 - more): N" slider, set it to 1 so that the most necessary files are written to the log file, and you can also set the "Delete old logs since 2 days" slider on the same tab. If 0, don't keep report charts also" to position 1-3. If you set the slider to 0, you will not keep report charts. This will allow the MoonBot terminal logs to be cleared automatically in a timely manner.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - Advanced - System tab there is a slider "Auto close charts after XX minutes of inactivity", set it to "5 minutes". The more charts open, the greater the load on the API.
In the MoonBot terminal, on the Settings - Advanced - System tab there is a slider "Charts in reports XX mins after close", set it to "10 minutes". Immediately after closing a trade, you cannot view the chart until the specified time XX has passed, i.e. the chart recording is over.
The MoonBot terminal has the "Extended Debug Mode" setting on the Settings - Advanced - System tab. Checking this option enables special debugging mode that will show special parameters in the main terminal window when strategies trigger.
In MoonBot, the Settings - Advanced - System tab has settings that control the total number of orders that can be placed in MoonBot. If "Unlimited orders" is not checked near the parameter, you can set the maximum number of orders to 30 in the "Max Orders" field. If you need more orders, check the "Unlimited orders" option and set the desired maximum number of orders (up to 800) in the "Max Orders" field.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - Advanced - System tab the "UDP export" setting is needed to export the data stream from the bot to a local UDP port, more details can be found on this page of our website:
https://moon-bot.com/en/udp-export/
https://moon-bot.com/en/87-trust-management-udp/
In the MoonBot terminal, the Settings - Advanced - System tab, the "Turn Off Protection" setting is used to turn on or off the anti-ban protection. Please do not check this box!
To buy coins by pressing Enter, go to the Settings - User Interface tab and check the "Buy by Enter hit" box.
To display the log window on the MoonBot main window, check the "Show LOG window" box on the Settings - User Interface tab tab.
For the MoonBot to display the order window on the main MoonBot window, the "Show orders window" checkbox must be selected on the Settings - User Interface tab.
To make the MoonBot terminal minimise to the Windows system tray when you close it, check "Close to system tray" on the Settings - User Interface tab.
To make the MoonBot terminal window automatically pop up when a signal is detected, check the "Auto Popup on signal" box on the Settings - User Interface tab.
To hide the forum link from the main window of the MoonBot terminal, check the "Hide forum link from the main window" option in the Settings - User Interface tab. Please note that this link, at the moment, does not work, as we create a new forum and as soon as it will be ready, we will notify you about it additionally.
In order to ensure that they are not compressed after the third graph and that a scrolling line appears, the "Scrolling charts" check box should be checked in the Settings - User Interface tab.
In order for the MoonBot terminal to automatically open all active charts after booting, check the "Auto open charts on startup" box on the Settings - User Interface tab. Please note that this may cause slight startup delays if there are many active orders.
The "Demo Mode" button enables a special demonstration mode (cartoon) in the MoonBot terminal, which automatically buys and sells coins in emulator mode to demonstrate the functionality of the terminal. This mode does not place real orders on the exchange and does not use your real trading deposit. After familiarizing yourself with this mode, we recommend hiding the "Demo Mode" button from the main window of the MoonBot terminal; to do this, check the "Hide "Demo" Button" box in the Settings - User Interface tab.
To be warned of this when you try to close the MoonBot terminal, check the "Confirm App Close" box in the Settings - User Interface tab.
To unencrypt the reports file in the MoonBot terminal, uncheck the "Encrypt reports" box on the Settings - User Interface tab.
To set the MoonBot terminal to sound an alert when there is a problem with the Internet you need to check the "Alert on network issues" box on the Settings - User Interface tab and select an alert sound from the menu.
For the MoonBot to sound an alarm when the price approaches the sell order by a certain percentage, you need to check the "Alert when X% left to sell price" box in the Settings - User Interface tab and select the desired percentage, for example, if you set 0%, the alarm will sound when the order is sold. You can also select the type of beep for this setting next to it.
For the MoonBot to sound an audible signal when the price approaches the Buy order by a certain percentage, you need to check "Alert when 0% left to buy price" in the Settings - User Interface tab, and select the desired percentage, for example, if you set 0%, the signal will sound when you buy. You can also select the type of beep for this setting next to it.
Yes, this can be done in the MoonBot terminal under Settings - User Interface - Style.
There are currently 4 interface theme options available:
- Native (light theme)
- Light (light theme)
- Diamond Dark (dark theme)
- Dark OldSchool (dark theme).
The theme can be selected and pressed OK, and the selected theme will be immediately applied in Munbot without rebooting the terminal.
If you spend a lot of time in front of the monitor, we recommend installing a dark theme to prevent eye fatigue.
The "Reset reports form" button in the MoonBot terminal, located on the Settings - User Interface tab, is used to reset the reports form (reverting to the default column layout and settings).
Yes, the MoonBot terminal allows you to customise the colour schemes of the chart yourself by using the "Colors Setup" setting on the Settings - User Interface tab.
Yes, you can change the thickness of the price line in MoonBot, use the "Price Line width" setting on the Settings - User Interface tab. The values can be changed from 1 to 5.
You should check all combinations in order management by clicking the "Middle-Click" mouse wheel (on the Settings - User Interface tab of the "Mouse clicks settings for orders management" button menu and also in the M button "Use multi orders" menu on the main MoonBot terminal window) and check that there are no identical combinations for different order actions.
The options of order movement settings:
None - do nothing.
Parallel Shift to cursor - moves the entire grid of orders with keeping the distance between them to the cursor.
Top Vol first - moves 1 order with the largest volume.
Low Vol first - moves 1 order with the smallest volume.
Top Profi first - moves 1 order with the largest profit.
All to 1 price - moves all orders to the cursor price (*maybe you have this mode selected).
Last Set - moves the last order placed.
Last Moved - moves the last placed order.
Full deciphering of button combinations and actions with orders can be found here: https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/multiorders/
Yes, you can change the size of the trades crosses in the MoonBot terminal by using the "Pixel Size" slider on the Settings - User Interface tab.
In MoonBot on the Settings - User Interface tab there is an option "Hints on chart", if checked, the chart will show signal notifications and the status of orders as they move.
Yes, in the MoonBot terminal to remove the display of the amount in $ on the charts and in the list of orders, to do this, on the tab Settings - User Interface uncheck the option "Show profit in $".
Yes, you can remove the $ amount from the order line in MoonBot by unchecking the "Order's caption" option on the "Settings - User Interface" tab. If you want the $ amount to be displayed again, check the box and there is an additional "under line" setting below, which can be used to display the $ amount below the order line as well.
In MoonBot on the Settings - User Interface tab under the "Order's caption", "under line" setting, there is a menu that allows you to select three modes of displaying the current coin price on the MoonBot main window:
1) Cur. Cur. price in the right panel - the current coin price will be displayed in the right panel of the MoonBot main window.
2) Cur. price in the spread - the current price of the coin will be displayed in the spread between the red and the green order book on the MoonBot main window.
3) Don't show cur. price - the current price of the coin will not be displayed, either in the right panel or in the spread area on the main MoonBot terminal window.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - User Interface tab there is a setting for "Iceberg's caption", if checked the [i] icon will be displayed on the iceberg orders.
In the MoonBot terminal, the Settings - User Interface tab has an "Order Book zones opacity" setting and there are three separate sliders (Borders, Fill, Orders), which can be used to make adjustments to your preferences.
Yes, the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - User Interface tab has a "Draw Panic Sell zone with Opacity XX%" slider that can be used to adjust the transparency of the rectangular blue Panic Sell zone.
In MoonBot on the Settings - User Interface tab there is a slider called "Orders", which can be used to adjust the visibility of individual horizontal dashed lines of limit orders in the order book area. If you set this slider to 0%, the lines will not be visible, if you set it to 100%, the lines will be maximally visible.
In the MoonBot terminal, the Settings - User Interface tab has an "Order lines Width" setting that can be adjusted from 1 (thinnest) to 6 (thickest).
To set the background in the MoonBot terminal, click on the Settings - User Interface tab on the blue inscription "Background: def (click to change) opacity XX%", select the desired background on your computer and set it on the chart. You can adjust its transparency using the slider below. If you need to centre the background location, you can do it by pressing the SHIFT key and shift the background with the left mouse button pressed.
Go to the Settings - User Interface tab and check whether or not the "Double click Panic Sell button" is checked. If it is checked, to activate Panic Sell mode, you must double-click the Panic Sell button on the right side of the MoonBot's main terminal control panel.
The MoonBot terminal on the Settings - User Interface tab has a "Split control zones" setting that can be used to split the control zone and use the chart zone on the left to control charts and the tumbler zone on the right to control orders.
If you want the new charts to open on top of the main MoonBot window when a new signal is received from a strategy, check the "New charts on top" option in the Settings - User Interface tab.
In MoonBot on the Settings - User Interface tab there is an option "Update chart's caption" check the box and the caption will be updated with each new signal from the strategy, if you uncheck it, the caption will remain from the first signal.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - User Interface tab there is a setting "Charts from MoonServer", if checked it will automatically download the charts from our servers, and if unchecked you can download the chart manually via Menu - Reload charts.
Yes, you can do this by going to the tab Settings - User Interface in the MoonBot terminal and checking the "Draw pending orders buy price" setting, after which you will visually see with an additional dotted line where the real order will be placed when the pending order triggers.
In MoonBot on the tab Settings - User Interface there is a setting "Pending orders spread", which can be used to set the real order after the triggering of the pending order. There are two fields, if 0% is specified in them, the live order will be placed at the same position where the pending order was placed, if the value is positive, the live order will be set above the pending order, and if the value is negative, it will be set below. How much higher or lower the real order is placed depends on the values in the fields. The general formula for distance: if the price is XX%, the real order should be placed at the price level "XX%+Spread%+hDelta*YY%".
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - User Interface tab there is an option "Only 1 chart in Full Screen", when checked, if your working chart is open in Full Screen mode, when new signals are detected, MoonBot will not open them over your chart. The mode is automatically enabled if the cursor is in the tumblers area.
In MoonBot on the Settings - User Interface tab there is a "Draw StopLoss line" setting, if checked, the stop loss line will be drawn on the chart.
In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings - User Interface tab there is an option "Open in max scale", if checked, all new open charts will be in max scale (6 hours). You need to uncheck this setting and the charts will open in uncompressed scale.
In MoonBot on the tab Settings - User Interface there is a setting "Chart info in right corner", if it is checked, then the display of buy volume/sell volume on the chart for a given time will be on the right, if it is not checked, then it will be displayed on the left. In your case, you need to uncheck this setting.
In MoonBot on the tab Settings - User Interface there is a setting "Scale Tool", if checked, it will show in the area of the stack under the cursor line the distance in percent between the spread and the cursor. This is a convenient tool to quickly check the distance to limit orders in the order book, or how much % was the price drop or rise from the current spread.
There are several ways to cancel Buy orders in the MoonBot terminal:
1) You can cancel orders one at a time via the Order Menu. To do this, right-click on the order and select Cancel from the menu; in this case only one order will cancel. This is not very convenient and time consuming.
2) You can click Cancel buy on the right control panel of the main window of the MoonBot terminal, then all orders on this coin will cancel, including Pending orders.
3) You can press and hold Tab button on your keyboard and drag your mouse cursor over orders to cancel, in this case only Buy orders will be cancelled, but Pending Pending orders will remain on the chart.
4) You can set "Cancel Buy" hotkey combination on the Hotkeys tab. Pressing this combination will cancel all orders, including Pending orders on a coin open full screen.
5) You can right click in the order window and choose Cancel ALL Buy from the menu.
6) You may in the order window click on the cross on the left and confirm the cancellation of the order.
7) If the orders were placed according to the strategy, then their cancellation will depend on some parameters of the strategy, such as AutoCancelBuy parameter, in which the value in seconds is written, after which the Buy order will be cancelled.
In the MoonBot terminal, marks appear on some coins on the spot charts in the upper left-hand corner:
F-$ (Futures-Usdt, you will most often see this mark)
F-B (Futures-Busd, you will see this mark less often e.g. on a LUNA coin), which means that this coin is also traded on the futures market on USDT and BUSD.
Why is this important for us to know?
Generally, coins that are also traded on futures markets have larger volumes and are more predictable, because they are harder to manipulate on futures markets, and on the spot market, the price is equalized by exchange arbitrage trading bots and skew movements occur less often than on coins that are not traded on futures.
Also, in some strategies, traders whitelist and trade only coins that are on both the spot and futures markets.
In the MoonBot futures terminal, on the Settings - User Interface tab, there is a "Hide PNL" setting, if checked, the PNL value will be hidden on the chart. In your case, uncheck this box and the PNL value will reappear.
You need to make the main window of the MoonBot futures terminal wider and this value will appear automatically. The smaller the window with the terminal, the less values are shown on the chart - this was done on purpose to avoid cluttering the chart with information when it is small.
This is the MoonBot terminal's local time scale, on which the minutes are displayed. The exact time in HH:MM:SS (23:30:15) format is indicated on the vertical cursor in the area of this time scale. If you are looking at more than 24 hours, the month and date (02:26 17:30:15) will also be shown ahead of this data.
You have autopurchase BNB set up for the trade commission and MoonBot has autopurchased BNB on your available balance.
Go to Settings - dvanced - Engine settings. Uncheck "Auto buy BNB" option. If you want autopurchase function, set "Min. BNB level" = 0.10 and "Buy BNB" = 0.10, i.e. if the number of BNB decreases less than 0.10 MoonBot will automatically buy only 0.10 BNB more each time.
To use the new type of API keys (in RSA format) in the MoonBot terminal, proceed as follows
1) On the Settings - Login tab, click on RSA and use the "Create Keys" button to generate a public key
2) Copy it to the buffer using "Copy Pub Key for Binance" button.
3) On Binance exchange: create a new API in RSA format and paste the public key from the buffer. The lines are: -----BEGIN PUBLIC KEY----- and -----END PUBLIC KEY----- can be left blank. Then click on the Next button. Set all necessary permissions for trading and copy the API key (RSA) to the buffer. Save API settings.
4) In the MoonBot terminal: paste the API key (RSA) from the buffer
If you need to paste these keys into the new bot, you need to click on "Copy Keys for other bot" in the old bot, and click on "Paste Keys" in the new bot.
There is currently no advantage to using this type of key in the MoonBot terminal, on the contrary, it requires more CPU resources.
Yes, to do this, you must check the three options on the Settings - Autostart tab: "Start", "AutoDetect" and "Strategies". In this case, the MoonBot terminal will automatically activate the "Start", "AutoDetect" and "Strategies" buttons after start-up.
Yes, to do this, in the Settings - Autostart tab, you must check the option: "Or remember and startup in the same state". In this case, when the bot starts, the "Autodetect" and "Strategies" buttons will be pressed or released according to their previous position when the bot was switched off.
Yes, to do this, on the Settings - Autostart tab you need to check the box next to the parameter: "Working time" and set the working time range below in the format: from "06:00" to "18:00". After that, the Start button will only be pressed in the MoonBot terminal when the terminal is running and orders can be placed.
Yes, in order to do this, you need to check the option: "AutoUpdate the bot" in the Settings - Autostart tab. Important: Sometimes it is useful to update the bot manually, as auto-update can be switched on when you have an important phase of a trade and you will not be able to control the trade at the time of bot update.
Yes, in order to do this, on the Settings - Autostart tab, you need to check the checkboxes next to: "AutoUpdate the bot" and additionally next to "Postpone AutoUpdate with active sells". MoonBot will wait until all trades are closed and only then will autorun a new version. This setting does not affect the manual auto-update or the "DoUpdate" command in Telegram.
Yes, to do this, on the Settings - Autostart tab you need to tick the option: "Stop If loss greater then" (left setting), set the loss limit below and specify for how many trades. If you want to reset this counter, press the blue Reset inscription.
Yes, to do this, on the Settings - Autostart tab, check the "Stop If loss greater then" option (right-hand setting), set the loss limit below and specify the number of hours. Also check the option "Also Panic Sell all active orders" below. This protection will help you close all positions if the loss limit is exceeded.
You need to check the log entries to see what causes the bot to stop. This is possible if the automatic loss protection is activated or if API errors are exceeded. If the protection is triggered by exceeding losses, then on the tab Settings - Autostart you need to change the loss limit upwards or uncheck the option: "Stop If loss greater then". If you have MoonBot stopped due to API errors, find the cause of the errors (restart your router, root computer, do not use Wi-Fi, etc.) or temporarily uncheck "Auto Stop if errors level > = N".
Yes, to do this, on the Settings - Autostart tab you must tick the option: "Stop If loss greater then" (right-hand setting), set the loss limit below and specify for how many hours. If you want to reset this counter, press the black Reset inscription.
Yes, to do this you need to put a tick in the Settings - Autostart tab against the parameter: "Global Panic Sell If all markets avg. rate drops" and below after "Hourly avg. rate drops more than then (%) N" parameter in the field specify the market drop threshold you need as a percentage.
Yes, to do this on the tab Settings - Autostart you need to put a tick in front of the parameter: "Global Panic Sell If BTC rate changed" and below after the parameter "Hourly BTC rate drops more then (%) +X.XX" in the field specify the desired BTC rate drop threshold in percentage.
Yes, to do this on the tab Settings - Autostart you need to put a tick in front of the parameter: "Global Panic Sell If BTC rate changed" and below after the parameter "Or hourly BTC rate rise more then +X.XX" in the field specify the desired increase threshold BTC rate in percent.
Yes, you need to put a tick in the Settings - Autostart tab against the parameter: "Restart if" and right in the parameters "Restart when", "BTC delta > -X.XX", "AND BTC delta -X.XX" to specify the range of BTC and Market delta, in which you allow to automatically restart the MoonBot terminal.
Yes, to do this, on the tab Settings - Autostart you must check the option: "Auto Stop if errors level > = N" and on the right side of the slider to set your desired error threshold (from 1 to 5), at which MoonBot will stop.
Yes, to do this, on the tab Settings - Autostart you need to put a checkmark in front of the parameter: "Auto Stop if errors level > = N" and on the right side of the slider you need to set the threshold of errors (from 1 to 5), at which MoonBot will stop. In addition, below check the "Also Panic Sell all active orders" option. If the MoonBot determines that the errors are greater than or equal to the specified threshold, it will not only stop, but will also urgently close all Sell orders.
Yes, to do this, on the tab Settings - Autostart you need to check the box "Auto Stop if errors level > = 3" and on the right side put the desired error threshold (from 1 to 5), at which MoonBot will stop. In addition, check the "Restart in 60 minutes" option below and set the time after which you want MoonBot to automatically restart the terminal in the field on the right.
Yes, to do this on the tab Settings - Autostart you need to put a tick mark against the parameter: "Auto Stop if Ping > 1000 ms" and on the right side of the slider to set your desired threshold ping (from 100 to 2000 ms), at which MoonBot will stop.
Yes, to do this, on the tab Settings - Autostart you need to put a tick mark in front of the parameter: "Auto Stop if Ping > 1000 ms" and on the right side of the slider to set your desired threshold ping (from 100 to 2000 ms), at which MoonBot will stop. Additionally below, check the "Also Panic Sell all active orders" option. If the MoonBot detects that the ping is higher than the threshold, it will not only stop, but will also urgently close all Sell orders.
Yes, to do this, on the tab Settings - Autostart you need to put a tick mark against the parameter: "Auto Stop if Ping > 1000 ms" and to the right of the slider you need to set the threshold of ping (from 100 to 2000 ms), at which MoonBot will stop. In addition, check the box below "Restart in 30 minutes" and in the field on the right set the time after which you should automatically restart the MoonBot terminal.
Yes, to do that you need to put a tick in the Settings - Autostart tab against the parameter "Blink the rate label If BTC rate changed" and below select the ranges of BTC rate volatility per hour: "Hourly BTC rate drops more then (%) -X.XX", "Or hourly BTC rate rise more then (%) +X.XX". If BTC rate per hour goes out of these limits, the main window of the MoonBot terminal will show BTC rate in pulsating red color.
Yes, you need to choose the ranges of volatility of BTC rate per hour at the tab Settings - Autostart: "Hourly BTC rate drops more then (%) -X.XX", "Or hourly BTC rate rise more then (%) +X.XX", check the "Alarm If BTC rate changed" parameter and choose the sound signal type below. If the BTC rate per hour goes out of the set limits, the MoonBot terminal will signal about it with the selected sound.
Yes, to do this, open the Settings - Settings Wizard tab with the settings and click on the "Templates" tab, where you can select a number of templates with preset basic parameters and click Apply. But to get a more thorough understanding of the MoonBot terminal functionality, we recommend you to read the manual on our website https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/settings/, watch a number of free tutorial videos on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/@moonbot_en or you can get paid expert advice in a private MoonBot Academy English paid Telegram group (contact Kost Main https://t.me/kostmain for access to this group).
To do this, right-click on the Hvol icon in the main window of the MoonBot terminal and set the TimeFrame parameter to Max. After that, on the left side of the chart you will see a gray volume histogram for 42 hours. The top and bottom borders will be a trading price range for this time. This will help you quickly determine where the coin's price is now (at the bottom or the top of the trading range) and make a decision to buy the coin long or short.
To do this, right-click on the Hvol icon in the main window of the MoonBot terminal and set the TimeFrame parameter to Max. After that, on the left side of the chart you will see a gray volume histogram for 42 hours. The upper and lower limits will be the trading price range for this time, and the maximum peaks of this histogram will indicate the levels, at which the largest volumes were traded. Often, price will move back to or away from these levels. You can use this information for your trading.
The drawing elements are activated in the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal if the Moon Scalper module is present and the "Pencil" button is enabled. Inside the menu "Pencil", there is a drawing element "Pen", with which, if you press the CTRL button on the keyboard you can draw elements on the chart with your mouse (lines, notes, explanations, arrows, etc.). In addition, if you are a member of our bonus program, you can use the additional functionality "Drawing the price on the chart", if you check the box "Emulator" in the settings menu "Handles". This mode allows you to draw a trace of the price, on which the crosses of trades then go, allowing you to test your strategies.
Yes, for this purpose, the terminal has a mode "Emulation of price on the chart" with the help of the tool "Pencil", which works only when the MoonBonus module is activated. The "Chart price emulation" mode is enabled in the chart drawing menu, where you need to click on the "Pen" icon and set the "Emulator" checkbox in the settings.
In this mode, when you press CTRL+drawing with the mouse on the chart before real trades you will see the line, along which the "emulated price" will go.
This mode will allow you to check faster the strategies' triggering at the moment of detection, as well as to check the triggers and order placement.
The drawing elements are activated in the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal if the Moon Scalper module is present and the "Pencil" button is enabled. Inside the menu "Pencil", there is an element of drawing "Endless Horizontal Line", which is set on the chart by clicking the mouse with the CTRL button pressed on the keyboard. This line allows to quickly mark important trading levels, support and resistance lines, to which the price comes or moves away from it. In addition, to the left of the line will be indicated the exact price of the coin, on which the line is set. Thus it is possible to mark the trading chart: round levels, to which the price often comes, lines of maximum growth or fall, levels of pro trades and other. In the same menu you can choose the type of line, its thickness, color and transparency, as well as set sound alerts that will signal when the price will cross these lines.
Drawing elements are activated in the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal if the Moon Scalper module is present and the "Pencil" button is enabled. Inside the menu "Pencil", there is an element of drawing "Arbitrary slanting line" (trend lines), which is set on the chart with the CTRL button pressed on the keyboard, and the first click of the mouse sets the first point of the line, and the second click - the second and between these points a segment will be drawn. This line can be drawn in any variant: vertically, horizontally, but most often it is used to indicate inclined trend lines (descending or ascending). Such slanted lines help to understand if the trend is broken already or not yet, as all traders see the trend break, then after it there is a more active growth or decline in price and these patterns are used in trading. In the same menu you can choose the type of line, its thickness, color and transparency and set sound alerts which will signal when the price will cross these lines.
Drawing elements are activated in the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal if the Moon Scalper module is present and the "Pencil" button is enabled. Inside the menu "Pencil", there is an element of drawing "Triangle", which is set on the chart when you press the CTRL button on the keyboard, and you need to select the vertex point of the triangle, click the left mouse button and holding it and the CTRL button to stretch and orient the triangle to the desired part of the chart. Often, after a trade, the price forms a "fading price zigzag", which forms a triangle shape at its tops and bottoms, and as soon as the price spread is minimal, the price rises sharply up or down (depending on the patterns). These are the trading moments that traders use when deciding whether or not to enter a position and this element helps us. In the same menu you can choose the type of line, its thickness, color and transparency, as well as set sound alerts that will signal when the price crosses these lines.
Drawing elements are activated in the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal if the Moon Scalper module is available and the "Pencil" button is enabled. Inside the menu "Pencil", there is a drawing element "Fibonacci levels", which is set on the chart when you press the CTRL button on the keyboard, and you need to select the bottom point of the chart or the top, click the left mouse button and holding it drag up or down, stretching the Fibonacci grid to the desired height. The levels will be marked with 0 / 0.236 / 0.382 / 0.500 / 0.618 / 0.786 / 1.000 / 1.618, the areas between them are colored for easy perception. In addition the level 1.618 can be extended further from the whole grid by pressing CTRL and left-clicking on the 0.618 level line. You can read more about Fibonacci levels on the Internet, but to make a long story short, price often goes from one Fibonacci level to the next and many traders use it in their trading. In the same menu you can choose the type of line, its thickness, color and transparency, as well as set sound alerts that will signal when the price crosses these lines.
Drawing elements are activated in the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal if the Moon Scalper module is present and the "Pencil" button is enabled. Inside the menu "Pencil", there is an element of drawing "Rectangle", which is set on the chart when you press the CTRL button on the keyboard, and you can click on the outer price level and then an infinite line appears on the chart, to the left of which will be the exact price of this level. Alternatively, you can hold down CTRL and drag that line up or down to the "Rectangular infinite area", in which case the percentages will be shown on the left: the top percentage of price rise, the bottom percentage of price fall. This tool is very convenient to use when you need to quickly check the price spread on the chart, the delta of the up or down price increases. To estimate the distance to the nearest walls or to determine the distance to the Sell order of the purchased coin or the distance to the Buy order. For more convenient perception, the inner area of the rectangle can be colored with the desired transparency. In the same menu you can choose the line type, its thickness, line color and color of the rectangular area, their transparency, as well as set sound alerts that will signal when the price will cross these lines.
The main window of the MoonBot terminal has an M button (use multi orders). It is activated only in the PRO version and only after purchasing an additional module Moon Scalper, which extends the functionality of the MoonBot terminal.
If the M button is active, you are allowed to use multi-orders on the chart (several single orders or grids with orders) in manual or automatic trading according to strategies.
If you right-click on the M button, a menu with additional settings will open.

Explanation of the settings:
Button combinations for placing and rearranging orders (it is recommended to set different combinations to avoid erroneous actions):
Click to set BUY: press to set a new BUY order (Dbl_Click - double click; Shift_Click - double click with the Shift button held; same as Alt_Click, Ctrl_Click)

None - no combination for placing an order
Dbl_Click - double left mouse button click
CTRL_Click - double left mouse button click and holding Ctrl button
Shift_Click - double left mouse button click holding Shift button
Alt_Click - double left mouse button click holding Alt button
Middle-Click - single click of the middle mouse button (wheel)
CTR-_Middle - single click of the middle mouse button (wheel) holding Ctrl button
Shif-_Middle - single click of the middle mouse (wheel) button and holding the Shif button
Alt-Middle - single click of the middle mouse button (wheel) holding Alt button
Click to move BUY: Click to move BUY order
Click to move SELL: press to move a sell order

Actions to move orders:
None - do nothing
Parallel Shift to cursor: moves the entire order grid with the distance between them saved in the cursor
Top Vol first - moves 1 order with the largest volume
Low Vol first - moves 1 order with the smallest volume
Top Profi first - moves 1 order with the largest profit
All to 1 price - moves ALL orders to the cursor price
Last Set - moves the last order placed
Last Moved - moves the last order at the exchange

Additional commands: Choose an additional click to move orders using the middle mouse button (wheel/scroll).
Show order numbers: Show order numbers on Buy, Buy and Sell lines for easy understanding of order indication and comparison.
Opacity: Decrease the transparency of executed orders, so that they do not block the view of the chart.
Auto join sells: Automatically join all Sell orders into one with the calculation of the average buy price (Only for manual trading).

Auto average options:
None - the join is disabled.
Fixed Price: buy a coin and place the first Sell order, after the addition, the position will be joined and the new Sell order will be at the same price as the first Sell order (in satoshi).
Fixed Profit: Buy a coin and place the first Sell order, after the addition, the position will be merged and the new Sell will stand at the same percentage, i.e. one percent on the order.
Indeed, in the menu of the M (Multi Orders) button, you can activate the experimental setting "Allow 2 orders in solo mode".
This option is hidden by default, and we do not recommend enabling it. Stick to one working scheme: either always in multi-order mode, or always in single-order mode, otherwise you might get confused and forget that it is active, and make actions that you did not want.
But if you really need this option, write the code CombineMultiSolo in the coin entry field in the main window of the MoonBot terminal and restart it in admin mode. By default, as long as you have 2 orders on 1 coin active, you can't exit Multi Order mode. The "Allow 2 Orders in Solo Mode" option changes this behavior and allows you to place an order in multi mode, then exit it and continue scalping with another order on the same coin. Sell orders from multi-order mode can only be managed by dragging and dropping.
In the Multi-Order mode, if the same clicks on Buy and Sell orders are set, then the Sell order has priority, that is, if there is a Sell order, then the click will move it, if not, then the click will move the Buy order.
The Cancel Buy and Panic Sell buttons, which are located on the right side of the main window of the MoonBot terminal, control all orders on the open coin simultaneously. That is, if there are several active Buy orders when you click on Cancel Buy, they are all canceled and, accordingly, when you click on Panic Sell, all active Sell orders are sold. It is possible to cancel separately any Buy order, if you press the right button on it and choose Cancel in the menu, also in this menu you can choose Order and open the settings of this order. Besides, it is possible to cancel Buy orders if you press Tab button on the keyboard and holding it move the mouse cursor through them.
Yes, you need to right click on the "Funnel" (Filters on charts) button in the main window of the MoonBot terminal and uncheck the "Show session" option in the menu, after which the information about the sessions that are set up in the strategies in the Session tab will not be shown on the chart. In the same menu you can uncheck the "Hide zero sessions" option to hide the information about the zero sessions of the strategy on the chart.
The green area is a price corridor for an order in the MoonShot strategy, which changes its coordinates on the chart, and if the order is outside its boundaries, according to the parameters of the MoonShot strategy, it tries to return to its center. Thus, the algorithm of the MoonShot strategy order following the price is carried out. If you want to visually disable the display of this corridor on the chart, you can do it by clicking the right mouse button in the main window of the MoonBot terminal on the "Funnel" (Filters on charts) button and uncheck the "Show MoonShot price corridor" option in the menu. But it is usually left on so that the basic MoonShot strategy order placement is visually clear.
The button with the blue arrow on the main window of the MoonBot terminal is called "AutoShift Charts". If it is pressed in ON position, the chart is attached to the right side and trades appear always starting from the right at the level of the vertical imaginary line and the chart cannot be shifted horizontally. If you want to move the chart to the left, you have to press this button and holding the left mouse button to move it to the desired side. In addition, if you first disable this button and then enable it again, all charts in the MoonBot terminal will be centered vertically.
On the main window of the MoonBot terminal there is a field "Add market..." with a search line in it, in which you can type the name of the coin you need and its chart will open immediately. If you start typing the name of a coin and a few letters are the same as the others, then press the space bar when you finish typing, so MoonBot will understand that this is the coin you are looking for.
For every New Year's Eve in the MoonBot terminal, a decorated branded Christmas tree appears in the background of the main window of the MoonBot terminal.
You can remove the tree from the background by writing the word HideElka in the "Add market..." field of the main window of the MoonBot terminal and putting a space.
And if you will be in the mood to "decorate the Christmas tree in the bot" again, then on the main window of the terminal in the "Add market..." field to enter a coin search, you must write the word HappyNewYear and put a space.
To do this, click on the button with the image of an open lock on the right side of the main window of the MoonBot terminal, then the image will change to a closed lock and the coin will be added to the global blacklist. You can remove it from there manually, if you remove it from the list in the blacklist field on the tab Settings - Main or you can click on the button closed lock, it will become again with an open lock and the coin will be removed from the blacklist itself.
Yes, if you want to add a coin to the favorite list, you need to click on the button with a gray star (Fav) on the right side of the main window of the MoonBot terminal (below the Order button), the star will turn yellow and it will mean that this coin is added to the favorite list. You can see the list of favorite coins by left-clicking on the button with a yellow star (Show favorite markets) to the right of the "Add market..." field to search for coins in the main window of the Moonbot terminal.
To remove a coin from the favorite list, you must first open it by left-clicking on the button with a yellow star (Show favorite markets) to the right of the "Add market..." field to search for coins in the main window of the MoonBot, right-click on the coin in this list and this coin will be removed from it. In addition, you can click on the asterisk (Fav) button under the Order button on the right side of the main MoonBot window, it will change from yellow to gray and this will also mean that the coin is removed from the favorites list.
Yes, you can change the icons in the MoonBot terminal under Settings - User Interface - Icons. There are two options available now: Original - these are the original icons (colored) and Mark B&W - custom (black and white).
If you have selected the original color icons in the MoonBot terminal (Settings - User Interface, Icons: Original), you can see the following cube icons next to folders:
- gray cube (no active strategies in the folder, all lights off)
- pale blue cube (you have some active strategies in the folder, all lights are on)
- bright blue cube (in the folder all strategies are active, all lights are on)
If you have selected black and white icons from Mark in the MoonBot terminal (Settings - User Interface, Icons: Mark B&W), you can observe the following icons next to folders:
- one bar on the icon (no active strategies in the folder, all lights off)
- two bars on the icon (the folder has several active strategies, some of the lights are lit)
- three bars on the icon (all strategies in the folder are active, all lights are on)
No, right now only 2 icon variants are available in the terminal and you can change them in Settings - User Interface, Icons: Original - these are original icons (color) and Icons: Mark B&W - custom (black and white). If you want to add your own icons, then you need to contact the developer of the MoonBot terminal in our official Telegram groups, if the icons will be interesting, then maybe they will be added to the list of icons available for selection.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the graphFont setting, adjust the color of the font on the chart. The same setting changes the color of the volume values for 3h, 1h and 15m, as well as the color of the horizontal volume histogram when TimeFrame: Max is selected. Transparency can also be adjusted on this tab.
In the MoonBot terminal, click on the tab Settings - User Interface, then click on the Color Setup button and in the BuyOrder setting, select the color of the exposed long Buy orders, as well as their transparency.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the BuyPendingOrder setting, select the color of the Pending orders, as well as their transparency.
In the MoonBot terminal, click on the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and choose the color and transparency of Sell orders of long positions in the SellOrder setting.
The data for the LastPrice parameter comes to the MoonBot terminal from the exchange, and it is the average price between the ASK and BID prices. In the MoonBot terminal, it is drawn with a gray line in the middle of the spread.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the LastPrice setting, select the color of the Sell orders of long positions, as well as their transparency.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the graphBK setting, select the color of the graph background, as well as its transparency.
Yes, you can do this in the MoonBot terminal in two ways. Go to the Settings - User Interface - Color Setup tab and in the graphNet setting, match the grid color to the background color, or move the grid transparency bar to the far left and the grid will become transparent.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the graphCursor setting, select the color of the cursor on the chart. In addition, the same setting changes the color of the contour of the horizontal volume area. Transparency can also be set in this tab.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the GraphRed setting, select the color of the red crosses (trades) on the chart. The same setting simultaneously changes the color of the sell volume indicator ("Sv" - Sell volume). The transparency of the crosses can also be adjusted on this tab.
In the MoonBot terminal, click on the Settings - User Interface tab, then click on the Color Setup button and in the GraphGreen setting, select the color of the green crosses (trades) on the chart. The same setting also changes the color of the buy volume indicator ("Bv" - Buy volume). Transparency can also be set on this tab.
In the MoonBot terminal, click on the Settings - User Interface tab, then click on the Color Setup button and in the VolRed setting, select the background color of the red order book. The same setting changes the color of the sell volumes (red) on the vertical and horizontal bar graphs at the same time. The background transparency can also be adjusted on this tab.
In the MoonBot terminal, click on the Settings - User Interface tab, then click on the Color Setup button and in the VolGreen setting, select the background color of the green order book. The same setting also changes the color of the volumes to buy (green) on the vertical and horizontal histograms at the same time. Transparency can also be adjusted on this tab.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the OrderBookRed setting, select the color of the red order book (ASK), as well as its transparency.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the OrderBookGreen setting adjust the color of the green order book (BID), as well as its transparency.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the BookLevelRed setting change the color of the horizontal dashes of sellers' limit orders in the red order book, as well as their transparency.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the BookLevelGreen setting, change the color of the horizontal dashed lines of buyers' limit orders in the green order book, as well as their transparency.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the BuyOrderDone setting, change the color of orders that have been executed and deals closed on them, as well as their transparency.
In the MoonBot terminal, click the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the Trailing setting change the color of the trailing stop line (trailing), as well as its transparency.
In the MoonBot terminal click on the Settings - User Interface tab, then click the Color Setup button and in the BuyShort settings change the color of the short Buy orders and their transparency.
In the MoonBot terminal, click on the Settings - User Interface tab, then click on the Color Setup button and select the color and transparency of SellShort orders in the SellShort settings.
In the MoonBot futures terminal, go to the Settings - User Interface - Color Setup tab and in the SpotRed setting, select the color of the red crosses (trades) on the spot market, as well as their transparency.
Go to the Settings - User Interface - Color Setup tab in the MoonBot Futures Terminal and in the SpotGreen setting, select the color of the green crosses (trades) on the spot market, as well as their transparency.
In the MoonBot futures terminal go to the Settings - User Interface - Color Setup tab and in the SpotBookRed setting select the color of the red order book (ASK) on the spot market, as well as its transparency.
Go to the Settings - User Interface - Color Setup tab in the MoonBot futures terminal and choose the color of the green order book (BID) on the spot market in the SpotBookGreen setting, as well as its transparency.
Go to the Settings - User Interface - Color Setup tab and change the color of the marking price line and its transparency in the MarkPrice setting.
Go to the Settings - User Interface - Color Setup tab and change the color of the liquidation price line and its transparency in the LiqPrice setting.
When trading in the futures market in the MoonBot terminal, you can see blue crosses on the chart, they signal that at this time there are liquidations of long positions on the Binance exchange.
When trading on the futures market in the terminal MoonBot on the chart you can see the yellow crosses, they signal that at this point there is a liquidation of short positions on the exchange Binance.
In the MoonBot terminal, click on the Settings - User Interface tab, then click on Color Setup and in the LiqOrdersLong setting, change the color and transparency of the crosses of the long position liquidations.
In MoonBot click on the Settings - User Interface tab, then click on the Color Setup button and in the LiqOrdersShort setting change the color of the crosses for the liquidation of short positions, as well as their transparency.
Yes, you can create strategies with the same names in the MoonBot terminal. But we recommend to create strategies with unique names, so there will be no confusion with changing parameters of such strategies via Telegram. Besides, the report has filters by strategy names and if their names are the same, it will be difficult for you to sort them if they worked at the same time.
The MoonBot terminal has single and double arrows in the middle of the strategy window, which you can use to change the order of strategies. The double arrows allow you to move the strategy up or down within the folder, and the single arrows allow you to move the strategy up or down one step at a time.
The numbering near the names of the strategies in the MoonBot terminal helps you to quickly orient yourself in the order of the strategies. If you want to hide the numbering, right-click on any strategy or folder and uncheck the "Show strategy numbers" option in the menu.
If the "Delete" button is not active in the MoonBot terminal and you see a lock on it, then click on it and unlock the delete button. Then click on the strategy you want to delete and press the "Delete" button. Warning! You can only delete a strategy that is not active and has no "light" on.
If you select several inactive strategies in the MoonBot terminal and click the "Delete" button, only one strategy (the bottom one) will be deleted. To delete several strategies, you need to create a new folder and move all the strategies that you plan to delete there and then delete the entire folder with these strategies. Attention! You can delete only inactive strategies, which do not have "lights" on.
In the MoonBot terminal, pressing the "Strategies" button opens a window with strategies, in which the three buttons "Check All", "Uncheck All", "Delete" are blocked, and a lock icon is drawn on them. This is done on purpose to ensure that the user does not accidentally uncheck the working strategies or accidentally delete them. If you need to use these buttons, click on the lock icon and the button will be unlocked until you close the strategies window. When you reopen the strategies window, these buttons will be locked again.
Unfortunately, if you have deleted a strategy in the MoonBot terminal through the "Delete" button, you can't get it back. We recommend to create a separate folder, name it, for example, "Trash" and there move the strategies you do not need. If you need it in 1-2 days, you can always move it from there or copy it to the working folder. You can delete the "Trash" folder on your own, for example, once a week. Besides, before deleting any strategies, we also recommend to make a backup of the file with strategies, which is located in the data folder.
In the MoonBot terminal, you cannot delete an active strategy, next to which there is a "light bulb" icon. To remove such a strategy, you must first remove the check mark and click on the "Start Checked" button, the "light" will disappear, the strategy will become inactive and then it can be removed.
Yes, in the MoonBot terminal it is possible to create new folders in the root folder Root and move to them the strategies you need from the general list. To create a folder, right-click on the folder Root and select "New Folder" in the menu, after creating it, you need to give it a name. Moving the strategies to the folder is done as in the Windows system, you need to click on the strategy with the left mouse button and by holding down the selection, move this strategy to the desired folder. You can move strategies one by one or in a group, to select multiple strategies, press CTRL (add one to selection) or SHIFT (from the first to the last selected strategy). If you want to copy the strategies, you can also do it one by one or in groups by pressing CTRL+C (copy to clipboard) and CTRL+V (paste from clipboard).
Yes, you can create folders with the same names in the MoonBot terminal. But we recommend creating folders with unique names, so there is no confusion with changing the parameters of such strategies via Telegram or sorting and inclusion in the strategies window.
The MoonBot terminal has single and double arrows in the middle of the strategy window that you can use to change the order of folders. The double arrows allow you to move a folder immediately up or immediately down, and the single arrows allow you to move a folder up or down one step at a time.
Yes, the MoonBot terminal has this option, check the box next to the folder you want and click "Start Checked" and all strategies in this folder will become active.
In the terminal MoonBot adopted the following numerical designations next to the folders, for example, if there are numbers "5/9", then the first number indicates how many active strategies in this folder (5), and the second number indicates how many strategies in the folder (9).
You can delete a folder in the MoonBot terminal either by using the "Delete" button or by right-clicking on it and selecting "Delete Folder" from the menu.
In the MoonBot terminal, if you have an active strategy inside the folder, next to which a "light" is on or a checkmark is placed near the strategy, then such a folder cannot be deleted. You need to uncheck all strategies, then press the "Start Checked" button, all strategies in the folder will become inactive, then you can delete the folder and all its contents.
Yes, you can delete a folder and its subfolders if there are no active strategies or strategies with checkboxes inside them.
You must first unlock (click on the lock) the general "Delete" button on the right side of the strategy window, then "Delete Folder" will become active in the folder management menu and you can use it to delete folders.
In the MoonBot terminal in the strategies window you can do this in the same way as in Windows Explorer, that is, hold down the left mouse button on a folder, move it to the desired folder and release the mouse button. You can also right-click on a folder and select "Move To" -> "Root" -> and then click on the folder name from the list to which you want to move.
To rename a folder in the MoonBot terminal, double-click its name with the left mouse button and the folder name becomes editable. Alternatively, you can right-click on the folder name and select "Rename Folder" in the menu.
Yes, in order to sort the MoonBot terminal strategies window, write a word in the "Filter" field, for example "DropDetection" and then the list of strategies will contain all strategies Drop. Or you can write the strategy name "Test" and then all strategies with the word "Test" in their names will remain in the list of strategies. To remove the filter, remove the search phrase from the filter box.
If you do not want to trade a coin on any strategy that is about to be flipped, you can put it on the global blacklist before flipping it by going to the Settings-Main tab and entering the name of the coin in the "Blacklist" field.
If you have the PRO version of the MoonBot terminal but have not purchased the futures trading module, you can test futures trading in emulator mode. _x000D_With real money you can test futures trading without purchasing the futures module for 7 days, but there is a limit on the order size of $30 without leverage (i.e. the order size with leverage can be from $30 to $3750). Activate the trial period of the futures trading module in the Settings-Unlock tab of the MoonBot terminal.
Yes, in the MoonBot terminal, if you have several charts in the chart window, you can move them with the mouse while holding down the SHIFT button. Only charts that do not have a red Pin icon on them can be moved in this way (this button must be pressed in the upper left corner of the mini-chart, then it will disappear and moving will be available).
Yes, in the MoonBot terminal you can move mini-charts between chart windows by using the mouse and pressing the SHIFT button. Only charts that do not have a red Pin icon on them can be moved in this way (this button must be pressed in the upper left corner of the mini-chart, then it will disappear and moving will be available).
If you have cancelled emulator orders, you can hide them in the strategy settings on the User Interface tab, if you check the DontKeepOrdersOnChart=YES parameter. The real orders will always remain on the chart.nBut you can also right-click on the Use multi orders (M) button and in the "Opacity" setting use the slider to the left to reduce or remove both cancelled and executed orders. This is useful when you work with a frequent grid of orders or there are many deals on the chart.

Yes, you can, to do this, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in MoonBot terminal and set the desired key combination in the "Cancel ALL buys" field (CTRL-DEL by default). This hotkey allows you to cancel all Buy and Pending orders on all coins at once.

The "Cancel ALL buys" hotkey is very convenient and is analogue to the "Cancel ALL BUYs" option in the orders menu on the main window of the MoonBot terminal. This hotkey allows you to immediately cancel all Buy (limit) and Pending orders on all coins.

If, for example, there is high volatility on a coin, you can click this hotkey to cancel all grids and orders, release the balance and trade on this active coin. In addition, if there is an abnormal situation with the exchange, you can also click on the hotkey to cancel all orders and temporarily stop trading to avoid abnormal situations.

Yes, you can. To do this, you need to create a new chart window or select an already created chart window with the number N, then click on the Show Markets button on the main window of the MoonBot terminal, open MarketsTable, click on the name of the 15m Delta column and sort the coins by the maximum 15-minute delta. Then place the cursor on the bottom coin from the desired range and right-click on the coin. In the menu that opens, select the bottom item "Add markets above to Chart N " and click on it. The selected charts will immediately open in the specified chart window.
Yes, this feature is available in the MoonBot terminal. This functionality is located on the Settings-User Interface tab and to enable it, you need to tick the "Buttons Memory" checkbox. Then the terminal will remember the selection of order buttons and selling price on each specific coin. Also after setting the "Buttons Memory" tick in the Menu button on the main bot window there is an additional item "Reset Buttons", which resets different button settings and makes them the same according to the last changed setting. nTo avoid confusion you can close all charts, click on the settings you want, click on the "Reset Buttons" button and all coins will open by that setting.nYou can uncheck and check "Buttons Memory" without reloading the MoonBot terminal.nButtons Memory data is saved in the file data\USDT-MarketData.zip (in each coin inside this archive).
Yes, you can. To do this, use the "Buttons Memory" functionality, which is enabled by ticking the Settings-User Interface tab. Then open the desired coin, click on the desired button with the order size and the desired button for Sell order. Then set the desired number of pending orders. After the pending order is triggered, the coin will be bought for the specified amount and Sell order will be placed according to the button on this coin. Repeat the procedure on another coin and if necessary, use other buttons with the order size and Sell order placement for this coin.
Yes, in the MoonBot futures terminal, fast order rearrangement works, but only with the "Ignore Replacing" checkbox on the Settings-Advanced-Engine settings tab enabled and with a tracking bot or manual balance control.
Yes, if you need to open the chart of, for example, 1000SHIB coin, you don't have to type the whole word in the coin search field on the main window, just type SHIB and the chart of this coin will be opened in the MoonBot terminal.
Yes, you can do this by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and in the "Cancel Buy" field set the desired key combination. This hotkey allows you to quickly cancel all placed Buy and Pending orders on a coin whose chart is expanded in full scale.
Yes, you can, for this purpose, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in MoonBot terminal and in the "Panic Sell" field set the desired key combination. This hotkey will activate Panic Sell (closing of all market positions) for all Sell orders on the coin whose chart is open in full scale.
Yes, you can do this by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and in the Join Sells field set the desired key combination. This hotkey allows you to combine all real Sell orders on a coin, placed by all strategies or manually into one Sell order. In this case one average entry line will appear on the chart instead of different entry lines. The hotkey works only when the coin chart is expanded in full scale. Attention: Emulator orders are not combined.
Yes, you can, for this purpose, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and in the "Switch Chart" field set the desired key combination. This hotkey allows you to switch charts of coins that are open on the main window. Switching between the charts of such coins is possible only in full zoom mode.
Yes, you can, to do this in the MoonBot terminal, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab and in the "Switch Chart Figure" field set the key combination you want (default is CTRL-F). This hotkey allows you to switch the three main drawing elements in a circle:_x000D_n - horizontal line (level with price indication)_x000D_n - sloping line (trend lines)_x000D_n - rectangular area (level with price or, in the stretched position, area with per cent).
To quickly find out which drawing element is currently active in the MoonBot terminal, you can press and hold the CTRL key on your keyboard. This will change the Pencil icon to the icon of the active drawing item. If you release the CTRL key, the Pencil icon is restored to the icon.
Yes, you can do this by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and setting the desired hotkey combination in the "Reload Book" field. This hotkey allows you to reload trading stacks, which helps when there is sometimes a divergence of trading stacks and trades during a strong movement on the coin.
Yes, you can do this by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and setting the desired hotkey combination in the "New Long" field. This hotkey allows you to place a long order, whereby the coin is bought immediately at the market and a Sell order is placed according to the basic settings or manual strategy in the MoonBot terminal. The hotkey works only when the coin chart is expanded in the MoonBot terminal.
Yes, you can, to do this, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and set the desired key combination in the "New Short" field. This hotkey allows you to place a short order, buying the coin immediately at the market and placing a Sell order according to the basic settings or manual strategy in the MoonBot terminal. The hotkey works only when the coin chart is expanded in the MoonBot terminal.
Yes, you can, to do this, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and set the desired key combination in the "Split Order" field. This hotkey allows you to split a real Sell order into 3 equal parts. If the amount in the order will be less than the triple amount of the minimum lot on the coin, the split will not happen and in the log you can see a record like: "Sorry, the volume of this order is too small. On coin BTC min. volume is 11$ !". In rare cases Sell order can be cancelled and coins will be added to your balance. You can re-position the position again via the Menu-Balances tab on the main window of the MoonBot terminal. This hotkey works only when the coin chart is expanded to full scale. Attention: Emulator orders are not split.
Yes, you can do this by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and setting the desired key combination (CTRL-S by default) in the "Sells to rectangle" field. If you press this hotkey and then hold down the CTRL key on the keyboard, you can stretch the area on the chart, within which all Sell orders on this coin will be distributed evenly within the boundary of the stretched area. nThis functionality will allow you to quickly distribute Sell orders in steps in any place (under the wall, above the wall, wider, narrower), in this case you do not lose precious time to distribute them manually with a uniform distance between them. This distribution will help you when selling a position in parts, and will also allow you to be low profile on low volume coins and instead of one large order, you can break it up into parts and then place several smaller orders for sale in an even grid. nUseful features of the Sell order distribution feature:n1) If you click at one point on the chart (without stretching), all Sell orders will be gathered into one line (analogue of the "All to 1 price" combination)n2) If you stretch or click with a stretch into the green glass, the entire stack of Sell orders will be immediately thrown into the green glass and a quick sell on the market will take place (analogue of Panic Sell).
Yes, you can, to do this, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and set the desired key combination in the "Shift buys +1%" field. This hotkey allows you to move all Buy orders set on the coin higher by +1% towards the current price by pressing it once. If you need to move all Buy orders even higher, press this hotkey the required number of times.
Yes, you can, to do this, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and set the desired key combination in the "Shift buys -1%" field. This hotkey allows you to move all Buy orders set on the coin lower by -1% in the direction of the current price. If you need to move all Buy orders even lower, press this hotkey the required number of times.
Yes, you can, for this purpose in MoonBot terminal open the Settings-Hotkeys tab and in the "Shift sells +1%" field set the desired key combination. This hotkey allows you to move all Sell orders set on the coin higher by +1% in the direction of the current price. If you need to move all Sell orders even higher, press this hotkey the required number of times.
Yes, you can, for this purpose, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and in the "Shift sells -1%" field set the desired key combination. This hotkey allows you to move all Sell orders set on the coin lower by -1% towards the current price by pressing it once. If you need to move all Sell orders even lower, press this hotkey the required number of times.
Yes, you can, for this purpose in MoonBot terminal open the Settings-Hotkeys tab and in the "Panic Sell 1 order" field set the desired key combination. This hotkey allows you to activate Panic Sell for one order with the lowest number on the coin whose chart is open in full scale.
Yes, you can, by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and setting the desired hotkey combination in the "Chart ScreenShot" field (default CTRL+F10). This hotkey allows you to take a screenshot only of the coin chart that is open in full scale. When you press this hotkey, a special window "Send ScreenShot" will appear, where you can see the trading chart at the moment of pressing the hotkey and a field for caption to the screenshot. In this field you can write your comments and then use the CTRL+Enter key combination to send this screenshot to the MOON BOT® crypto Curriculum Telegram groups: https://t.me/moon_bot_kurilka and MoonBot Profit: https://t.me/MoonBot_Profit. If you change your mind about sending the screenshot to the Telegram groups, you can press the ESC key or the cross in the upper right corner of the window and close it. Even if you close the "Send ScreenShot" window, the screenshot of the trading chart will remain in the clipboard and can be sent to your Telegram channel, for example, by clicking on the message in your Telegram channel, then pressing CTRL+V (paste from clipboard) and then sending it.
Yes, you can, by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and setting the desired key combination in the "Bot ScreenShot" field (default CTRL+F12). This hotkey allows you to take a screenshot of the entire MoonBot terminal window, including the trading chart, control button settings, order and log windows, and service information at the bottom of the terminal. This screenshot will be useful, for example, if you have contacted the MoonBot terminal support group with a configuration issue you are interested in or a trading situation on the chart you do not understand.
Yes, you can, to do this, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and in the "Centre Chart" field you will see the "CTRL - Right Arrow" key combination, which cannot be changed to your own variant. This hotkey allows you to centre horizontally the chart of a coin that is opened in full scale.
Yes, you can do this by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and in the "Reload Chart" field set the desired hotkey combination. This hotkey allows you to reload the tick chart of a coin that is open in full scale.

Yes, you can, to do this, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in MoonBot terminal and set the desired key combination in the "Cancel ALL buys" field (CTRL-DEL by default). This hotkey allows you to cancel all Buy and Pending orders on all coins at once.

The "Cancel ALL buys" hotkey is very convenient and is analogue to the "Cancel ALL BUYs" option in the orders menu on the main window of the MoonBot terminal. This hotkey allows you to immediately cancel all Buy (limit) and Pending orders on all coins.

If, for example, there is high volatility on a coin, you can click this hotkey to cancel all grids and orders, release the balance and trade on this active coin. In addition, if there is an abnormal situation with the exchange, you can also click on the hotkey to cancel all orders and temporarily stop trading to avoid abnormal situations.

Yes, you can do this by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and set the desired keyboard shortcut in the "Cancel ALL buys" field. This hotkey allows you to cancel all Buy and Pending orders on all coins at once.
Yes, you can, to do this, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and set the desired key combination in the "Scale +" field. This hotkey allows you to quickly zoom in one step each time you press it, according to the fixed zoom buttons on the MoonBot main window. This hotkey does not apply to the fixed "Auto" (auto zoom) button.
Yes, you can, by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in MoonBot and setting the desired key combination in the "Scale -" field. This hotkey allows you to quickly zoom out one step each time you press it, according to the fixed zoom buttons on the MoonBot main window. This hotkey does not apply to the fixed "Auto" (auto zoom) button.
Yes, you can do this by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and in the "Sell +" field set the desired key combination. This hotkey allows you to incrementally increase the Sell Price value on a coin that is open in full scale. Each time you press this hotkey, you will be able to briefly see new SellPrice limits on the chart.
Yes, you can, for this purpose in MoonBot terminal open the Settings-Hotkeys tab and in the "Sell -" field set the desired key combination. This hotkey allows you to step-by-step reduce the Sell Price value on a coin that is open in full scale. Each time you press this hotkey you will be able to briefly see new SellPrice limits on the chart.
Yes, you can do this by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and setting the desired key combination in the "Hide Balance" field (by default it is F7). This hotkey blurs and makes unreadable your trading balance, order size settings, information in the orders window below the trading chart and data on the last deal on a coin in the upper right corner of the main window, as well as completely hides sessions on the charts for all coins.
Yes, you can, to do this, open the Settings-Hotkeys tab in MoonBot terminal and set the desired key combination in the "Split to N (click to set)" field. This hotkey allows you to split a real Sell order into N equal parts, but not more than 20. The value of N can be set independently, if you click on the inscription "Split to N (click to set)", and an additional field for entering this value will open on the side.nIf the amount in a separate Sell order after splitting will be less than the minimum lot on the coin, the split will not occur and in the log you can see a record like: "Sorry, the volume of this order is too small. On coin BTC min. volume is 11$ !". In rare cases Sell order can be cancelled and coins will be added to your balance. You can re-position the position again via the Menu-Balances tab on the main window of the MoonBot terminal. This hotkey works only when the coin chart is expanded to full scale. Attention: Emulator orders are not split.
Yes, you can, by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in the MoonBot terminal and setting the desired keyboard shortcut in the "Show\Hide Charts" field. This hotkey allows you to show or hide all charts windows on the monitor.
In the MoonBot terminal, the tick that is set in the "Settings-User Interface" tab in the "Double-click Panic Sell button" parameter affects only the "Panic Sell" button on the main window of the MoonBot terminal. And both "Panic Sell" and "Panic Sell 1 order" hotkeys are always triggered by one click regardless of the "Double click Panic Sell button" setting.
Yes, you can do this by opening the Settings-Hotkeys tab in MoonBot terminal and in the "Reset Forms positions" field you will see the "Ctrl+Shift+F10" key combination, which is set by default and cannot be changed to your own variant. This hotkey allows you to reset the positions of settings, strategy, and other windows. If these windows are behind the main MoonBot terminal window and prevent you from controlling the terminal until they are closed, or if they are outside the main monitor area and are also not available for control, this hotkey allows you to return them to the visible area for further actions with them.

Only certain buttons or combinations of buttons can be set in the hotkey field:
a) Function keys (F1, F2, F3...)
b) Combination of SHIFT / CTRL / ALT keys + number / letter.

The hotkey cannot be set separately for a "letter" - this is done on purpose so that when typing text you do not accidentally press a single "letter" key on the keyboard and an order would be unexpectedly placed on the chart.

For hotkeys you can also use some service buttons Caps Lock, Num Lock, Del, BkSp, arrow buttons, etc. But it is strictly not recommended to set hotkeys on them, because they participate in typing and keyboard control and can also lead to unplanned triggers in the bot.
In addition, it is necessary to make sure that combinations of hotkeys do not coincide with each other, so that there is no conflict of actions in the bot.

To quickly centre all charts that are open in the MoonBot terminal with scroll mode, you can use the "Scale +" or "Scale -" zoom hotkeys. The fixed zoom buttons on the main window of the MoonBot terminal work the same way.
If you move the coin chart along the time axis and change its scale using the fixed scale buttons, it will not be centred horizontally and will return to its initial position. In this way you can view the section of the graph you want at the scale you want.
To move the chart in MoonBot terminal horizontally, you should click the left mouse button on the chart and, without releasing it, pull the chart in the desired direction (left or right).nYou can also press the SHIFT key on the keyboard and hold it down to scroll the mouse wheel towards yourself, then the chart will move to the right, or scroll the mouse wheel away from yourself, then the chart will move to the left horizontally.
To move the chart in MoonBot terminal vertically, you should right-click on the chart and, without releasing it, pull the chart in the direction you want (up or down). In this case, the scale will slightly increase or decrease, which allows you to view the situation on the chart in more detail.
You may be using an older version of the MoonBot terminal, as newer versions of MoonBot terminals connected to the HTX exchange already have auto balance update functionality by default. In addition, the Update button is still available and you can manually update balances as before.
Yes, this is possible. To do this, go to Menu-Transfers in the MoonBot terminal and in the opened "Assets Transfer" window at the bottom you will find two buttons "MultiAssets ON" (enable MultiAssets mode) and "MultiAssets OFF" (disable MultiAssets mode).
Yes, the MoonBot terminal developers closely follow new trading pairs of stock exchanges and add them to the terminal in a timely manner. The FDUSD trading pair has already been added to the list of MoonBot trading pairs available for spot market trading. You can always see the full list of trading pairs by clicking on the "Pairs:" button at the top of the MoonBot main window.
When you have both Buy and Pending orders placed on coins, and you need to cancel only Buy orders so that Pending orders are not cancelled, you can right-click on the orders field below the chart in the main MoonBot terminal window and open the orders menu. Click on "Cancel all real buys" and all Buy orders on all coins will be cancelled and Pending orders will remain in place.
Yes, if you change your limits via your personal account on the Binance exchange, the MoonBot terminal will also make similar changes to MarketsTable.
If you click on BNB (for Binance exchange) or HT (for HTX exchange) on the main window of the MoonBot terminal, you can quickly chart the corresponding trading pair and then you can manually buy the required number of tokens of these exchanges for the trading commission.
In the MoonBot terminal you can send a screenshot made by the hotkey combination CTRL+F10, both when the "Show profit in $" checkbox on the Settings-User Interface tab is enabled or disabled.
On the main window of the MoonBot terminal, click on the Show Markets button and open MarketsTable. If you have already sorted by the "Market" column, for example, alphabetically, then to return sorting by the date of adding coins to the exchange, click on the button with green arrows in the lower left corner of MarketsTable.
This inscription is automatically applied to all screenshots that are taken manually or automatically through the MoonBot terminal and cannot be changed by the user. If you want to put your own logo or inscription on the chart of your trades, you can set a background with any graphic or text design you want. You can insert a background picture on the chart on the Settings-User Interface tab by clicking on "Background:" and then using the slider below to adjust its transparency.
No, you cannot delete a strategy that has placed an order and it is still active, but the strategy is switched off (the tick is unchecked and the light is not on). Wait until all orders in the MoonBot terminal for that strategy are closed and only then you can delete it. Recommendation: Do not delete strategies that you do not need at this stage, but create a Trash folder and move them there. You may need them again after some time and you will be able to retrieve them from there. You can clean out the Trash folder and delete strategies you don't need once a week.
In the strategy editor of MoonBot Terminal, you can delete the folder containing subfolders, but only if they are empty or do not contain activated strategies (with yellow lights) or unactivated strategies that have ticks checked. So if you really need to delete a folder with subfolders, uncheck all strategies, deactivate all strategies inside the folder and in the subfolders, and then delete the folder with all its contents as a whole.
Yes, you can use the Stop Market in MoonBot terminal, but only in Manual strategy, where it is controlled by 2 parameters: UseMarketStop=YES / NO (to use YES or not to use NO) and MarketStopLevel (to specify the initial stop price), as well as by the SM switch on the main window of MoonBot terminal. Note that in order to be able to use a market stop, you should also set the slider to the far right on the Settings-Advanced-System tab to "Log level: 5".

On the main MoonBot terminal window to the right of the BNB coin availability data is the SM (Stop Market) button, which is responsible for placing a Stop Market.
If you see a blue horizontal line on this button, it means that a manual strategy that can place a Stop Market will place a Sell order (without Stop Market) after buying a coin.
If you see a red down arrow on this button, it means that a manual strategy that can place a Stop Market will place a Sell order after buying a coin (without Sell order takeout line).
Please note that in order to be able to use Stop Market, you should set the slider to the far right on the Settings-Advanced-System tab to "Log level: 5".

If the SM icon with a red arrow appears on the main window of the MoonBot terminal and you move the Stop Market line to the opposite trading cup (from the green zone to the red zone), the Stop Market line will disappear from the chart in the green trading cup zone and the Sell order line will appear instead in the red trading cup zone. If you move the Sell order line back to the green trading cup, it will disappear and instead of it the Stop Market line in the green trading cup will be set again.
Please note that in order to be able to use Stop Market, you should set the slider to the far right on the Settings-Advanced-System tab to "Log level: 5".

Since Stop Market can only be set in MoonBot terminal using a manual strategy, it is up to the trader to decide when to close a position. This can be done manually by moving the Stop Market line to the opposite glass (from green to red), and the Sell order line will appear in the red glass, after crossing it the position will be closed.
Or you can press the SM button in the Take mode and move it to the "blue dash" position, then move the Take to the green glass and sell the position.
Or you can use a trailing stop in a manual strategy, which will follow the price upwards and as soon as the price reverses and starts to decline, then after crossing the trailing lines, the position will be closed automatically by Panic Sell.
You can also close a position by clicking on the Panic Sell button, which is located on the right side of the main terminal window or by using hotkeys that can be configured on the Settings-Hotkeys tab: Panic Sell (close all orders on a coin) or Panic Sell 1 order (close orders one by one, starting from the smallest number). These hotkeys work only if the coin is open full screen.
Please note that in order to be able to use Stop Market, you should set the slider to the far right on the Settings-Advanced-System tab to "Log level: 5".

 No, in the MoonBot terminal Stop Market does not work in emulator mode, but only in the mode of real orders placed on the Binance exchange.
Please note that in order to be able to use Stop Market, you should set the slider to the far right on the Settings-Advanced-System tab to "Log level: 5".

On the Settings-Advanced-Engine settings tab of the MoonBot futures terminal there is a parameter AutoClose Zero positions, if ticked, it will automatically delete zero positions with negative margin, which sometimes occur after liquidation (in the report "greater than 100%") on isolated margin. AutoClose Zero positions is ticked by default.
Yes, there is a change in reporting mechanics in MoonBot Terminal that only affects VDS mode:n1) In VDS mode, the MoonBot terminal loads and runs a limited report (20,000 lines) into memory and works with itn2) On the first run, the terminal in VDS mode will decrypt the report. n3) If you need to view the entire report in VDS mode, you should click the "Load all" button (in the Binance Report window, to the left of the "Manage Data" button).n4) In the full report mode, MoonBot does not load data into memory, but works with it from disc. The data is updated only via the "Refresh" button.n5) After finishing the full report, click the "Unload" button, which returns to step "2)".
Yes, if you activate MoonStreamer functionality and configure it to use your server, MoonStreamer will work on all spot and futures pairs.
First let's give a little background, what are Ed25519 API keys?nEd25519 API keys are based on elliptic curves and use asymmetric cryptography to authenticate your requests to the Binance API. Like RSA API keys, Ed25519 keys are asymmetric. nYou can generate a key pair, share the public key with Binance, and use your private key to sign requests.nThe Ed25519 digital signature scheme provides a high level of security comparable to 3072-bit RSA keys, while having much smaller signatures that are faster to compute, for comparison:nnAPI Key Type / Signature Size / Signature Operation TimenHMAC-SHA (256bit) / 64 bytes / 0.00 msnEd25519 (3072-bit) / 88 bytes / 0.03 msnRSA (2048-bit) / 344 bytes / 0.55 msnnThe MoonBot terminal on the Settings-Login tab now supports HMAC-SHA (256-bit) encryption-based API keys, which are the fastest, and RSA (2048-bit) encryption-based API keys, which are more secure. Support for API keys based on Ed25519 encryption is not yet available in MoonBot and may be available in future releases.
After clicking the Reports button in the MoonBot terminal, the Binance Report window will open with reports on your trades. In the lower right part of this window there is a Manage Data button. If you click on it, an additional window will open with parameters and ticks, which are responsible for the functionality of manual cleaning of reports. Clearing the report of old records reduces the MoonBot terminal's memory footprint, and saving memory is very important for terminals that are hosted on dedicated servers.
The MoonBot terminal has added functionality to manually clear old reports, which can be found by clicking on the Reports button on the main window and then clicking on the "Manage Data" button at the bottom right of that window. Using the "Delete trades older than XX months" setting you can select the period for which you want to delete trades (from 2 to 24 months) and then click the "Delete" button to delete them.
MoonBot terminal has added the functionality of manual cleaning of old reports, which can be found by clicking on the Reports button on the main window and then clicking on the "Manage Data" button in the lower right part of this window. You need to select the period for which you want to delete trades using the "Delete trades older than XX months" parameter (from 2 to 24 months) and then select the minimum profit threshold using the "And profit less than $1" parameter (from $1 to $100) that you want to delete and then click the "Delete" button to delete them.
MoonBot terminal has added the functionality to manually clear old reports, which can be found by clicking on the Reports button on the main window and then clicking on the "Manage Data" button at the bottom right of this window. You need to select the period for which you want to delete trades using the "Delete trades older than XX months" parameter (from 2 to 24 months), then select the minimum profit threshold using the "And profit less than $5" parameter (from $1 to $100) that you want to delete, then tick the "Delete Only Emulator" parameter and then click the "Delete" button to delete them.
MoonBot terminal has added the functionality of manual cleaning of old reports, which can be found by clicking on the Reports button on the main window and then clicking on the "Manage Data" button in the lower right part of this window. You need to select the period for which you want to delete trades using the "Delete trades older than XX months" parameter (from 2 to 24 months), then select the minimum threshold of profit trades using the "And profit less than XX $" parameter (from 1 to 100$) to be deleted, then tick the "Active Only" checkbox and then click the "Delete" button to delete them.
On the main window of the MoonBot terminal, there is an HMap (HeatMap: Heat Map of Orders) button. If this button is pressed, an additional window appears below each coin chart, where green and red dashes gradually appear to show which orders (buy or sell) and of what size created volume on the coin at different points in time. On the right side of the orders heat map window there is a scale with the scale of the orders size, and the exact value of the size of this or that order will be indicated on the left side at the cursor-ruler level. On this heat map you can observe the number, density and size of orders that traders use. Sometimes on such a heat map you can clearly see series of consecutive identical sell or buy orders, which may indicate manipulation from one of the traders, who pampers or dumps the coin and if such series stops, the trader has sold his position and may soon be the opposite direction of movement on this coin.
On the main window of the MoonBot terminal there is an HMap (HeatMap: Heat Map of Orders) button. If this button is pressed and the window with the heat map of orders is open, but the data on coin orders is not displayed in it, you should check that MoonStreamer mode is disabled and the "VDS mode (optimisation)" option in Menu-System Settings is unchecked.nPlease also note that the trades for displaying the order map are different for each pair on the spot, and for futures the order map is built on the spot data from the USDT pair of this coin.
On the main window of the MoonBot terminal, to the left of the Pencil button is the HMap (HeatMap: Heat Map of Orders) button. If you right-click on it, an additional menu with settings will open:nHeight: a slider that determines the height of the heat map orders window.nVolume in: menu where you can choose how to count orders, in USDT or Coin.
On the main window of MoonBot terminal there is a button HMap (HeatMap: Heat Map of Orders), if you click on it, an additional window will open with the Volume in: Coin / USDT setting, which is responsible for calculating the order volume in Coin or USDT.nThis setting allows us to find out how traders and trading bots buy/sell using the same lots in Coin or the same order size in USDT.nIf you select Coin and you notice a series of identical orders (in one line), it means that there were purchases or sales of an even number of coins (Coin), but if you select USDT, the line is no longer even and the orders "pile up" and "smear" on the heat map of orders. nThe MoonBot terminal does not know how to set the order size in coins (Coin) and buy/sell an even number of coins, but it can set the same order size in USDT, but since the price is changing, and if, for example, a coin costs about 1 USDT for 1 coin, it will buy the same order size of 100 USDT at different times a different number of coins (100,103,101,101,99,102...). Coin, i.e. the number of coins for 100 USDT bought is different).nIn this case, when we select the Coin setting, we will see a jagged line of a series of orders, while when we select the setting in USDT, the line will be flat and at the level of 100 USDT, as the order was the same in USDT. nFrom this we can draw the accompanying conclusion that if at the "Coin" setting a series of orders line up, it is definitely not buying/selling of traders who use the MoonBot terminal. And by the series of identical orders in Coin or USDT you can visually determine the areas where manipulations are taking place - selling or buying the asset in parts. These series can indicate an attempt to sell the asset in parts (red orders-dashes), which often leads to a drop in price, or to buy the asset in parts (green orders-dashes), which often leads to an increase in price.
If you click on the "Reports" button on the right side of the main window, the Binance Report window will open. There you need to select the period for which you want to receive the report, and you can also use two fields with filters.nIf you need to sort only by long or only by short trades, then in the first field with a filter write the word "long" and then the report will contain only long trades or write the word "short" and then the report will contain only short trades. And then, in the second field with filters you can put a sign "-" and you will get a report only on minus trades, and if you put a sign "+", you will get a report only on plus trades. In addition, you can also enter the name of the strategy and other words, by which you want to quickly sort the report. If you need more complex sorting, filtering and analytics, it is better to export data from the MoonBot terminal to Excel and perform the necessary actions with the data there.
To check how effectively the trading deposit is used in the MoonBot terminal, go to Menu-Balances and at the bottom of the opened Assets window look at the value of the counter "Min: XX $" - is the minimum unused balance of this terminal. If, for example, your trading balance on this terminal was 1000$ and the value says Min: 300$ - it means that strategies on this terminal effectively use only 770$ out of 1000$ and you can redistribute the unused balance of 300$ to other terminals to increase the efficiency of your trading deposit. If you want to reset the "Min: XX $" counter, click on the button with a red cross to the right of it.
If you are still in the process of drawing the current figure, click on the right mouse button and the drawing will be cancelled. If you have already drawn a figure, you can press the CTRL+Z key combination and cancel all previously drawn figures step by step. You can also right-click on an already drawn shape and select Remove in the menu that appears.
In the MoonBot terminal in the MarketsTable window in the lower right corner there is a button with a blue pin "Show Market Table on top" - to save the MarketsTable window in the "on top of all windows" mode. If you press this button again, the MarketsTable "on top of all windows" mode will be disabled.
Yes, MoonBot can sell positions even when the Start button is off.
On the Settings-User Interface tab of the MoonBot terminal there is a parameter "Hide Candy table", if you uncheck the box next to it, then in the upper right corner of the main terminal window you will see the inscription Candy, $ and numerical values under the words Daily, S/F and Total, S/F. nThese values show the refund of a part of the trading commission from Binance exchange, if your account is connected via a referral link. nIf you left-click on Candy, $, an additional window will open with a table showing the data with the daily accrual of part of the trading commission from Binance exchange when trading on spot, futures and the total result. nIn this window you can also choose for which period to calculate: Overall Total, Last 90 days, Last 30 days, Period (from 1 to 15, or 16-30). nIn the same window there is an option "Spot / Futures separately", if unchecked, then the main terminal window will show values only for the exchange to which the terminal is connected, if ticked, then both data from spot and futures will be shown. nAdditionally, you can select the option "Instant BNB conversion", if ticked, then the calculation will be made with instant BNB conversion at the moment of the transaction. If the tick is not checked, the calculation will be made at the BNB exchange rate at the moment. Transactions older than 20 days are calculated at the exchange rate on the day of the transaction.nAttention! Calculation of values in this table may not be completely accurate and is for informative purposes only!
If you click on the "Show Markets" button on the main window of the MoonBot terminal, the "MarketsTable" window will open with a MaxPos column. In the fields of this column you can independently enter the value of the maximum position on the coins you need to manage your leverage on the futures market. By default, all values are set to zero.
To do this, click on the "Show Markets" button in the MoonBot terminal on the main screen and open the "MarketsTable" window. At the bottom of this table, click on "Manage Leverage" and in the additional setting that opens, click on "Set Max Leverage" - set the maximum possible leverage on all markets and click on "Apply". After that MoonBot terminal will send a request to the exchange to set maximum leverage on all coins. You can control the "current leverage / maximum leverage" value in the same "MarketsTable" window in the Leverage column. The process of changing the maximum leverage will be visible both in the log window and in the "MarketsTable" itself.
To do this, click on the "Show Markets" button in the MoonBot terminal on the main screen and open the "MarketsTable" window. At the bottom of this table, click on "Manage Leverage" and in the additional setting that opens, click on "Make ALL Isolated" - change the margin type to isolated on all markets and click on "Apply". After that MoonBot terminal will send a request to the exchange to change the margin type for all coins. You can control the value of the margin type in the same "MarketsTable" window in the Leverage column. The process of changing the margin type will be visible both in the log window and in the "MarketsTable" window.
To do this, click on the "Show Markets" button in the MoonBot terminal on the main screen and open the "MarketsTable" window. At the bottom of this table, click on "Manage Leverage" and in the additional setting that opens, click on "Make ALL Cross" - change the margin type to cross on all markets and click on "Apply". After that MoonBot terminal will send a request to the exchange to change the margin type for all coins. You can control the value of the margin type in the same "MarketsTable" window in the Leverage column. The process of changing the margin type will be visible both in the log window and in the "MarketsTable" window.
To do this, click on the "Show Markets" button in the MoonBot terminal on the main screen and open the "MarketsTable" window. At the bottom of this table, click "Manage Leverage" and in the additional setting that opens, tick the "Auto Isolated" option to switch to isolated margin after listing and click "Apply".
Yes, you can. To do this, click "Show Markets" in the MoonBot terminal on the main screen and open the "MarketsTable" window. At the bottom of this table, click "Manage Leverage" and in the additional setting that opens, uncheck the Telegram reporting option, in this case notifications to Telegram about leverage changes will not be sent from the MoonBot terminal.
To do this, click "Show Markets" in the MoonBot terminal on the main screen and open the "MarketsTable" window. At the bottom of this table, click "Manage Leverage" and in the additional setting that opens, tick the "Auto leverage" option: automatically change the leverage to reach the specified maximum order.
To do this, click on the "Show Markets" button in the MoonBot terminal on the main screen and open the "MarketsTable" window. At the bottom of this table, click "Manage Leverage" and in the additional setting that opens, tick the "Allow leverage Up" option: increase leverage if the required limit can be reached with a higher leverage.
In the MoonBot terminal, if "Allow leverage Up" is ticked (leverage up if the required limit can be reached at a higher leverage), the check for leverage up is performed once an hour.

In the MoonBot terminal on the main screen, click on the "Show Markets" button and open the "MarketsTable" window. In the lower part of this table, click "Manage Leverage" and in the opened additional configuration you will see the Config field (configuration lines), in which the desired position limits are written, under which the maximum possible leverage will be adjusted.
The format of the configuration line is: (number) (list of coins with comma or space or the word def).
The word def means to apply this limit to all markets preceded by the word def and not explicitly listed in the configuration string, and the number 0 means not to manage leverage.

Examples:
1) 10k def 30k BTC ETH (for BTC and ETH coins set the limit to 30000$, and for all other coins set the limit to 10000$)

2) 0 def 5k TRX LRC 10k ADA (for ADA coin set a limit of 10000$, for TRX and LRC coins set a limit of 5000$, and for all other coins do not set limits and do not manage shoulders).

After filling in the Config field and setting the associated ticks, click Apply to apply the changes to the settings.

To do this, you need to do the following in the MoonBot terminal:n1) On the Settings-Advanced-Engine settings tab, tick the Auto Leverage option (automatic leverage change up to x5 if the position limit is exceeded). n2) Click on the "Show Markets" button and then at the bottom of the "MarketsTable" click on the "Manage Leverage" button. There, tick the box next to "Auto leverage" (automatically change leverage to reach the maximum specified order) and tick the box next to "Allow Leverage Up" (increase leverage if the desired limit can be reached with higher leverage). In the Config field you should write, for example, 100 def and it will be enough for all coins to always have the maximum leverage. After that click Apply. Immediately a request will be given to the exchange to raise all the leverages to the maximum and, subsequently, the leverages will be automatically adjusted when they are reduced on the exchange or when the exchange returns the previous sizes of leverages.n
This is done specifically to optimise the CPU when calculating filters and the line with the record of EMA conditions in the upper left corner of the coin chart will be visible only if the Funnel button is enabled (show filters on the chart) and if the coin chart is opened in full screen mode, otherwise you will see the inscription on the chart "EMA filter not passed. Open full screen chart to see more info" without details why exactly it did not pass.

On the main MoonBot terminal window, you can click on the "Show Spot trades\ OrderBook" button, which is located to the left of the "Funnel" button (Filters on charts) and open a window with additional parameters:
Show Spot Trades: show spot trades (shown paler than the current pair).
Show Spot Book: show spot trade book.
Show Mark Price: show the line of average coin price on all exchanges.
Show Liquidations: show crosses with traders' liquidations (yellow - liquidations of shorts, blue - liquidations of longs).
Show Open Interest: show Open Interest line (only on USDT-BTC).
Show Avg Price: show average price line, from which stopp loss is adjusted.
BTC pair: show spot trades on bitcoin pair, if this box is not ticked, then show on USDT pair (after ticking this box you should close the chart and then open it again).
Shift Spot Chart: combine charts and trading charts of spot and futures.
Show MinMax: show price minima and maxima.
Huge: increase the crosses of trades (there is a more advanced setting for the thickness of crosses User Interface-Pixel Size).
Show EMA: show hourly, minute and second EMAs.
Market Avg: show hourly, minute and second Mavg.
Spot Book Wight: XX%: slider to change the display of the spot book width.

On the spot terminal, some of these parameters are not displayed because they apply only to futures settings.
You can tick or uncheck the parameters you need and customise the display of charts and trading stacks as you see fit.

The "Settings-Advanced-Hang Control" tab implements the functionality of automatic tracking of hung positions and on this tab, below the table with API keys of controlled accounts, there is a button for manual cancellation of orders on all terminals.

Strategy settings

There is no direct setting for automatic split sell orders in the MoonBot terminal, but you can use a combined solution, through triggers. For example, you need to buy a coin at about the same price for a total of $1000, but place three sell orders with different increments and different balances. In this case, you can create three strategies:
1) Master strategy detects volatility, buys a $500 coin, places a sell order at +1% of the purchase price, and simultaneously triggers two Slave strategies that buy coins as follows:
2) Slave1 buys a $300 coin and places a +2% sell order
3) Slave2 buys $200 and places a sell order +3% apart
Thus, we obtain a total position of three Sell orders staggered by 1000$ = 500$(+1%), 300$(+2%), 200$(+3%).
Most likely, you did not name the strategy, if this is the case, you will see a red "Enter Strategy Name please" message above the button. Open the Main tab of the strategy and write the strategy name in the StrategyName field and then click the "Save" button and the strategy with this name will appear on the left side of the strategy window.
You can rename the strategy directly in the terminal MoonBot in the strategies window, to do this, you need to select a strategy, open the Main tab, in the StrategyName field change the name of the strategy and then click "Save".
The MoonBot terminal must be connected to Telegram. Next, to change the name of the strategy remotely via Telegram, give the command SetParam Name1 StrategyName Name2. After sending this command, the strategy with the name "Name1" will be found, and its name in the StrategyName parameter will be changed to "Name2".
In the MoonBot terminal in the strategy settings, there is a Comment parameter, in which you can place a short comment on this strategy. If you do not need a comment, you can leave this field blank.
The MoonBot terminal must be connected to Telegram. Next, to change the comment to the strategy remotely via Telegram, you need to give the command SetParam Name1 Comment Info. After sending this command, a strategy named "Name1" will be found, and the comment on it in the Comment parameter will be changed to the entry "Info".
In the MoonBot terminal, in the strategy settings (Main tab), there is a parameter LastEditDate (date of last edit). Check this parameter in both strategies and find the strategy that you last edited. Also, you can open a log file if you click on the blue label in the ChangeLog strategy window, which records all editing steps. You can see both the date and the parameters you edited in the log file.
There is no Undo button in the MoonBot terminal, but you can open a text log file that records, step by step, all the changes you made while editing strategies. You can access this log file by clicking the blue "ChangeLog" link in the upper right corner of the strategies window. The log file itself is located in the folder with the terminal: logs\strat\strat_edit.log
To create a new MoonShot strategy, you should click on the "Add New" button, then open the Main strategy tab and select "MoonShot" for the SignalType parameter in the menu, then name the strategy in the StrategyName parameter and then click "Save". The MoonShot strategy with default settings will be created. Then you can change the parameters according to your wishes. Similarly, you can create any other strategy by selecting its type in the SignalType parameter menu.
MoonStrike strategy in the MoonBot terminal is paid and is only available to PRO version owners. To purchase the MoonStrike strategy, contact our administrators in the official Telegram channels.
MoonHook strategy in the MoonBot terminal is available only to PRO version owners who have activated the "MoonBonus" module. This module is activated free of charge for members of the MoonBonus program. If you click on the button "MoonBonus" at the top of the main window of the terminal, you can find out the terms of free participation in the MoonBonus program. If you are not a member of the MoonBonus program, you can activate the "MoonBonus" module for Moon Credits in the Settings - Unlock tab and then click on the balance "Moon Credits:...".
NewListing strategy in the MoonBot terminal is free, but is only available to those who on the tab Settings - Login ticked the box "I agree to send my trades results the server" on all their bots, and did not remove it at least a week before using the strategy.
First, make sure that the channel you plan to receive the signal from has been added to the channel list in the Settings - Telegram tab. Once you have created your Telegram strategy, select the desired channel from the list in the ChannelName parameter on the Main tab and save the strategy.
First, make sure that the channel you plan to receive the signal from has been added to the list of channels in the Settings - Telegram tab. On the Settings - AutoBuy tab, in the 'Detect coins in Telegram' area, uncheck the 'Auto BUY from Telegram' option and click on the 'Advanced filter' option. In the "Signals detection rules" area in the "Keywords (comma separated) in Long signal" field write the keyword, in your case it is "buy" and check the "Buy tokens tagged with" and below in the field write the tags "#,USDT". Then create a Telegram strategy, select the desired signal channel from the list in the ChannelName parameter on the Main tab, and specify your keyword (buy) in the ChannelKey parameter. Set your other strategy parameters as required and save the strategy. After that, activate the Telegram strategy with a light next to it, signal "buy #BTCUSDT" in your signal channel and make sure the strategy places a long order on the BTC-USDT pair.
The MoonBot terminal must be connected to telegram. Next, to change the keyword in the telegram strategy remotely via Telegram, the command SetParam Name1 ChannelKey short must be given. After sending this command, the strategy with the name "Name1" will be found and the keyword in the ChannelKey parameter will be changed to the entry "short".
Open a strategy that you have configured to accept "Trusted Management" commands and make sure that the AcceptCommands option on the Main tab is checked to accept "Trusted Management" commands.
Read more about "Trusted Management" on our website: https://moon-bot.com/en/75-trust-management/
In the MoonBot terminal, click on your strategy and on the Main tab near the SilentNoCharts parameter check the box so that "YES" appears. If you uncheck the box and "NO" appears, the charts will reopen when a signal is received from this strategy.
The MoonBot terminal must be connected to Telegram. Next, to disable the function of opening charts when detecting remotely via Telegram, give the command SetParam Name1 SilentNoCharts YES. After sending this command, a strategy named "Name1" will be found, the SilentNoCharts parameter will be switched to "YES" and the coin charts will not open when a signal is received.
In the MoonBot terminal, in the strategies window, click on your strategy and on the Main tab near the ReportToTelegram parameter check the box so that "YES" appears, in which case you will receive signal messages to your Telegram channel. If you uncheck the box and "NO" appears, no signal messages will be sent to your Telegram channel.
The MoonBot terminal must be connected to Telegram. Next, to disable the function of receiving signal messages to your telegram channel you must remotely via Telegram give the command SetParam Name1 ReportToTelegram NO. After sending this command the strategy with the name "Name1" will be found, the ReportToTelegram parameter will be switched to "NO" and signal messages will not be received by your Telegram channel.
In MoonBot in the strategies window, click on your strategy and on the Main tab near the ReportTradesToTelegram parameter, check the box so that "YES" appears, in which case you will report trades to your Telegram Channel. If you uncheck the box and "NO" appears, no reports will be sent to your channel.
The MoonBot terminal must be connected to Telegram. Further, to disable the function of receiving reports on trades in your channel remotely through the Telegram give the command SetParam Name1 ReportTradesToTelegram NO. After sending this command a strategy named "Name1" will be found, the ReportTradesToTelegram parameter will be switched to "NO" and deal reports will not be delivered to your Telegram Channel.
Yes, this can be configured. In the MoonBot terminal, click on your strategy that should place orders in the emulator mode and check the "YES" box near the EmulatorMode parameter in the Main tab so the strategy will work in the emulator mode. If you uncheck the box and the inscription "NO" appears, the strategy will stop working in emulator mode and start working in real mode.
The MoonBot terminal must be connected to Telegram. Next, to switch the strategy in the emulator mode, you need to remotely through Telegram give the command SetParam Name1 EmulatorMode YES. After sending this command, the strategy with the name "Name1" will be found, the EmulatorMode parameter will be switched to "YES" and the strategy will only place emulator orders.
In MoonBot, click on your strategy in the strategy window and on the Main tab check the SoundAlert=YES option, then when the signal triggers a sound alert and a button with the name of the coin from the signal will appear, which, when clicked, will open its chart.
Yes, you can. To do this, click on your strategy in the MoonBot terminal in the strategy window and on the Main tab near the SoundKind parameter you will see a list of preset signals. You can select a signal from this list and then save the strategy.
Yes, you can. To do this, close the MoonBot terminal and go to the folder where it is installed, find the data folder that has the archive file sounds.zip. This file contains the sound signals in .wav format. If you need to add your signal, add it in .wav format to this archive, then run the MoonBot terminal in administrator mode and then the new sound will appear in the SoundKind parameter list.
Yes, you can. To do that, click on your strategy in the MoonBot terminal and in the Main tab near the KeepAlert parameter specify how many seconds to keep the button with the coin name above the chart. If you specify 5 in this field, the button will disappear after 5 seconds.
Yes, you can. To do this, click on your MoonStrike strategy in the strategy window in the MoonBot terminal and check the "YES" box on the Main tab near the DebugLog parameter so that the MoonStrike log displays more information about the reasons why a strategy was or was not triggered. Warning! In this case, the log can weigh quite a lot over time, as more information will be written to it. This setting also applies to the Liquidations strategy.
In the MoonBot terminal, on the User Interface tab of the strategy settings, the following parameters are located:
DontWriteLog: (NO/YES), the default is NO. If YES, do not write the log for this strategy's orders. The DontWriteLog=YES checkbox can be checked only in the emulator mode of the strategy (EmulatorMode=YES).
DontKeepOrdersOnChart: (NO/YES), default is NO. If YES then this strategy's orders will be deleted from the chart when the Buy order is cancelled (not executed). The DontKeepOrdersOnChart=YES checkbox can be set only in the emulator mode of the strategy (EmulatorMode=YES).
UseCustomColors: (NO/YES), default is NO. If YES, use the settings from the two parameters below (OrderLineKind and SellOrderColor).
OrderLineKind: type of lines for Buy order, Sell order, Stop Loss, Trailing and Buy line (solid/ dashed and others from menu).
SellOrderColor: colour of the take line (Sell order).
Yes, use the DontWriteLog parameter in the MoonBot terminal on the User Interface tab of the strategy settings to do this. This parameter can be set to NO or YES (NO is the default). If DontWriteLog=YES, no information will be written to the log for this strategy's emulation orders. Please note that DontWriteLog=YES can be checked only in the emulator mode of the strategy (EmulatorMode=YES), otherwise, it will not be checked and the parameter will remain in the NO state. Strategies on real orders always write information in the log.
Yes, use the DontKeepOrdersOnChart parameter in the User Interface tab of the strategy settings for this purpose in the MoonBot terminal. This parameter can be set to NO or YES (NO is the default). If DontKeepOrdersOnChart=YES, if the emulated Buy order is cancelled (not executed), its trace will be removed from the chart - this is useful for reducing memory usage on the dedicated servers (VDS). Please note that DontKeepOrdersOnChart=YES can only be checked in the emulator mode of the strategy (EmulatorMode=YES), otherwise it will not be checked and the parameter stays in NO state. Real orders always leave traces on the chart and they will not be deleted.
Yes, it is possible. Use three parameters in the MoonBot terminal in the strategy settings on the User Interface tab: UseCustomColors, OrderLineKind and SellOrderColor.
The UseCustomColors parameter can be set to NO or YES (NO is the default). If UseCustomColors=YES, you are allowed to change the line type of this strategy using the OrderLineKind parameter (solid/pointed and others from the menu) and the colour of Sell orders of this strategy using the SellOrderColor parameter, using the built-in colour palette.
In this case, a strategy with IgnoreFilters = YES checked will ignore all filters except the white and black lists, as well as the OnlyNewListing and WorkingTime options. The "don't buy" options from the general settings are also ignored (except for the blacklist).
In the MoonBot terminal, in the strategy settings on the Filters tab, there is a parameter CoinsWhiteList, in which you can write a comma-separated list of coins. If the white list is set, the strategy analyses only the specified coin list and does not work on other coins, which are not on this list. If the whitelist is empty, all coins will be analysed.
In MoonBot in the strategy settings on the Filters tab, there is a parameter CoinsBlackList, where you can write a comma-separated list of coins. If the black list is set, the strategy does not analyse the specified coins, as well as coins from the general black list are not monitored (Settings-Main-Black List). If the blacklist in the strategy is empty, all coins will be analyzed, excluding coins from the general blacklist, if they are listed there.
In MoonBot, in the strategy settings on the Filters tab, there is a parameter MinLeverage (minimum leverage) at which to work with coins. If the leverage on the coins is less than this, the strategy will not work with such coins. If IgnoreFilters = YES is ticked, this filter will not work and all coins will be analyzed regardless of the leverage set. The default setting is MinLeverage=1, which means to take coins with leverage x1, which is "all coins". In your case, you need to set IgnoreFilters = NO and MinLeverage = 20, then coins below leverage x20 will not be considered by the strategy.
Tokens with the prefix UP or DOWN are leveraged tokens (BLVT) and can only be traded on the spot market. You can read more about these tokens here:
https://www.binance.com/en/support/faq/crypto-derivatives?c=4&navId=4#54-56
In order to be able to trade these tokens, you need to select "Leveraged Tokens" from the "Derivatives" menu on Binance and pass the test to have the exchange unblock them for you.
Then, in the MoonBot terminal, in the strategy settings on the Filters tab, check the LeveragedTokens=YES, i.e., also allow the trading of UP and DOWN coins.
After that, orders will be placed on tokens with the prefixes UP and DOWN.

In MoonBot in the strategy settings on the Filters tab, there is a CustomEMA parameter in which the EMA, MIN, MAX, BTC formulas are written and it is included in the Extensions Package for AutoTrading https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/extension-pack/, you can read its more detailed description there as well. Please note that the EMA filter is excluded from the CheckAfterBuy check in all strategies except the MoonShot strategy.

In the MoonBot terminal, in the strategy settings on the Filters tab, there is a parameter WorkingTime, which sets the time interval of the strategy.
The format of the entry in the field of this parameter is as follows:
a) or hours:minutes - hours:minutes:WorkingTime=10:30-16:45
(the strategy will work every 24 hours at this time interval).
b) or minutes:minutes: WorkingTime=05-35
(the strategy will work every hour in this minutes range).

Please note that setting the IgnoreFilters option (ignore filters in a strategy) has no effect on this setting, i.e. values in the WorkingTime field will still be checked.
The MoonBot terminal has the OnlyNewListing parameter in the Filters tab of the strategy settings where you set the time in seconds during which the strategy will work on the listings. If the field is set to zero, the parameter is not taken into account. Note that the IgnoreFilters option has no effect on this setting. In your case, you need to set the strategy to: OnlyNewListing=30.
The MoonBot terminal has the MaxLatency parameter in the Filters tab of the strategy settings, where the maximum Latency threshold above which the strategy should stop trading is set. If the field is set to zero, the parameter is ignored.
In the MoonBot terminal settings of the strategies on the Filters tab, there is a MinVolume parameter - the minimum daily volume of trades on the coin, and it is specified in BTC, ETH, BNB, USDT, PAX, TUSD, USDC or USDS, depending on the selected pair, the volume is updated every 5-10 minutes. You can view the daily and hourly volume of any coin by clicking on the "Show Markets" button or by opening the coin on the right side of the chart.
In the MoonBot terminal settings, the Filters tab, there is MaxVolume parameter - the maximum daily volume of trades on a coin, and it is specified in BTC, ETH, BNB, USDT, PAX, TUSD, USDC or USDS, depending on the pair, the volume is updated every 5-10 minutes. You can view the daily and hourly volume of any coin by clicking on the "Show Markets" button or by opening the coin on the right side of the chart.
In the MoonBot terminal in the strategy settings on the Filters tab, there is a parameter MinHourlyVolume, which is the minimum hourly volume of trades on a coin and it is specified in BTC, ETH, BNB, USDT, PAX, TUSD, USDC or USDS, depending on the selected pair, the volume is updated every 5-10 minutes. You can view the daily and hourly volume of any coin by clicking on the "Show Markets" button or by opening the coin on the right side of the chart.
In the MoonBot terminal settings on the Filters tab, there is MaxHourlyVolume parameter, it is the maximum hourly volume of trades on a coin, and it is specified in BTC, ETH, BNB, USDT, PAX, TUSD, USDC or USDS, depending on the chosen pair, the volume is updated once every 5-10 minutes. You can view the daily and hourly volume on any coin by clicking on the "Show Markets" button or by opening the coin on the right side of the chart.
In MoonBot, Vd is called the "Minute Volume Delta" and is calculated as the ratio of the last minute volume to the average minute volume over the last 3 hours. A value of 1 means that the current volume is equal to the average volume. Normally an increase in this parameter means that the minute volumes have started to increase, which causes the price of the coin to rise. In the strategy settings on the Filters tab, the values for this parameter are:
MinuteVolDeltaMin: The minute volume delta, not less than (if 0, it is not counted).
MinuteVolDeltaMax: The minute volume delta, not more than (if 0, then it is not taken into account).
You can specify a boundary for the "Minute Volume Delta" from the minimum to the maximum value within which the strategy will be able to place orders on coins.
Yes, it is possible, and this setting is done with the PenaltyTime parameter, which is located on the Filters tab of the strategy settings. You can set the time in seconds, during which the strategy will not work for a coin, on which there were 3 consecutive losing trades or an order was cancelled or manually placed.
The TradePenaltyTime is located on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, which is the time in seconds during which the strategy will not work with the coin, on which the trade was closed in minus. Explanation: If there was a minus trade (in any strategy, including manual), the strategy, where TradePenaltyTime is not 0, will not work on the coin for the set time TradePenaltyTime seconds.
Coin deltas cannot be negative as they simply show the change in price of a coin over a period of time, i.e. how much the coin's price fluctuated.
Coin delta is calculated as (maximum price for the analysis period / minimum price for the analysis period -1 ) * 100.
Note: Since the hourly deltas are calculated using 5-minute candles and rounding the number of hours, actually the 3hour delta is counted for the 3h 55m period, and the 2h 55m delta for the 2h 55m period.
You can set such a limit in the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta_3h_Min: The minimum delta value in 3 hours, (in %) below which MoonBot will not consider the coin.
Delta_3h_Max: The maximum delta value in 3 hours (in %) above which MoonBot does not consider the coin.
These conditions can be set in the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta_24h_Min: The minimum delta value in 24 hours, (in %) below which MoonBot will not consider the coin.
Delta_24h_Max: The maximum delta value in 24 hours, (in %) above which MoonBot does not consider the coin.
These conditions can be set in the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta2_Type=1h (Additional hourly delta selection)
Delta2_Min=0 (Value of additional delta, not less than %).
Delta2_Max=10 (Value of additional delta in %).
These conditions can be set in the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta2_Type=2h (Select additional two-hour delta)
Delta2_Min=5 (Value of additional delta, not less than %).
Delta2_Max=15 (Value of additional delta, not more than, in %).
These conditions can be set in the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta2_Type=30m (Select additional 30 minutes delta)
Delta2_Min=2 (Value of additional delta, not less than %).
Delta2_Max=8 (Value of additional delta, not more than %).
These conditions can be set in the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta2_Type=15m (Select an additional 15 minutes delta)
Delta2_Min=20 (Value of additional delta, not less than %).
Delta2_Max=10000 (Value of additional delta, not more than %).
These conditions can be set in the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta2_Type=5m (Select additional five minutes delta)
Delta2_Min=0 (Value of additional delta, not less than %).
Delta2_Max=3 (Value of additional delta in %).
These conditions can be set in the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta2_Type=1m (Select additional minute delta)
Delta2_Min=1 (Value of additional delta, not less than %).
Delta2_Max=5 (Value of additional delta in %).
Yes, you can do this with the Delta2_Type and Delta3_Type combination on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, which allows you to select additional deltas on coins: 1 hour, 2 hours, 30 min, 15 min, 5 min, 1 min, Pump5m, Pump1h, Dump1h.
In the Filters tab of the strategy settings, in the Delta2_Type menu, you can select Pump5m (5 minute price increase delta), whose value is the difference between the price 5 minutes ago and the maximum price 5 minutes ago (positive value).
In the Filters tab of the strategy settings, you can select Pump1h (delta of 1 hour price increase) in the Delta2_Type menu, the value is the difference between the price one hour ago and the maximum price one hour ago (positive value).
In the Filters tab of the strategy settings, in the Delta2_Type menu you can select Dump1h (delta of price drop in 1 hour), which is the difference between the price one hour ago and the minimum price one hour ago (positive value).
Yes, such limits can be set in the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta_BTC_Min and Delta_BTC_Max (per hour)
Delta_BTC_24_Min and Delta_BTC_24_Max (in 24 hours)
Delta_BTC_5m_Min and Delta_BTC_5m_Max (in 5 min.)
Delta_BTC_1m_Min and Delta_BTC_1m_Max (in 1 minute)
BTC deltas have been added to the MoonBot terminal, because often, when BTC rates change sharply, other coins start to react actively as well (rise or fall in price), and this can be taken into account in the strategy settings.
Yes, deltas of BTC rates (Delta_BTC_XX) can be both positive and negative.
BTC delta in 1 hour (Delta_BTC) is considered as the difference between the average price in 1 hour and the current price.
Example: the average price was 10000 and the current price is 10100, then the delta will be 1% and is calculated using the formula: (1 - 10000/10100) * 100.
Delta_BTC_Min is the minimum BTC rate change per hour, (in %).
Delta_BTC_Max is the maximum change in BTC exchange rate per hour, (in %).
You can set these conditions on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta_BTC_24_Min=-10 (Minimal change of BTC exchange rate in 24 hours (in %), below which the bot will not consider a coin)
Delta_BTC_24_Max=-0.1 (Maximum change of BTC exchange rate in 24 hours (as %) above which the bot will not consider a coin)
That is, if BTC delta for 24 hours will lie in range from -10% to -0.1%, it will influence all coins and the general market will fall, that corresponds to a "bearish" trend.
You can set these conditions on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta_BTC_24_Min=-0.2 (Minimal change of BTC exchange rate in 24 hours (in %), below which the bot will not consider a coin)
Delta_BTC_24_Max=0.2 (Maximum change of BTC exchange rate in 24 hours (as %), above which the bot will not consider a coin)
That is, if BTC's delta for 24 hours will lie in the range from -0.2% to +0.2%, then it has low volatility, which corresponds to the "flat" mode.
You can set these conditions on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta_BTC_24_Min=0.1 (Minimal change of BTC exchange rate in 24 hours (in %), below which the bot will not consider a coin)
Delta_BTC_24_Max=10 (Maximum change of BTC exchange rate in 24 hours (in %), above which the bot will not consider a coin)
That is, if BTC delta for 24 hours will lie in range from +0.1% to +10%, it will influence all coins and common market will grow that corresponds to bullish trend".
Yes, you can set such conditions on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta_BTC_5m_Min=-10 (Minimal change of BTC rate for the last 5 minutes (in %), considered as a difference (in percent) between the minimum and maximum rate for the last 5 minutes and is always positive.
Delta_BTC_5m_Max=-0.1 (Maximum BTC exchange rate change over the last 5 minutes (as %), counts as the difference (as a percentage) between the min. and max. exchange rate over the last 5 minutes and is always positive.
Yes, you can set such conditions on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta_BTC_1m_Min: Minimum BTC rate change over the last 1 minute (in %), counts as the difference (in percent) between the minimum and maximum rate over the last 1 minute and is always positive.
Delta_BTC_1m_Max: Maximum BTC rate change over the last 1 minute (in %), counts as the difference (in percentage) between the minimum and maximum rate over the last 1 minute and is always positive.
Yes, you can set such conditions on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta_Market_Min: The average of all altcoins' hourly delta, not less than (in %). Averaged over all pairs. It may be negative.
Delta_Market_Max: Delta_Market_Max: Average hourly delta across all markets (not less than (in %).
Yes, you can set such conditions on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, using the following parameters:
Delta_Market_24_Min: Minimum change in the average exchange rate of all altcoins in 24 hours, (in %) below which the bot does not consider the coin.
Delta_Market_24_Max: Maximum change in the average exchange rate of all altcoins in 24 hours, (in %) above which the bot does not consider the coin.
To do this, on the Filters tab of the strategy settings in BTC deltas, set a large range of minus and plus values, for example, Delta_BTC_24_Min=-1000 and Delta_BTC_24_Max=1000. Similar values can be set for other BTC deltas as well.
To do this, set a large range of minus and plus values in Market deltas, for example Delta_Market_Min=-1000 and Delta_Market_Max=1000. Similar values can be set for the other deltas of the market.
To do this, you may activate the UseBV_SV_Filter and check the box (YES). This is a buy/sell ratio filter. This parameter is only taken into account when auto-buying is enabled in the strategy. Then set the value in BV_SV_FilterRatio - it is the ratio of purchases to sales either for a specified time N or for a specified number of last trades, below which autobuying is not performed.
Example: given N = 60 minutes and BV_SV_FilterRatio = 2, the coin will pass through the filter and the strategy will work if during last hour the amount of buying was at least 2 times bigger than the amount of selling, that is, for example, if you sold 1 BTC during an hour and bought at least 2 BTC.
To do this, use the NextDetectPenalty parameter on the Filters tab: The time in seconds during which the strategy will not trigger again after detecting the same coin. For example, if NextDetectPenalty=30, then the next detection of the strategy on this coin will be after 30 seconds.
To do this, use parameter GlobalDetectPenalty on the Filters tab of the strategy settings: The total per coin penalty for strategies of all types in seconds, which means that if one strategy is triggered on this coin, the others will not trigger for the given time. If 0, this parameter is ignored.
The GlobalFilterPenalty parameter sets the time, in seconds, during which the strategy will not trigger again after it failed to pass the BTC or market delta filter. If 0, the parameter is ignored.
MoonIntRiskLevel: Coins that users consider undesirable to trade at the moment are published in @MoonInt channel with a risk level between 1 and 3. The level of risk below which PE signals are ignored by this strategy. If you set 3, only the most dangerous signals will be taken into account, if you set 4, none will be taken into account. For this function to work, the bot should be connected to Telegram.
MoonIntStopLevel: Time stop of the strategy by the signal in the @MoonInt channel. Unlike MoonIntRiskLevel, it stops the strategy by all coins at once. If you set 3, only the most dangerous signals will be taken into account, if you set 4 (the default value), no signals will be taken into account. The function requires connection of the bot to Telegram.
DeltaSwitch: If a strategy takes a coin at a given interval Delta_BTC and Delta_Market(X to Y), then it stays on the coin in the interval (X-DeltaSwitch to Y+DeltaSwitch) (in the current strategy set only makes sense for MoonShot).
Suppose, Delta_BTC_Min=-0.5% Delta_BTC_Max=1.0% with DeltaSwitch=0.2%, if the bot placed a buy order when Delta_BTC was in the range from -0.5% to 1.0%, then the bot will stop working with coins only when Delta_BTC becomes less than -0.7% (-0.5-0.2) or more than 1, 2%(1.0+0.2) and will return to work only when Delta_BTC returns to its main corridor from -0.5% to 1.0%, thus eliminating the frequent activation/deactivation of the strategy when Delta_BTC is on the boundary of the set corridor. Same with Delta_Market.
PriceStepMin: Minimum price step (in %) from the current price. Can be seen in the PumpQ column in the "MarketsTable" (second number after the "/").
PriceStepMax: Maximum price step (in %) of the current price. Example: If a coin is worth 20 satoshi, then price step is 5%. If a coin is worth 200 Satoshi, then price step is 0.5% (PriceStepMax is limited by default to coins priced below 200 Satoshi).
Important: If you want your strategies to work with "square" coins, then change the PriceStepMax value!
UseBTCPriceStep: Selects the market to calculate the price step. In Yes position the price step for the filter is taken by BTC market, in NO position by actual market. Example: USDT-HOT has an actual price step of 0.02% and BTC-HOT has a 14% price step. With the new setting you can exclude HOT by filtering the pitch from 0 to 1%.
Yes, this is configurable by using the parameter on the Filters tab of the SamePosition strategy settings, which only works on the MoonBot futures terminal and if you tick the "YES" box, this strategy will only place orders in the direction of the open position.
Use the options on the Filters tab of the strategy settings MarkPriceMin and MarkPriceMax: (only works on the MoonBot futures terminal). The MarkPrice filter is designed to avoid opening a position too far from the MarkPrice price, which could lead to instant liquidation. The filter works with the MarkPrice delta, which is the percentage difference between the market price and the markup price. It is negative if MarkPrice is higher than the market price and positive if it is lower. The filter is set by values from and to (MarkPriceMin, MarkPriceMax).
Example: MarkPriceMin=0 MarkPriceMax=1 - it will select all coins where MarkPrice is shifted to the side opposite to the order by not more than 1% (thus, if MarkPrice is higher than the price by 1%, then you will not place shorts; if it is lower by 1%, then you will not place longs; in other cases, you will place shorts and longs).
Use the parameter on the Filters tab of the MaxPosition strategy settings, in which field set the position threshold, above which all Buy orders will be cancelled (with CheckAfterBuy enabled), and new ones will not be placed.
The CheckAfterBuy strategy setting on the Filters tab will help you with this, which is responsible for whether or not to check the filters after a Buy order is placed. If this parameter is set to "NO", then the filters are checked only at the moment of the signal, if it is set to "YES", then they are checked all the time until the Buy order is executed.
Use the parameter on the Filters tab of the BinancePriceBug strategy settings and specify the price lag value in percent at which to stop trading. If 0, the parameter is not applied.
This can be done by using the TotalLoss option on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, in which you should write a positive total loss number and the strategy will stop working when the total minus exceeds this value. The minus is counted by the total settings from the AutoStart tab for the set time for the whole report.
Yes, use the parameters on the Filters tab of the strategy settings SessionProfitMin and SessionProfitMax - these are two parameters: Profit for the session from and to - sets the range of the strategy. If 0, then it is not taken into account. Session auto reset by time is set up in the general settings, Autostart tab.
On the Filters tab of the MoonBot strategy settings there is a PreventWorkingUntil parameter, which records the date and time in UNIX format until which the strategy will be stopped, for example the following value: PreventWorkingUntil=1668718421. If PreventWorkingUntil=0, the strategy is not stopped and is running normally. Usually this parameter is changed in the strategy remotely by sending a telegram command to stop or start strategies: sgStop [StrategyName] [time in minutes], sgStart [StrategyName]. The sgStop telegram command without specifying the time stops all strategies for 2 hours. You can also change the value of PreventWorkingUntil with the command: SetParam [StrategyName] PreventWorkingUntil 1668718421.
There is the Triggers tab in the strategy settings, which has parameters that allow you to create different triggering algorithms for strategies: start a second strategy after the first one, start or block a group of strategies, cancel orders by trigger, urgent Sell orders by Panic Sell using triggers and other options.
Triggers on real orders only work when the "AutoTrading Extension" module is activated.
Yes, you can, but only in emulation mode, which is enabled for the entire MoonBot terminal through Menu - Emulation mode.
In the strategy settings there is Triggers Master/Slave tab, which parameters are divided into two parts: the upper part (from TriggerKeyBuy parameter to TriggerAllMarkets parameter) is intended for master strategy setting, and the lower part (from TriggerByKey parameter to CancelByTriggerBL parameter) is for slave strategy setting, which waits for the trigger key from Master strategy and is not started without it.
The Triggers Master/Slave strategies have a tab in the TriggerKey parameter of the Master strategy (the key to activate the Slave strategies by trigger) you can set one value from 0 to 100, if 0, then the parameter is not used.
For example, there is a Master strategy with key 3 (TriggerKey=3). When this strategy is activated, the current time is written into key 3. After that, all other Slave strategies with the TriggerByKey=3 parameter are activated and start working for the time (in seconds) that is specified in the activated Slave strategy in the TriggerSeconds parameter.
In the strategy settings on the Triggers Master/Slave tab, use the TriggerKeyBuy parameter: Trigger key, from 0 to 100, which is activated when a buy order is executed. The TriggerKey parameter was removed in Munschot, only TriggerKeyBuy is available.
Use TriggerKeyProfit parameter in strategy settings on Triggers Master/Slave tab: from 0 to 100, if 0, parameter is not used. Allow to activate up to 100 keys, depending on the close of the trade in profit
Use the TriggerKeyLoss parameter in the strategy settings on the Triggers Master/Slave tab: 0 to 100, if 0, then the parameter is not used. Allow to activate up to 100 keys, depending on the close of the trade in loss
In the strategy settings on Triggers Master/Slave tab, use the ActiveTrigger parameter: YES / NO (NO by default)
If YES, then maintain the trigger signal (on the TriggerKeyBuy for munschot or on the TriggerKey for other strategies) as long as the buy order stands.
The ClearTriggersBelow parameter, when signalled on key N, clears all keys with numbers less than N.
The ClearTriggersAbove parameter at signal on key N allows you to clear all keys with numbers greater than N.
In the ClearTriggerKeys parameter you can write a list of keys separated by a space, and when the trigger signal comes, all the specified keys will be cleared.
Yes, you can do this by setting the Triggers Master/Slave tab next to the TriggerAllMarkets parameter to "YES", and then the Slave strategy will work on all coins of that market.
To do this, on the Triggers Master/Slave tab check the "NO" box next to the TriggerAllMarkets parameter and then the Slave strategy will only work on the coin that had the signal.
In order to start Slave strategy by key, you need to specify one key or a list of keys separated by commas in the TriggerByKey parameter field, if the string is empty, then the parameter is not used.
If you need to start Slave strategy with different keys for different durations, you can write several keys with spaces, and use "=" sign to indicate their own time (in seconds), in format: KEY1=TIME1, KEY2=TIME2, etc.
Example: TriggerByKey 1 2 3 4=100 5 6 7=300 means that strategy will be started by keys 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. At the same time, the time for the keys:
a) 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 will be set according to the value in the TriggerSeconds parameter
b) 4=100 will be set according to its own value, specified after the equals sign (100 sec.)
c) 7=300 will be set as its own, specified after the equal sign (300 sec.).
Yes, the TriggerByAllKeys parameter will help you, if you check YES, the Slave strategy will only be triggered if all TriggerByKey keys written with a space are active.
For this purpose, use the TriggerSeconds parameter, in which field specify the time for how many seconds the Slave strategy will be triggered after the Trigger signal appears and the keys from the Master strategy are activated. If you specify TriggerSeconds=0, the parameter is not used.

Example: If the Master strategy triggers and activates key 1 from its TriggerKey=1 parameter, then any Slave strategy that contains key 1 in the TriggerByKey=1 parameter will run for the time specified in the Slave strategy in the TriggerSeconds parameter. If TriggerSeconds=60, in this case the Slave strategy will work for 60 seconds, deactivate after this time and will be inactive until the next trigger of key 1 is received.
Use TriggerKeysBL parameter for this purpose, you can write a string with key numbers separated by a space, if the string is empty then the parameter is not used.
If you need to separate times for different keys, you can write more than one key separated with a space or specify time (in seconds) for each key separately in the format KEY1=TIME1, KEY2=TIME2 etc.

Example: TriggerKeyBL 1 2 3 4=100 5 6 7=300 means that strategy will be stopped for keys 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. At the same time the time for the keys:
a) 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 will be set according to the value in the TriggerSecondsBL parameter
b) 4=100 will be set according to its own value, specified after the equals sign (100 sec.)
c) 7=300 will be set as its own, specified after the sign equal to (300 sec.).
For this purpose, use the TriggerSecondsBL parameter and specify in it the time in seconds, during which the strategy will not work on a coin, if one of the keys TriggerKeysBL had a signal on that coin. If TriggerSecondsBL=0, then this parameter is not used.
For this purpose, use the SellByTriggerBL parameter, in which you can write a single key or a list of keys separated by a space. These keys must be a subset of the TriggerKeysBL parameter, i.e. a coin must be in the TriggerBL in order to trigger a sell position.
The TradePenaltyTime is located on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, which is the time in seconds during which the strategy will not work with the coin, on which the trade was closed in minus. Explanation: If there was a minus trade (in any strategy, including manual), the strategy, where TradePenaltyTime is not 0, will not work on the coin for the set time TradePenaltyTime seconds.
For this purpose, use the CancelByTriggerBL parameter and check "YES", in this case all Buy orders will be cancelled if a TriggerKeysBL is triggered (analogous to CheckAfterBuy for triggers).
Trigger Features for Strategy Manual - It activates the key:
1) on the fact of placing a Buy order from the TriggerKey parameter, if ActiveTrigger=YES checkbox is on
2) upon position closing from the TriggerKeyProfit and TriggerKeyLoss parameters, in this case
a) if the trade is closed in profit, the key is activated from the TriggerKeyProfit parameter (for example, if TriggerKeyProfit=1, the key is activated 1)
b) if the trade is closed at a loss, the key is activated from the TriggerKeyLoss parameter (for example if TriggerKeyLoss=2, the key is activated 2)
c) if you need activation at any closing of a trade at profit or loss, then you should write the same keys in the TriggerKeyProfit and TriggerKeyLoss parameters. For example, TriggerKeyProfit=3 and TriggerKeyLoss=3, in this case, at any variant of profit or loss key 3 will be activated.
If the parameters are set to zero (TriggerKeyProfit=0 and TriggerKeyLoss=0), the strategy Manual will not activate keys when trades are closed.
Yes, auto-strategies can activate TriggerKey on signal and even without auto-purchase. They can also activate the TriggerKey when placing a Buy order if ActiveTrigger=YES is checked.
If you need to activate a Slave strategy after a trade finishes on a Master strategy regardless of its result (profit or loss), you need to write the same keys in the TriggerKeyProfit and TriggerKeyLoss parameters. For example, TriggerKeyProfit=3 and TriggerKeyLoss=3, in this case, at any variant of profit or loss, key 3 will be activated, by which the Slave strategy with the TriggerByKey=3 (triggered by key 3) will be run.
To do this, use the AutoBuy: AutoBuy Coins option in the strategy setting. If YES, a buy order is placed according to the following parameters. If NO, the strategy will give a signal, but will not buy, which is useful when you are using the strategy as an assistant to select coins for manual trading. The strategy will simply signal to you about interesting situations on the market, and you will make your own decision to open a position.
Use the BuyDelay: Order placement delay in milliseconds (0 - no delay, max 3000 msec) in the strategy setup.
Use the Short: Open short orders instead of long orders in the strategy settings. The "Binance Futures" module is required to place a short order, as well as the short order settings for futures strategies.
The "HFT" parameter is an integer and indicates the time window in milliseconds during which the order is valid. If 0, it does not apply.
If a dedicated server with the MoonBot terminal installed on it has increased ping, the order command will take too long to reach the Binance exchange. If a small window is set, such an order will not be accepted by Binance.
This will avoid a situation where an order is placed "too late" and a buy occurs in changing market conditions.
On a dedicated Vultr server with a ping of 10-20 ms, you can set HFT = 100. If it will not accept orders, you can increase HFT to 200-300. If the order with the HFT parameter is not accepted, the bot will notify Telegram about it. You can adjust the frequency of such notifications in Preferences-Special (by default no more than once a minute).
Yes, you can do that with the MaxActiveOrders parameter which is responsible for the maximum number of active (pending or already Sell after Buy trigger) orders for the strategy at the same time.
The MaxActiveOrders parameter, which is responsible for the maximum number of active (pending or already placed for sale after a Buy trigger) orders for a given strategy at the same time, does not apply to repeat orders of the Munschot with the MShotRepeatAfterBuy option. The repeated orders will be placed without taking into account the MaxActiveOrders.
Such a limit can be set in the MaxOrdersPerMarket parameter, which is responsible for setting the maximum number of active multi-order on a single coin. In your case, this parameter should be set as follows: MaxOrdersPerMarket=1.
If you want to run munches on specific 9 coins, specify a comma separated list of these coins in the white list parameter: CoinsWhiteList. If you want to put munshots in the whole market, but not more than 9 of any coins, then use MaxMarkets parameter, which is responsible for the maximum number of marks on which the strategy will work simultaneously (except for strikes). In your case, this parameter should be set as follows: MaxMarkets=9.
For this, use parameter AutoCancelBuy: Auto cancel Buy order after a set time, in seconds. If 0, do not cancel. The counter is reset before cancellation if the order was manually re-placed.
This parameter is only used for the telegram strategy. AutoCancelLowerBuy: Auto cancel buy order after the set time in case a lower signal buy price was used.
This setting works in a similar way to the checkbox on the Settings - Main tab (Cancel Buy After Sell), if CancelBuyAfterSell=YES, then when the Sell order of this strategy is executed and the trade is closed in profit or loss, all outstanding Buy orders or the rest of the order grid that were still in the stack will be cancelled. The setting of this option only affects orders of the same strategy or other strategies that place orders with the same JoinKey value (not zero).
Use the BuyType parameter which allows you to choose the type of order to be placed: Buy to place a limit order, BuyLimit to place a pending order in the green order book, BuyStop to place a pending order in the red order book.
Yes you can. To do this, use the parameter BuyLimit - placing a pending order below the current price (in the green order book), after reaching a conditional price the limit order is placed slightly higher or lower by the value of the PendingOrderSpread, taking into account its sign.
Yes you can. To do this use the parameter BuyStop - placing a pending order above the current price (in the red order book), after reaching a conditional price the limit order is placed just above or below the PendingOrderSpread, taking into account its sign.
PendingOrderSpread: the value of the spread for placing the limit order, can be negative; if the limit order is not immediately executed, it is removed after 3 seconds.
Yes, this can be done using the OrderSize: Fixed size of the Buy order in the base currency. If 0, then the value from the general settings is used. In other words, if we set OrderSize=100 (on the USDT pair), this will mean that this strategy will always place an initial order of 100 USDT.
This can be done by using buyPrice: The buy price (in %) of the price at the time of the strategy trigger (when Use30SecOldASK=NO) or the minimum price of the last 30 seconds (when Use30SecOldASK=YES). In order to buy a coin on the market, set this value to a positive value (with a margin), e.g. buyPrice=3.
This can be done using the buyPrice: Buy Price parameter, (in %) of the price at the time of the strategy trigger (when Use30SecOldASK=NO) or the minimum price of the last 30 seconds (when Use30SecOldASK=YES). In order to place a Buy order around the spread, set this value to zero, buyPrice=0 (at Use30SecOldASK=NO).
This can be done using the buyPrice: Buy price, (in %) from the price at the moment of the strategy trigger (when Use30SecOldASK=NO) or from the lowest price of the last 30 seconds (when Use30SecOldASK=YES). In order to place a Buy order in the green order book, for example at -2% of the current price, make this value negative, for example buyPrice=-2 (at Use30SecOldASK=NO).
The Use30SecOldASK parameter can be in YES or NO position. If YES, the minimum ASK price of the last 30 seconds will be used, if NO, the current price will be used.
This parameter is only used for the Telegram strategy. TlgUseBuyDipWords: If the signal shows stop words at which to buy at a lower price, and TlgUseBuyDipWords = YES, then the lower price will be used, taking into account the parameter TlgBuyDipPrice.
This parameter is only used for the Telegram strategy. TlgBuyDipPrice: The price at which to buy signals containing a buy recommendation at a price lower than the market price (as a percentage of the market price).
This parameter is only used for the NewListing strategy.
The value in BuyPriceAbsolute can be either YES or NO:
a) If you set BuyPriceAbsolute=YES, then in the BuyPrice parameter you should specify the value in absolute values (e.g. 0.000524 VTS or 0.0254 USDT)
b) If BuyPriceAbsolute=NO, buyPrice should specify the value in percentage terms (e.g. 5% or -10% of listing price).
In MoonBot's strategy settings in the Delta Modifiers section, you can set correction factors for Buy order price, Sell order price and Detect threshold, depending on delta coins, BTC, market and PriceBug values.
BuyModifier: The coefficient to add modifiers to the buy order price. Example: The total delta calculated from Add* modifiers is 5%. BuyModifier = -0.1. In this case, buy orders will be set 0.5% lower. For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
SellModifier: The coefficient of modifiers additions to the price of the Sell order. Example: The total delta calculated by the Add* modifiers is equal to 5%. SellModifier = 0.2. In this case Sell orders will be placed 1% higher.
DetectModifier: The coefficient of modifiers additions to the detection threshold. Example: The total delta calculated by Add* modifiers is 5%. DetectModifier = 0.1. The strategy (e.g. pamp-detect) is set to 2%. In this case the strategy will be triggered only from 2% + 5%*0.1 = 2.5%.
Add24hDelta: Parameter modifier depending on the 24h delta. Calculation of the total delta with coefficients based on the sum of all modifiers (Sum[Pn * Dn] where Pn is the modifier specified in the strategy, Dn is the current delta). For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
Add3hDelta: Parameter modifier depending on the 3-hour delta. Calculation of the total delta with coefficients, by the sum of all modifiers (Sum[Pn * Dn] where Pn - modifier specified in the strategy, Dn - current delta). For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
AddHourlyDelta: Parameter modifier depending on the hourly delta. Calculation of the total delta with coefficients based on the sum of all modifiers (Sum[Pn * Dn] where Pn is the modifier specified in the strategy, Dn is the current delta). For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
Add15minDelta: Parameter modifier depending on the 15-minute delta. Calculation of the total delta with coefficients, by the sum of all modifiers (Sum[Pn * Dn] where Pn - modifier specified in the strategy, Dn - current delta). For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
Add5minDelta: Parameter modifier depending on 5min delta. Calculation of the total delta with coefficients based on the sum of all modifiers (Sum[Pn * Dn] where Pn is the modifier specified in the strategy, Dn is the current delta). For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
Add1minDelta: Parameter modifier depending on the minute delta. Calculation of the total delta with coefficients, by the sum of all modifiers (Sum[Pn * Dn] where Pn is the modifier specified in the strategy, Dn is the current delta). For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
AddMarketDelta: Parameter modifier depending on the hourly market delta (modulo, i.e. always positive). Calculation of the total delta with coefficients based on the sum of all modifiers (Sum[Pn * Dn] where Pn is the modifier specified in the strategy, Dn is the current delta). For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
AddMarket24Delta: Parameter modifier depending on the 24-hour market delta (modulo, i.e. always positive). Calculation of the total delta with coefficients, by the sum of all modifiers (Sum[Pn * Dn] where Pn - modifier specified in the strategy, Dn - current delta). For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
AddBTCDelta: Parameter modifier depending on the hourly VTS delta. For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
AddBTC5mDelta: Parameter modifier depending on 5-minute delta of BTC. Calculation of total delta with coefficients, by sum of all modifiers (Sum[Pn * Dn] where Pn - modifier given in strategy, Dn - current delta). For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
AddBTC1mDelta: Parameter modifier depending on the minute delta of BTC. For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
AddMarkDelta: Parameter modifier depending on delta of marking price. Calculation of total delta with coefficients, by sum of all modifiers (Sum[Pn * Dn] where Pn - modifier given in strategy, Dn - current delta). For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
AddPump1h: Parameter modifier depending on Pump1h delta. For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
AddDump1h: Parameter modifier depending on Dump1h delta. For clarity, check the operation of the parameters in the manual strategy.
AddPriceBug: Parameter modifiers depending on PriceBug. Similar to other modifiers, adds PriceBug dependency (there is a separate parameter MShotAddPriceBug in munches.) The value of PriceBug is in the report. The recommended value of this parameter: 0.2.
Use it to buy further from the current price during exchange lags.
Under Multiple Orders in the MoonBot strategy settings, you can specify the number of orders to place in a grid, the distance between orders, the increase in order size in the grid from order to order, keys for combining orders and other parameters.
Use the OrdersCount parameter to do this: the number of Buy orders to be placed (default is 1). For example, if you want to set up a grid with 3 orders, set the parameter as follows: OrdersCount=3.
Yes you can, use CheckFreeBalance: check (YES) or no (NO) balance to place a single order or a grid of orders. If CheckFreeBalance=YES and there is not enough balance to place a grid of orders, they will not be placed.
To do this, use the BuyPriceStep parameter: price step, as a percentage of the original price (if less than zero, each successive order is placed lower, if greater than zero, then higher).
Yes, you can do this with the BuyStepKind parameter: the way the price step is calculated, with which you can choose the type of price step, either Linear - linear step, or Exponential - geometric progression step.
Use parameter OrderSizeStep for this - it defines the step of change of the subsequent order size in the grid, in percent. If 0, then do not change the order size and all orders placed in the grid will have the same order size.
Yes, this can be handled by the OrderSizeKind parameter and here we can select the way the grid of orders is calculated (Linear - linear calculation or Exponential - geometrical progression calculation). That is, if Exponential is specified, each following order will be OrderSizeStep percent larger (for instance, if OrderSizeStep = 200 the next order will be 2 times larger). If Linear, the next order will be OrderSizeStep percent larger.
Yes, you can implement the function of gradually cancelling the grid of orders one after another, if you use the CancelBuyStep parameter: increase step of the time to cancel buy orders when the orders are placed in the grid (value is set in seconds).
To do this, in each of the strategies in which you want to merge Sell orders, set the JoinSellKey parameter to the same key values for auto merge Sell orders. In this case, after buying coins, the strategies with the same keys will merge Sell orders. The default setting is 0, i.e. do not join Sell orders.
Yes, you can. You can do this by checking the "JoinPriceFixed" box (YES), in which case, the join order will be taken at the fixed selling price from the strategy (SellPrice) and not at the average selling price, as in the manual join order.
Use the IgnoreCancelBuy setting, if you check (YES), the rest of the grid will not be cancelled when at least one order from it is executed, if you uncheck (NO), the rest of the grid can be cancelled.
When merging Sell orders, all basic settings (stoploss, trailing, etc.) will be applied to the new merged order in manual trading or manual strategy settings if activated, i.e. you may have a stoploss even if you have disabled or changed it manually on open orders. When orders are matched by a strategy, all parameters will be taken from the first strategy on the list with the same key. Please note that the manual orders can be combined with the strategy orders and take the parameters from the first strategy on the list.
No, real orders and emulator orders are not combined with each other. The same way, only the emulator orders are not combined with each other, both when the "Emulation mode" is enabled through the general "Menu" and when the EmulatorMode parameter is checked in the strategy settings.
Yes, in MoonBot, this can only be done on the spot market with the AutoSell option in the strategy setting. If you uncheck this option (NO), then no Sell order will be placed after the purchase and all purchased coins will accumulate on your balance. If you will need to bring back the Sell order, put a tick in the box (YES). Please note, you can only uncheck the AutoSell option if you are working in "Expert Mode" by opening the MoonBot.ini file and setting ExpertMode=1.
The sell price as a % of the buy price can be set in the SellPrice parameter of the strategy settings.
Yes, there are a number of parameters in the strategy settings that are responsible for automatic price drop after a certain period of time. Specifically, the auto-lowering timer is set in the PriceDownTimer parameter, if it is set to zero, the timer will not turn on and the Sell order will not be lowered.
There are a number of parameters in the strategy settings that are responsible for the automatic reduction of a Sell order after a certain period of time. The delay in price reduction steps in seconds is set in the PriceDownDelay parameter. How it works: after buying a coin, we first try to sell at the set price, when the PriceDownTimer expires, the strategy reduces the price the first time, then when the PriceDownDelay expires, the strategy reduces the price a second time, again when the PriceDownDelay expires, it reduces the price a third time, etc.
Yes, you can do this with the PriceDownRelative parameter in the strategy settings: If NO, it is the percentage of the absolute price; if YES, it is the difference between the current sell and buy price.

Example 1: If SellPrice=1%, PriceDownRelative=NO, PriceDownPercent=0.2%, then after the set time SellPrice decreases from 1% to 0.8%, in other words it is calculated according to the formula (1-0.2)%.

Example 2: If SellPrice=1%, PriceDownRelative=YES, PriceDownPercent=0.2%, then after a specified time the SellPrice will drop from 1% to 0.998%, i.e. it will be calculated according to the formula (1-1/100*0.2).
There are a number of parameters in the strategy settings, which are responsible for auto-reduction of a Sell order after a certain period of time. The parameter that you need is PriceDownPercent, which contains a number in percentage terms of how much to reduce the price of the sell order at each step of the auto-reduction. In your case you should set it like this: PriceDownPercent=1.
In the strategy settings, there are a number of parameters that are responsible for the Sell order auto-drop after a certain period of time. The parameter you need is PriceDownAllowedDrop and it specifies the value in percent of the buy price, by which you can lower the Sell order at auto-drop. In your case, you need to set PriceDownAllowedDrop=0.5 and the Sell order will be lowered in steps gradually up to 0.5% and then will stop auto-dropping. Note that the Sell order auto-reduction function works REGARDLESS of stops and trailing.
The SellPrice auto-reduction function works independently of stops and trailing.
In the MoonBot terminal in the strategy settings there is a parameter that will help you - it is UseScalpingMode, if checked (YES) and if SellPrice is set less than 1%, it will use "scalping mode", in which the bot can increase the price up to 2%, depending on the ASK rate. Some sort of "Fit sell order in best place in the order book" function from the main settings on the Settings - Main tab.
To solve your problem, use the SellByFilters parameter in the strategy settings, in which you can specify the time in seconds after the coin purchase, after which you can sell the position if the filters no longer meet the specified conditions. If you write zero in the parameter, this parameter will not be used in the strategy.
Yes, you can do that, there is a whole group of parameters "SellLevel..." in the "Sell order" tab of the strategy settings, where you can specify the delay for moving the Sell order, specify the period for price analysis and calculate the maximum on this period, and then move the Sell order above or below this maximum by the percentage you want. In a group of the same parameters you can specify the number of steps of Sell order and till what price level it should not be moved.
The SellLevelDelay parameter of the strategies settings sets the delay in seconds before the sell order is moved to a fixed level. If 0, then never reset.
The SellLevelTime parameter of the strategy settings sets the time in seconds for which the maximum price (level) is to be counted for the re-positioning of the sell order to that level plus the SellLevelAdjust percentage (which can be negative, then the order will be placed below the maximum). If 0, the order will not be re-positioned.
The SellLevelCount parameter of the strategy settings sets the number of times the order will be reset according to the SellLevel settings; the order will be reset every SellLevelDelay seconds.
SellLevelAdjust: percentage of adjustment. Example: A coin is bought at 100, SellLevelDelay=60 sec, SellLevelTime=3600 sec (1 hour), SellLevelAdjust=-1. In this case, 60 seconds after the buy, the bot will calculate the maximum price for the last hour, for example, it will be 120, then the sell order will be reset to 120-1%=118.8.
In the strategy settings there is a SellByCustomEMA parameter for this purpose, in the field of which you specify the EMA formula and if the condition is met, the strategy turns on Panic Sell and sells the open position.
The SellByCustomEMA parameter can be written with different EMA condition formulas, but unlike the other filters, the sale is triggered when the EMA conditions are met, not when they are exited.
Example: SellByCustomEMA=EMA(3,1)>1 means to sell a position on the rise, when the rise in 3 seconds, is greater than 1%.
This parameter is only used for the Telegram strategy. UseSignalStops: take stops from the signal. Priorities: If the signal has stops specified and "take stops from signal" is checked in the Telegram auto buy settings, stops from the signal will be used. If no stops are specified in the signal, the stops from the strategy will be used.
In order to enable a strategy stop loss, you must put a tick in the strategies UseStopLoss setting (YES). If you do not want to use a stop loss after the coin is bought, then you must uncheck this option (NO).
If you do not set Stop-Loss when you buy a coin in the MoonBot, you must check the UseStopLoss checkboxes in the Stops tab of the strategy.
In this case, you should check the parameters in the strategy in the StopLoss parameter on the Stops tab. If this parameter is positive, then after buying a coin, a stop loss is immediately placed in the red order book and activates the Panic Sell function. There may be other reasons, for detailed advice please contact the Moon Bot Public telegram group https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
You can use the FastStopLoss parameter in the strategy settings, which is responsible for faster stop on trades ("crosses"). If you set it to YES, then the stop loss will react to trades, it is not recommended to use it in the minshots (repeated crosses will result in a sell on the stop).
StopLossEMA: Use price averaging when running stop loss. If 0, it is not used. Values 3,5,10 are the selection of averaging over the last 3, 5, 10 ticks. This parameter is needed so that in case of a single shot downwards and crossing the Stop loss line, Panic Sell would not be activated immediately.
For this purpose, use the StopLossDelay parameter in the strategy settings - this is the delay in seconds in activating all stop-losses and trailing from the moment of purchase.
Delayed stop loss is sometimes useful for MoonShot strategy and not only, there are situations when there was not a blowout, but a sharp sell wall deep into the green order book (BID), the wall stands for a while, disappears, and then the price starts to rise. In this case we could have avoided a stop loss sale due to a delay and would have ended up with a profit.
The StopLoss (first stop) parameter is responsible for this. After buying a coin, this is where the first stop loss is set. In order for the stop loss to be set below the purchase price, you must set it with a negative value.
You should check the StopLoss setting, it is likely that you have set the stop loss to a positive value.
You need to check the value in the StopLossSpread parameter in the strategy settings, which is responsible for the spread (step) of the Sell order movement when trying to sell the position. If you have StopLossSpread=0.1 set, this is a very small step and the price can quickly fall down, and the step of moving the Sell order will not be enough to quickly find buyers in the green order book and sell the position. Try putting StopLossSpread=0.6...1.5, so your position will close faster and in fewer steps.
This restriction can be set in the AllowedDrop parameter, which sets the level by which the activated stop loss can lower the price, (in %) to the purchase price.
In the strategy settings, there is the UseSecondStop parameter, it allows (YES) or not (NO) to use the second stop loss. Condition of second stop: "If after TimeToSwitch2Stop for seconds or more the price is higher than PriceToSwitch2Stop, then apply second stop loss, i.e. move stop-loss1 line to stop-loss2 line". Most often it is used as a "stop-loss", that is, if the price rose, for example +1%, then you have to move the stop-loss1 line to the stop-loss2 line at +0.3% (to breakeven position).
The time in seconds until the second stop is activated can be specified in the TimeToSwitch2Stop parameter.
This can be set in the PriceToSwitch2Stop parameter of the strategy settings. In the field of this parameter, specify the price, as a percentage of the purchase price, at which the stop1 line is moved to the stop2 line.
The level of the second stop loss in (in %) of the purchase price is set using the SecondStopLoss parameter in the strategy settings.
There is a UseStopLoss3 parameter in the strategy settings, it allows (YES) or not (NO) to use a third stop loss with timed activation. The third stop loss works in the same way as the second stop loss and gives you another level where you can move the stop to Breakeven. For example, if price rose by +1%, then stop-loss line 1 using the second stop to move to stop-loss line 2 at +0.3% (to breakeven position), if price continues to rise, for example to +2%, then using the third stop you can "re-set" the trade to an even larger breakeven and pull the stop line to stop-loss line 3 at +1.2%.
The time in seconds until the third stop is activated can be specified in the TimeToSwitchStop3 parameter.
This can be set in the PriceToSwitchStop3 parameter of the strategy settings. In the field of this parameter, specify the price as a percentage of the purchase price at which the stop line is moved to the stop3 line.
The second stop loss level in (in %) of the purchase price is set using the StopLoss3 parameter in the strategy settings.
Such a limit can be set in the AllowedDrop3 parameter, which is the level by which the third stop loss can drop the price, (in %) to the buy price. If the price decreases further, if the order is still not sold and the main stop is reached, the AllowedDrop from the main stop will be triggered.
The second and third stoplosses have been introduced in the strategy settings as "stops without loss when positive prices are reached" or stops to close positions by time, i.e. stop2 and stop3 can be characterised as some variation of a take profit with extended parameters.
Yes, trailing functions are implemented in the MoonBot terminal. Trailing can be configured either in the main parameters (on the Settings-Main tab) or on the Stops tab of the strategy settings, tick UseTrailing=YES and use additional parameters to configure trailing below.
The TrailingPercent parameter is responsible for trailing percentage and this value is negative.
The Trailing EMA parameter records the number of ticks, for which the peak price is averaged, if 0, the parameter is not used. This parameter is used to prevent the trailing stop moving up by the same 10%, since after such passes the ASK order book is filled immediately, our trailing stop will appear in the area of the ASK order book and the Panic Sell will be activated.
The TrailingSpread parameter indicates the spread value for the PanicSell trailing (in %).
The UseTakeProfit parameter determines whether to use (YES) or not (NO) take profit. If YES, trailing stops only when price reaches the value of Take Profit + Trailing. This parameter is meaningless without Trailing.
The TakeProfit parameter is used to record the take profit value (in %) to the purchase price.
BV_SV is the ratio of buying volume (BuyVolume) to selling volume (SellVolume). For example, if BV_SV = 0.5, the volume of bought coins is twice less than sold, and this may be a sign of falling prices. If BV_SV=1, then the volume of bought coins is equal to the volume of sold coins and there is parity of buyers and sellers. If BV_SV=2, then the volume of bought coins is twice more than the volume of sold coins, and this can be a sign of price growth. And then, according to the trader's algorithms, he, for example, sees that the value has fallen to BV_SV=0.5, the volume of purchases has fallen, and the volume of sales has grown, the price is falling and you should sell the position in this case. This is where the BV_SV values of stops on the Stops tab of the strategy settings help him.
UseBV_SV_Stop: Use stops when the BV/SV (Buy/Sell) ratio falls in the last N trades or N seconds. The number N is set below. Important: when this function is turned on, the strategy also checks the BV to SV ratio when entering the coin. If the condition is fulfilled, auto-buy is not performed! Otherwise it would start selling right away.
The BV_SV_Kind parameter is responsible for the method of calculation of the BV to SV ratio: for N trades or N seconds.
The BV_SV_TradesN parameter specifies the number N (trades or seconds) to calculate the BV to SV ratio.
The BV_SV_Ratio parameter records the level of BV to SV ratio, below which the stop-loss is activated.
The parameter BV_SV_Reverse allows to invert the way of calculating the volume of purchases to the volume of sales. If checked (YES) the exit by BV\SV is considered by the inverse ratio of sales to purchases, that is the exit when the price goes in your direction.
The parameter BV_SV_TakeProfit allows you to turn on the stop on BV_SV only after reaching the set price, (in %).
Reports about delisting coins on Binance are published in the @MoonInt channel, where MoonBot terminal can read them and automatically add the coins to the FS. Example signal in the @MoonInt channel: [Delist] QLC NEBL AUTO. If PanicSellDelisted=YES is checked in the strategy (at the end of the Stops tab), these position coins will be sold at the stop. To use the BlackList from @MoonInt channel, your consent to send statistics on the Settings - Login tab is required.
In the terminal MoonBot added an additional hourly volume with fast update, on the chart is displayed in the upper left corner with the value of Vf (next to Vd). The new volume is updated by trades, instantly as the trades feed arrives, but in the case of lag trades there will be a delay on the lag value. In the strategy settings on the Filters tab the values correspond to this parameter: MinHourlyVolFast - this is the maximum hourly trading volume on the fast update coin and it is specified in the base currency. By default 0 - do not check. MaxHourlyVolFast - this is maximum hourly trading volume on a coin with fast update and it is specified in base currency. By default 0 - do not check. This volume data is displayed in the HVolFast column in the report.
Starting with MoonBot 6.89, a new parameter IndependentSignals=NO/YES has been added to the strategy settings. If IndependentSignals=NO, then the logic remains the same: strategies are checked in a row from the list, after finding the first strategy that matches the detection conditions, a signal is issued, and the rest of the strategies are not checked, i.e. this logic worked all the time before version 6.89. If IndependentSignals=YES, then the logic of the strategies is new: all strategies in the list are signalled, up to the first one that is not ticked. In the following strategies the IndependentSignals parameter is NOT used (physically absent): PumpsDetection, MoonShot, UDP, Manual, Combo, TopMarket. In the following strategies IndependentSignals=YES is always enabled (without the option to uncheck YES): NewListing, EMA, Spread, MoonHook, Activity (since these strategies have previously worked according to the logic provided by ticking IndependentSignals=YES). In the following strategies the IndependentSignals parameter can be used in two positions or IndependentSignals=NO or IndependentSignals=YES as the user thinks for his algorithms: Telegram, DropsDetection, WallsDetection, MoonStrike, Volumes, VolumesLite, Waves, Delta.
In order to enable Stop Loss on the basic settings, you need to go to the tab Settings-Main settings, set the necessary checkboxes and set the necessary parameters in the group "Stop Loss and Trailing Stop".
SellLevelRelative=NO/YES" parameter defines the selection of the count of SellLevelAjust percentage of the difference between the buy price and the maximum price for SellLevelTime seconds.

Example:
SellLevelDelay=5 (sec) after 5 seconds the Sell order will be reset
SellLevelTime=3600 (sec) the bot will calculate the maximal price for 3600 seconds
SellLevelCount=1 will be one attempt of re-setting a Sell order
SellLevelAdjust=50 (%) Sell order will be moved by 50% between the buy price and the maximal price for 3600 seconds (the parameter can be set negative for "Sell in green order book")
SellLevelRelative=YES YES YES is the choice of the new variant of rearrangement of Sell order, if NO, it works according to the old one
SellLevelAllowedDrop=0 level below which a Sell order cannot be moved (it can be set negative)

This means that a Sell order can be set for example "at 50% of the hourly price maximum", to which the price usually rolls back up. According to the old setting, we were not able to calculate the "half", and now we can.
If you want to place a Sell order:
1) "at the double distance of the hourly maximum", then SellLevelAdjust=200 (%)
2) "Exactly at one hour high", then SellLevelAdjust=100 (%)
3) "Under the wall of the hourly maximum", then SellLevelAdjust=99 (%)
4) "At half of the hourly maximum", then SellLevelAdjust=50 (%)
5) "10% from the hourly maximum", then SellLevelAdjust=10 (%)
6) "By 5% from the hourly maximum", then SellLevelAdjust=5 (%)
7) "Close position in 5 seconds (SellLevelDelay=5)", then SellLevelAdjust=-50 (%), i.e. in 5 seconds the Sell order will be moved down to the green order book by minus 50% of the difference between the buy price and the hourly maximum. At that SellLevelAllowedDrop should also be set negative.
In the MoonBot terminal, in the strategy settings on the Filters tab, there is the WorkingTime parameter, which sets the interval of the strategy. The format of the record in the field of this parameter is as follows: hours:minutes - hours:minutes (10:30-16:45) or minutes - minutes (05-35). Setting filters to ignore has no effect on this parameter, that is, the values in the WorkingTime field are still checked. You cannot specify multiple time intervals in this parameter. If you want a strategy to work in two of your intervals, you should copy the strategy and specify WorkingTime=10:00-14:00 in the first strategy, and WorkingTime=19:00-21:00 in the second one. In this case, the first strategy will work first, and then the second strategy with similar detects and parameters.
The number of orders per strategy is determined by the parameters on the Buy conditions strategy tab:
MaxActiveOrders: Maximum number of active (pending or already placed for sale after a Buy trigger) orders for that strategy at one time. Not applicable to repeat orders of the Munschot with the MShotRepeatAfterBuy option. Re-orders will be placed without regard to MaxActiveOrders.
MaxOrdersPerMarket: Maximum number of active multi orders on a single coin.
The number of coins (markets) for one strategy is determined by the parameter on the strategy tab Buy conditions:
MaxMarkets: Maximum number of marks on which the strategy works simultaneously (excluding strikes).
Trailing can work with Take Profit off. Then the trailing line will appear right after you buy If you have turned Take Profit on, you must turn Trailing on (otherwise nothing will happen, because Take Profit does not work separately from Trailing). In this case price should increase by Take Profit + Trailing, and only after that trailing line will appear at Take Profit level. You can watch more details in the video on our website, which is in the section describing the trailing.
Such an algorithm is more convenient to do through triggers, which are configured on the Triggers Master / Slave tab. The first strategy Master (master) will give the key to trigger the second strategy Slave (slave) according to the conditions of different algorithms. Also, using triggers, you can not only start additional strategies, but also stop them using BL triggers. You can read more about triggers settings on our website page: https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/extension-pack/
Triggers on a real deposit will only work with the activated module "AutoTrading Extension Package (AutoTrading Extention)". If you do not have this module activated, you can check the operation of Triggers only in the Emulator mode, enabled through the Menu - Emulation Mode. You can read more about triggers settings on the page of our website: https://moon-bot.com/en/pro-version/extension-pack/
MoonBot implements different types of pauses/penalty/penalty for strategies, so that strategies do not work for a certain amount of time in seconds, when a given condition occurs.
The basic parameters of such penalties are located on the Filters tab of each strategy https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/strategies/

PenaltyTime:
Time, in seconds, during which the strategy will not work on a coin on which there were 3 consecutive minus trades or an order was canceled or manually placed.

TradePenaltyTime:
Time in seconds during which the strategy will not work on the coin in which the trade was closed in minus.
Explanation: If there was a trade with losses (in any strategy, including manual), then strategies with TradePenaltyTime that is not 0 will not work on a coin for the set time TradePenaltyTime seconds.

NextDetectPenalty:
The time, in seconds, in which the strategy will not work again after detecting, on the same coin.

GlobalDetectPenalty:
The total per coin penalty for strategies of all types in seconds, that is, if one strategy is triggered on a given coin, the others will not trigger for the given time. If 0, the parameter is ignored.

GlobalFilterPenalty:
Time in seconds that a strategy will not trigger again after it has failed to pass the BTC or market delta filter (if 0, parameter is ignored).

Penalty can be set to value = 0, then they won't work or you can set the right time in seconds, according to your strategy algorithms.
To create a strategy yourself, you should click the "Strategies" button and open a window with strategies. In this window, on the left side, you will see all strategies created in the bot, in the middle there are tabs with strategy sections, on the right side there are control buttons for creating, copying, launching and deleting strategies.
In order to create a strategy, you should press the Add new button. You should fill in all the parameters in the window that will open, then do not forget to click Save. You can also copy and paste the strategy sent to you in the Strategies window before clicking the Add new button. The deciphering of general strategy parameters and their individual parameters and the review of each of them can be found on this page: https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/strategies/
If the value in the strategy parameter is missing or equal to zero, then this parameter will not be used in the strategy. There are some exceptions, e.g. if the OrderSize parameter is a specific number, the strategy will place an order with that value regardless of the order size setting in the main bot window, and if that value is zero, the order size will be taken from the general bot settings and the strategy will place orders at the amount set in them. Or, another example, if the buyPrice parameter is set to 0, the order will be placed at 0% of the price at the moment of the strategy trigger or at the lowest price of the last 30 seconds. Therefore, pay attention to the tips with deciphering of parameters that appear in the strategy window when you put the mouse cursor over them.
Please note that FREE version allows you to trade on BTC pair only, while PRO version owners trade on all pairs without exception. Depending on the currency pair you are creating the strategies for, you indicate the order size in the Buy conditions section, and the volume in the selected pair is also indicated in the volume parameters.
We recommend to create, edit and delete strategies in the Bot in the Strategies section.
WARNING: Before editing strategies, it is better to stop their work if they were launched.
We strongly recommend not to change strategies manually in the file through Notepad.
If you are aware of your actions, it is recommended to make a copy of the file before editing and then make the necessary changes, for this we recommend to use WordPad and after finishing save the file with UTF-8 encoding without BOM.
The task of the Drop Detection strategy is to monitor the price drop by a given percentage within a specified period and trigger if all conditions in the strategy settings have been met.
Specific Drop Detection parameters:

DropsMaxTime: Coin analysis period, seconds. All parameters below are estimated based on this parameter. Example: 100 sec is set, the bot evaluates the change in the price of the coin over the last 100 sec, i.e. after every second of time the bot tracks a new interval.
DropsPriceMA: The interval over which the bot averages prices, seconds. This means that the bot will take the average value of the price for the given interval. Example: We set 20 seconds and DropsMaxTime =100. Then over the entire period of analysis of 100 seconds the bot will have zones for the calculation (1-21 sec. 2-22 sec. 3-23 sec. ....-100 sec.), in which it will know the average price for each zone. If you do not want to average prices, you can set this parameter to less than 2 (the bot receives prices from the exchange at intervals of 2 seconds), then given DropsMaxTime =100 we will have zones of 2 seconds (1-2.2-3.3-4.4-5...99-100), in which it will know the price of each zone.
DropsLastPriceMA: Averages the latest prices (number of 2 x second intervals). If we set it to 0, the averaging is not done. In case of a sharp price breakdown and its instantaneous return to the starting point, the strategy will work.
DropsPriceDelta: Percentage drop during the analysis period. Calculated as (highest price / lowest price - 1) * 100.
DropsPriceIsLow: If set to YES, then in addition to the conditions described above, the current market price must be the one-hour low.
DropsUseLastPrice: if YES, the LastPrice price (from the detector calculation) will be used to calculate the purchase price.
Example of a Drop Detection strategy:
Let DropsMaxTime = 100 sec, DropsPriceMA = 20 sec, DropsLastPriceMA = 1 sec, DropsPriceDelta = 2%. So MoonBot tracks the price change over the last 100 seconds. At each interval of 20 seconds, it determines the average price in the interval. From that, it takes the largest one and compares it to the current market price. If the current market price is 2% lower than the largest price, the strategy works (for example, the largest price was $102, the current price is $100. The drop will be equal to (102 / 100 - 1) * 100 = 2%. Important! The example is given specifically for the strategy parameters, it might not work if it does not pass the filters described above common to the strategy.
The task of the Wall Detection strategy is to identify coins with a large volume of purchase orders for a long time (support).
By setting the parameters, you can set the period at which to check for the presence of the wall. A characteristic sign of a long standing wall - no shadow of the candles on the chart (because the price does not fall below the support level).
It is recommended to put a small stop just below the level of the wall and check the news (in twitter and other sources) on the identified coin. In most cases, the presence of a wall + a positive news background is a sign of good growth soon.
Wall Detection Strategy Specific Parameters:

WallsMaxTime: The time in which to check the candles, seconds. The price change delta starts to be checked at this time interval.

WallsPriceDelta: The deviation of the candlesticks' shadows on the specified time frame, (in %). The deviation of the price is measured, the coin must be within this change for the specified time WallsMaxTime. The task is to determine how long the buy wall stands with minimal moves.

WallBuyVolDeep: The distance between the price and the buy wall in the order book (in %). With this parameter, we set the distance from the current market price to check the volume of the wall.

WallBuyVolume: The volume of the wall to be checked in the base currency (not less than).

WallBuyVolToDailyVol: The volume of this wall is not less than the percentage of the daily trading volume of the coin, (in %). If the wall volume is 10 BTC, and daily trading volume is 100 BTC, the strategy will work if the parameter is 10/100=10% or less.

WallSellVolToBuy: The volume of the wall for sale is checked. Its volume should not be more than X% of the volume of the wall to buy. It is clear that there may be no wall on sale.

WallSellVolDeep: The distance between the price and the wall to sell in the order book, (in %).
Example. WallsMaxTime 600 sec, WallsPriceDelta 1%, WallBuyVolDeep 3%, WallBuyVolume 50 BTC, the daily trading volume of the coin 200BTC, WallBuyVolToDailyVol 10%, WallSellVolToBuy 30%, WallSellVolDeep 5%.
After launching the strategy, MoonBot starts looking for coins that have a buy volume of 50BTC or more at 3% below the current price. Further it is necessary that for a particular coin, that 50BTC is more than 10% of the daily trading volume. In our case, the daily trading volume is 200 BTC and our 50BTC is obviously more than 10%. So the coin goes to check further. Bot begins to watch the volume in the BID. If 5% up from the current price is less than 50BTC*30%=15 BTC to sell, then the coin is checked and is checked further. If during 600 seconds all previous conditions are fulfilled and the coin hasn't moved up or down by 1%, then the strategy works. Important! This example is specific to the strategy's parameters, it might not work if it does not pass the filters described above that are common to all strategies.
The task of the Pump Detection strategy is the quick detection of purchase orders, which are typical at the beginning of the pump. The strategy can monitor both rapid price growth (shootouts) and gradual growth by a certain percentage, in four time intervals (60 sec, 30 sec, 15 sec, 4 sec), which are set in the strategy settings.
The PumpPriceInterval parameter, where you can select four interval options: 60s, 30s, 15s, 4s.
Use for this purpose the PumpPriceRaise parameter - this is the price growth for the last PumpPriceInterval seconds, (in %).
To make the Pump strategy work more often, you should set the filters ignore (IngnoreFilters=YES) and set the following values in the Pump strategy settings: PumpPriceInterval=60(sec), PumpPriceRaise=0.5(%). In this case the maximum possible interval for the analysis and a slight increase in price during this interval will be selected. Keep in mind that the exchanges have a limit on the number of orders placed and if these limits are exceeded you may be given a short-term ban.
For the Pump strategy to be triggered by sharp price increases above 10%, you need to set the following values in the Pump strategy settings: PumpPriceInterval=4(sec), PumpPriceRaise=10(%). In this case the shortest possible analysis interval will be selected, during which the strategy will look for a sharp price rise above 10%.
PumpBuysPerSec: Number of purchases per second (green crosses on the chart).
PumpVolPerSec: Volume of purchases per second, in the base currency (the smaller the value, the higher the probability of a false positive).
PumpBuyersPerSecMin: The number of buyers in a given interval (not less than). Depending on the group that is doing the pumping, there may be many buyers with low volume deals at the beginning, or there may be just 1-2 buyers who buy in huge volume.
PumpBuyersPerSecMax: The number of buyers in the specified interval, not more than (if 0, then it is not taken into account).
PumpVolEMA: Interval for calculating EMA of purchase volume (by default 2 sec, can be fractional) i.e. interval of purchase volume averaging.
PumpBuyersInterval: Interval for counting the number of buyers (by default 1 sec, can be fractional).
The Pump strategy has the PumpMoveTimer parameter: Sell order relocation timer, if 0, the Sell order is not relocated. This parameter works together with the PumpMovePercent parameter, which in turn determines by what percentage of the peak price the Sell order is moved, after the time specified in the PumpMoveTimer parameter.
Yes, this can be done using the PumpMovePercent parameter in which you set the percentage of the peak price at which to move the sell order (one time). The percentage between the peak price and the buy price is taken into account. Example: If PumpMovePersent = 50%, a purchase occurred at 1000 satoshi, during the PumpMoveTimer time from the moment of detection the price rose to 1200 satoshi maximum, the sell order will be set for 1100 satoshi automatically.
Use the PumpUsePrevBuyPrice: Use 2-second price if not specified to use 30-second price) parameter for this purpose. The default is on. This setting protects against buying at the very top of the shootout. It was always on programmatically before this setting, so the behavior of the strategy will change when it is disabled! When disabled, the bot will take the current price, which can lead to a purchase at the very top of the pitch.
Currently only one PumpsDetection strategy can be active in one MoonBot terminal, although you can set up many of them and use one of them as the active one. That is, you can create and configure several PumpDetection strategies, but only the active one and the top one on the list will work.
Example:
PumpPriceInterval=4(sec),
PumpPriceRaise=2(%),
PumpBuysPerSec=5,
PumpVolPerSec=1 (BTC),
PumpBuyersPerSecMin=2,
PumpBuyersPerSecMax=100,
PumpVolEMA=2 (sec),
PumpBuyersInterval=1.

With this setting, the MoonBot terminal will scan all coins that fit the common filters. As soon as it notices that in the last 4 seconds (PumpPriceInterval=4) the price has increased by 2% or more (PumpPriceRaise=2), with at least 1 BTC purchased from the ASK order book (PumpVolPerSec=1), considering PumpVolEMA=2, according to which 50 % of volume of previous 2 sec + 100 % of volume of current 2 sec should be more than the specified value PumpVolPerSec=1 BTC, and more than 5 orders in the order book were bought out (PumpBuysPerSec=5), considering that that this price move was made not by one buyer who bought on the market by making a shoot up, but there were at least 2 (PumpBuyersPerSecMin=2) and not more than 100 buyers (PumpBuyersPerSecMax=100), then the detection will trigger and the coin will be bought when the AutoBuys parameter is enabled (AutoBuy=YES), according to your strategy settings, or the strategy will simply give a detective if the AutoBuys was disabled.
The goal of the MoonShot strategy is to buy a coin on a fast downward shootout. Unlike other strategies, the MoonShot always keeps open orders on the coins, thereby "freezing the deposit. The essence of the strategy is that orders are placed to buy coins, passing through the filters, at a given distance from the current price. Orders at a smooth price movement follow it at a certain distance, depending on the settings strategy MoonShot.
Specific parameters of the MoonShot strategy:

MShotPrice: Price (in %) of the current market price at which to place a buy order (always positive, the order is always placed below the market price by the specified value).

MShotPriceMin: The minimum price (in %) from the current market price that the market price can come close to the order price. If the market price comes even closer than the specified value, the order will be moved down by MShotPrice. That is, at the set MShotPrice of 10% and MShotPriceMin of 7%, the price can move above the order in the range of +7...+10% of it. As soon as the price becomes +6.9%, the order will be automatically moved lower and stand 10% below the current price.

MShotMinusSatoshi: if YES, then buy order will be placed no closer than 2 satoshis from ASK price. Useful for coins with less than 100 satoshi, which have a price step of 1% or more.

MShotAdd3hDelta: For each percentage of 3 hour delta price add X% to the value of MShotPriceMin and MShotPrice. For example, if MShotAdd3HourlyDelta=0.05 (5%), MShotPrice=10% and the 3-hour delta of the coin is 20%, an order will be placed not at -10% of the current price, but at -10%+(-20*0.05)=-11%. Since the 3-hour delta is changing, the order will also be rearranged.

MShotAddHourlyDelta: For each percentage of hourly price delta, add X% to the value of MShotPriceMin and MShotPrice. Similar to the above example.

MShotAdd15minDelta: For each percentage of the 15-minute price delta, add X% to the value of MShotPriceMin and MShotPrice. Similar to the above example.

MShotAddMarketDelta: For each percentage of the hourly Market delta, add X% to the value of MShotPriceMin and MShotPrice. Similar to the above example.

MShotAddBTCDelta: For each percentage of hourly BTC delta add X% to the value of MShotPriceMin and MShotPrice. Similar to the above example.

MShotAddBTC5mDelta: To take into account the delta of BTC-USDT exchange rate for the last 5 minutes. This delta is considered as a difference (in percent) between the minimum and maximum exchange rate for the last 5 minutes.

MShotAddDistance: The coefficient of expansion (in percent) of the far border of prices (MShotPrice) depending on delta. If X% was added to the near border, X * (1 + MShotAddDistance / 100)% will be added to the far one. Example: MShotAddDistance = 100, then the far boundary will be moved 2 times further than the upper boundary (+100%). The default is 0 - do not add anything.

MShotAddPriceBug: Modifier of parameters depending on PriceBug. The recommended value of this parameter is 0.2. Use it to buy further from the current price during exchange lags.

MShotSellAtLastPrice: after buying, put a sale at a price equal to the maximum of the strategy price (Sell Price) and the penultimate (4 seconds old, i.e. before the strike) ASK price, taking into account the correction (see below), YES/NO.

MShotSellPriceAdjust: Correction to the ASK price, (in %). To calculate the selling price the correction is subtracted from the ASK price. Example: ASK price at the moment of shooting was 1000 satoshi. Correction is set in 1%: 1000 - 1%=990 Satoshi. If MShotSellAtLastPrice = YES, then the bot will sell at the highest of the two prices: the first is the selling price according to the general strategy settings, the second is 990 satoshis.

MShotReplaceDelay: Delay in seconds before rearrangement of a buy order after the price falls to MShotPriceMin. In other words, when the price falls below MShotPriceMin, the price will not be repositioned immediately but after the specified time interval in seconds.

MShotRaiseWait: Delay in seconds before repositioning a buy order after the price rises in seconds.

MShotSortBy: Sorting of coins, which the bot selects for work: LastNhDelta - by 1-,2-,3-hour price delta; DVolToHVolAsc - by ratio of daily and hourly volumes in ascending order; DVolToHVolDesc - by ratio of daily and hourly volumes in descending order; OrderBook (MoonStrike strategy owners only) - by order book (coins with the thinnest order book are taken first), DailyVol - by daily volume, MinuteVol - by minute volume. Accordingly, the coins with the maximum parameters are in priority.

MShotUsePrice: an order is placed at the MShotPrice distance, counting the price from the BID, ASK or Trade - counting the prices for rearrangement of orders from the price of the last trade.

In addition to the basic parameters, when activating the paid module, several new parameters are added to the MoonShot strategy parameters expanding the algorithm of its work, now the strategy can re-position MoonShot on the same coin without waiting for the sale of the first order.

MShotRepeatAfterBuy: To put repeated munshot after buying and placing sell order.

MShotRepeatIfProfit: %, condition on the current price for the repeat munshot: the price must be higher than the buy price by this percentage.

MShotRepeatWait: time in seconds, during which a repeat shot can be placed if the MShotRepeatIfProfit condition is met.

MShotRepeatDelay: the time in seconds to wait before placing a second re-shot.

A repeat munshot is placed only if the current price has become higher than the buy price by MShotRepeatIfProfit percent for MShotRepeatWait seconds.

The default values MShotRepeatIfProfit = 0, MShotRepeatWait = 5 mean:
"To re-shot if the current price has become higher than the purchase price within 5 seconds after the purchase".

It is important, because of the frequent re-setting of orders (depends on the specific strategy settings, but in most cases it is so) is a load on the API keys and there is a chance to get a temporary ban from the exchange. Try to keep less than 30-35 active orders at one time. If that is not enough, you can run a part of orders on one API keys and another part on other API keys.
When working the MoonShot strategy on the futures market, observe the additional quantitative rules of placing orders, which were introduced by the Binance exchange.
The Volumes Lite strategy sets 4 intervals and checks that the average prices and volumes grew from the previous to the next interval. The growth is set as a percentage. If you specify 0 percent, the condition turns into "price (volume) did not fall". To exclude check of growth of the price/volume on the concrete interval it is necessary to specify the big negative number in the necessary parameter which will allow to pass check of this condition, that is check of the condition on this interval will pass always (except for exclusive cases of real fall of the price/volumes less than the specified value).
Specific parameters of the Volumes Lite strategy (Notes: P - prices, V - volumes):

VLiteT0: Interval T0 in seconds
VLiteT1: T1 interval in seconds
VLiteT2: T2 interval in seconds
VLiteT3: T3 Interval in seconds
VLiteP1: Price growth from the previous to the next interval, not less than (in %).
VLiteP2: Price growth from the previous to the next interval, not less than (in %).
VLiteP3: The price increase from the previous to the next interval, not less than (in %).
VLiteMaxP: Each increase not more than (in %).
VLitePDelta1: Comparison of price growth to each other, (in %).
VLitePDelta2: Comparison of price growth with each other, (in %).
VLiteDelta0: Price change at zero interval. (The difference between the max and min price within the zero interval, in percent).
VLiteMaxSpike: Maximum difference between the max price on the interval and the average price, not more than (in %). Needed to exclude the shootout.
VLiteV1: Volume growth from the previous interval to the next one.
VLiteV2: Volume growth from the previous to the following interval.
VLiteV3: Volume growth from the previous to the next interval.
VLiteWeightedAvg: Mode of averaging prices: if YES, then weighted average by volume per interval, if NO, then average by number of trades per interval.
VLiteReducedVolumes: If YES, then volume per minute is considered. If NO, then full volume on the interval.
The essence of the Volumes strategy is the method of volume detection. Two intervals are set: "short" and "long" and volumes on both intervals are calculated. The volume on the long interval is considered to be reduced to a minute, i.e. volume per minute. For example, if the long interval is set at 300 seconds (5 minutes) and volume in 5 minutes makes 10 BTC, the volume in a minute will be 2 BTC. On a short interval, the volume is taken as is.
All volume relations are set as numbers "how many times more than one", not as a percentage!
When triggering conditions on volumes, the second step is to check the order books:
Filling the order book BIDs (green) at 2 levels.
The level of min. price on the short interval.
The level of maximal price on the short interval.
Filling the order book of BIDs to a specified depth from the current price ASK.Comparison of the volume in the order book of BIDs at a specified depth with the volume of ASKs (red) at a specified height.
Determination of the dynamics of filling the green order book from the moment of detection at the 1st step to the moment of placing an order (the bot waits no more than 20 seconds to check, if the conditions have not worked, the order is not placed).
Specific parameters of the Volumes strategy:
VolShortInterval: Short interval in seconds.
VolShortPriseRaise: Short interval price increase (can be set to 0).
VolLongInterval: Long interval in seconds.
VolBvShortToLong: The ratio of the buying volume (BV) on the short interval to the total volume per minute on the long interval (how many times one is greater than the other).
VolBvLongToHourlyMin: The ratio of the present volume on the long interval to the present hourly volume, not less.
VolBvLongToHourlyMax: Ratio of the present volume in the long interval to the present hourly volume, not more.
VolBvLongToDailyMin: Ratio of the present volume in the long interval to the present daily volume, not less.
VolBvLongToDailyMax: Ratio of the reduced volume in the long interval to the reduced daily volume, not more.
VolBvToSvShort: Ratio of BV to SV in a short interval.
VolBvShort: The volume of BV on the short interval, not less than (in the base currency).
VolBuyersShort: The number of buyers on the short interval.
VolSvLong: The volume to sell on the long interval, minus the short interval, not more than (in base currency).
VolTakeLongMaxP: Whether to take the MaxPrice price over the long interval (useful in case of false rises after a failure).
VolAtMinP: Volume in the green order book at the min. price level of the short interval (in the base currency).
VolAtMaxP: volume in the green order book at the level of the max price in the short interval (in the base currency).
VolDeltaAtMaxP: Volume in the green pile at the level of the max price in the short interval from the moment of detection to the moment of placing the order (the bot waits no more than 20 seconds to check, if the conditions have not worked, the order is not placed).
VolDeltaAtMinP: The dynamics in the green order book at the level of the min. price on the short interval.
volBidsDeep: Depth at which the green order book is looked at, percent of the current ASK.
volBids: Volume in the green order book at the given depth, (in base currency).
volAsksDeep: The height to which the red beaker is looking, percent of the current ASK.
volBidsToAsks: The ratio of the volume of BIDs to the volume of ASKs at the given depth and height, not less than.
The principle of the Waves strategy is the same as that of Volumes Lite. It sets 4 intervals and checks the change of prices and volumes from the previous to the next interval. In contrast to Volumes Lite, if you set a positive value for the price change parameter, growth is checked. If you set a negative value, it is checked for a fall. If zero, the parameter is ignored.
Specific parameters of the Waves strategy (designations: P - prices, V - volumes):
WavesT0: Interval T0 in seconds
WavesT1: Interval T1 in seconds
WavesT2: Interval T2 in seconds
WavesT3: T3 interval in seconds
WavesP1: Price change from the previous interval to the next one, percents. If a positive value is set, the growth is checked. If a negative value is set, the Fall is checked. If zero, the parameter is ignored.
WavesP2: Price change from the previous to the next interval, percents. If you set a positive value, the growth is checked. If you set a negative value, the fall is checked. If zero, the parameter is ignored.
WavesP3: Price change from the previous to the next interval, percents. If you set a positive value, the growth is checked. If you set a negative value, the fall is checked. If zero, the parameter is ignored.
WavesDelta0: Price change on the zero interval. (difference between max and min price within the zero interval in percent). If a positive value is set, the growth is checked (the measured delta is greater than the set delta). If you set a negative value, it checks for no growth (the measured delta is not greater than the given delta). For example, "-1" means that the fluctuation was not greater than 1%). If zero, the parameter is ignored.
WavesMaxSpike: Maximum difference between the maximal price on the interval and the average one (not more than, in %). It is necessary to exclude the overshoot.
WavesV1: Volume growth from the previous to the next interval. If a positive value is set, the growth is checked. If a negative value is set, the downfall is checked. If zero, the parameter is ignored.
WavesV2: Volume growth from the previous to the next interval. If you set a positive value, the growth is checked. If you set a negative value, the downfall is checked. If zero, the parameter is ignored.
WavesV3: Volume growth from the previous to the next interval. If you set a positive value, the growth is checked. If you set a negative value, the downfall is checked. If zero, the parameter is ignored.
WavesWeightedAvg: Method for calculation of average prices: if YES, it is considered a weighted average by volume per interval, if NO, it is an average by the number of trades per interval.
WavesReducedVolumes: If YES, volume per minute is considered. If NO - total volume on the interval.
The principle of the Delta strategy: we take a long interval of the last 100 seconds (conditionally, all parameters are customizable) and a short window of 10 seconds. On each tick, we run this 10-second window through the 100-second interval, and calculate the average price minimum and maximum for the window. We get DeltaPrice for the last 100 seconds - the degree to which the coin is "moving".
Calculate total volume for the last 100 seconds and previous 100 seconds and compare the % increase in volume.
We look at the last 10 seconds and count the number of deals and the change in the average price of the last 10 seconds compared to the average price of the last 100 seconds.
Specific parameters of the Delta strategy:
DeltaInterval: Interval of price and volume change analysis (long).
DeltaShortInterval: The interval of price averaging and analysis of deal dynamics (short).
DeltaPrice: The change in price (delta) over a long interval (at least). It is calculated as the percentage deviation between the min. price and the max. price, taking into account the averaging of prices over short intervals.
DeltaVol: Total volume (BV+SV) on a long interval (at least in base currency).
DeltaVolRaise: The total volume on the long interval is greater than the volume on the previous same interval by the set percentage.
DeltaVolSec: Volume per second averaged with a lag. The last seconds before the detector have more weight, single bursts are eliminated by averaging. The exact calculation algorithm may vary, the parameter is experimental. If you set it to 0, it is ignored.
DeltaBuyers: The number of deals (buyers + sellers) on the last short interval (at least).
DeltaLastPrice: The average price of the last short interval rose or fell by a given percentage of the average price of the long interval. If the value is positive, then the price increase is checked. If the value is negative, it is checking for a drop in price. If 0, the parameter is ignored.
This strategy is used for UDP trust management mode.
Specific parameters of the UDP strategy:
TMBuyPriceLimit: value in percent.
Strategy protection for UDP from buying at too high price: TMBuyPriceLimit parameter sets the maximum buy price value (as a percentage of the current market price).
For example if TMBuyPriceLimit = 5% and a buy command comes in at +10%, then such a command will be ignored.
Read more about Trust management here:
Asset Management: High Frequency UDP Trading https://moon-bot.com/en/86-udp-trust-management/
Trust management https://moon-bot.com/en/74-trust-management/
The goal of MoonStrike strategy is to calculate and catch a sharp downside breakout, and then place an order as quickly as possible in order to buy a coin at the bottom of the breakout. The presumed mechanics - caught triggered stock stops during the shootout, so (and because of the lag on placing the order), the strategy puts the order, but may not always buy a coin in the first shootout. In addition, the MoonStrike strategy can be used with multi-orders that are placed at the bottom of the shootout, which can be redeemed in repeated shootouts on a coin.
The MoonStrike strategy should be run on a fast dedicated servers located in Japan (Tokyo) with a ping of 10ms and with a mandatory MoonBot terminal run in an administrator mode, so that the system selects this process as a high priority.
Warning! This strategy is paid and must be purchased separately. To purchase, contact the MoonBot community admins.
Specific parameters of the MoonStrike strategy:
MStrikeDepth: Depth of shot in percent (10% by default, you can set 0.1% or higher).
How it is measured:
1. LastBidEMA (4 ticks) is calculated by the following formula. The formula: If on the penultimate tick the Bid is less than LastBidEMA, then LastBidEMA is taken equal to the Bid on the penultimate tick (i.e. when the price falls, LastBidEMA will be equal. will be in the tick 2 sec. ago)
If the Bid is greater than LastBidEMA on the penultimate tick, then the usual EMA(4) is considered
Thus, LastBid will always be minimum when the price is falling, and smoothly grow when it is rising
2. The depth from LastBidEMA to the bottom of the shootout at the moment of detection is counted.
Note 1: this also catches the situation "up-right down" (to exclude, on the one hand, it is necessary to count the EMA from Bid, on the other hand, this will lead to catching slow falls, a la drops, and it is not interesting for this strategy)
Note 2: trades from the exchange arrive in turn, i.e. the drawdown starts from top to bottom not instantly. As a consequence, at some moment, when the shooting range is below the MStrikeDepth, the detection will occur, and in the meantime, the trades can go even lower. To avoid this situation, see parameter MStrikeBuyDelay below
MStrikeVolume: The volume of the shoot at the time of detection is not less than.
MStrikeLastBidEMA: Not available yet, only in plans.
MStrikeAddHourlyDelta: Add % to MStrikeDepth for each percentage of hourly delta.
MStrikeAdd15minDelta: add % to MStrikeDepth for each percentage of 15-minute delta.
MStrikeAddMarketDelta: add % to MStrikeDepth for each percentage of MarketDelta.
MStrikeAddBTCDelta: add % to MStrikeDepth for each percentage of BTC delta.
MStrikeBuyDelay: Delay in placing a buy order in milliseconds. This parameter seems to contradict the idea of the strategy, but in a situation where trades continue to draw draw a strike order lower after the detection, this setting can help. A delay is set between the detection and placing of the order, during which the shootout measurement is continued.
MStrikeBuyLevel: Percentage of the registered shootout depth. If 0, we try to buy at the very bottom. If 50%, we try to buy in the middle of the shooting range.
MStrikeBuyRelative: If YES, then it counts as described in MStrikeBuyLevel. If NO, a buy order is placed at a specific percentage of the price prior to the detection. Example: MStrikeBuyRelative=YES, MStrikeBuyLevel=5 - a buy order is placed at 5% higher than the depth of clearing. MStrikeBuyRelative=NO, MStrikeBuyLevel=5 - put buy order at -5% of the price before the strike.
MStrikeSellLevel: Percentage of the shootout depth, not of the buy price) For example, if the price is 10%, SellPrice=80% - in this case we sell at 80% of 10%, i.e. 8% higher than the low strike price.
MStrikeSellAdjust: Combine all sell orders. OrderSize must be set, specifying 0 will not take the order from the slider on the main screen.
MStrikeDirection: has 3 values for placing orders: Both (both ways symmetrically), OnlyLong (only long), OnlyShort (only short). Both and OnlyShort work only on futures.
MStrikeWaitDip: wait for a trade with a price higher or, for shorts, lower than the previous one in any direction. That is, for longs: we shoot through from sell orders, buy or sell appears with a price higher, then the detection takes place. We wait no more than 10 seconds, if suddenly the trade has not appeared, the order is not put.
Please note that the general parameters SellPrice and BuyPrice have been removed from the MoonStrike strategy, since instead of them there are specific parameters in the strategy setting MStrikeBuyLevel (responsible for the level of placing Buy order) and MStrikeSellLevel (responsible for the level of placing Sell order).
The following data is written in the log when the MoonStrike strategy is triggered:
- LastBidEMA value according to the formula above;
- Minimum fixed price of the shot at the time of placing the order;
- Depth of the shot in percents;
- Volume of the shot;
- Buy price of the order;
- Preliminarily calculated selling price
Example in the log entry: 04:13:00.097 BCD: MoonStrike LastBID: 0.00029700 min.Price: 0.00029500 Depth: 0.7% StrikeVol: 0.295 BTC BuyPrice: 0.00029500 sell +0.7% SellPrice: 0.00029699"
NewListing strategy is designed for fast automatic purchase and sale of new coins on the listing.
Working Principle:
If you want to buy a coin on the listing, you create one NewListing strategy, or several if you have the "Multiorder" module connected, with a fixed price in absolute value (parameter BuyPriceAbsolute=YES), or in percentage of the listing price (parameter BuyPriceAbsolute=NO). As soon as the bidding starts, the bot will immediately place an order to buy a new coin according to the set parameters.
If you need to quickly sell the coins that you received before the listing and they are on your balance, then specify that you need to sell coins from the balance (SellFromAssets=YES), specify at what price to sell (SellPriceAbsolute=YES at absolute price or SellPriceAbsolute=NO as a percentage of ASK price), specify the number of coins to sell from the balance (SellQuantity=1000 - sell 1000 coins, if SellQuantity=0, then sell all coins). As soon as the bidding begins, the bot will immediately sell the required number of coins at the specified parameters.
The NewListing strategy is available only to those users who ticked "I agree to send the results of my trades to the server" on the Settings-Login tab on all their bots, and did not remove it at least a week before using the strategy.
NewListing strategy does not have a separate Strategy setting tab, but when you create it, special parameters appear in the general tabs.
On the tab Buy conditions:
buyPriceAbsolute: NO/YES (NO by default), if NO, then buyPrice is calculated as a percentage of the market price (for example 1%), if YES, then buyPrice is calculated as an absolute value (for example $1).

On the Sell order tab:
SellPriceAbsolute: NO/YES (the default is NO), if NO, SellPrice is considered a percentage of the ASK price (for example 1%), if YES, SellPrice is considered an absolute value (for example $1).

SellFromAssets: NO/YES (by default NO), if NO, then strategy will not sell coins from balance, if YES, then strategy will sell coins from balance.

SellQuantity: the number of coins to sell from the balance (e.g. 1000 coins), if the parameter is set to 0", then all coins must be sold.
Combo strategy is a combination of two other strategies ("Start" and "End"), which work together according to the following principle: after the triggering of the first strategy "Start", the bot waits for a specified time, during which it checks the triggering of the second strategy "End". If the triggering of the second strategy happens, the signal to buy is given. If not, the cycle is reset until the first strategy triggers again.
All buy, sell, and stop conditions are taken from the combo strategy, while "Start" and "End" are only used to check the signals. In the strategies themselves "Start" and "End" autobuying should be disabled!
MoonShot strategy does not work in Combo strategies.
All 3 strategies should be active. At log level less than 4 (Settings - Special) only Combo-strategy parameters are written to the log, at log level 4 or 5 - the log contains the "Start" and "End" strategy parameters.
Specific parameters of the Combo strategy:
ComboStart: First strategy.
ComboEnd: Second strategy.
ComboDelayMin: Time between first and second strategy (not less than in seconds).
ComboDelayMax: Time between first and second strategy (not more than, in seconds).
After the new general section "Triggers" was introduced in the strategy, it became more convenient to implement successive triggers of different strategies through trigger keys, rather than through Combo strategy.
The TopMarket strategy detects the coin with the largest 15-minute delta. The TopMarket strategy is created by itself at the first start and is active by default, if you want to disable its operation, press the "Uncheck All" button. The TopMarket strategy is basic and can be used both for autotrading and for coin detection in manual trading.
Specific parameters of the TopMarket strategy:
DeltaMin: percentage value (0 or positive value). This is the minimum delta threshold below which coins do not pass the detection.
TMSameDirection: YES / NO (YES by default). To open a position in the direction of or against the trend. The trend direction is calculated by comparing the average and the current price for the particular coin per hour.
a) TMSameDirection = YES (position will open in trend direction, if it was a long position, it will open in a long position)
b) TMSameDirection = NO (position will open against trend, if it was a long position, it will open short).
Note that in the TopMarket strategy, both with TMSameDirection = YES and TMSameDirection = NO, the TopMarket strategy can gain both longs and shorts. If you want to accumulate positions only in one direction that you need, then do it with triggers: define TopMarket strategy as a MASTER strategy without buying, which triggers SLAVE strategy (like EMA), which buys in the desired direction (only in shorts or only in longs), regardless of the trend direction.
Manual strategies are a special type of strategy for fine-tuning order parameters when trading manually. Using Manual strategies, you can set trailing, stop loss and many other parameters with any precision. After creating a strategy, you do not have to check the boxes and include it in the list of strategies, simply fill in the parameters and save your strategy.
To trade using a manual strategy, you need to click the "Menu" button in the main window of the MoonBot terminal and select "Manual Trading" and then "Use Manual Strategy".
Further, if you have several manual strategy options filled in, select the one you need at the moment by clicking on the strategy name inscription (under the BNB balance).
Please note! Strategy filters are used in manual trading. If you don't need them, then set FilterIgnore = YES (ignore filters) or set FilterIgnore = NO (don't ignore filters) to a delta range, for example delta of coins from 0 to 1000, delta of BTC and market from -100 to +100.
There are no specific parameters that other strategies have, the Manual strategy does not.
The MoonBot terminal features the Control hanged positions feature, which is only available in the PRO version.
The Control hanged positions feature is enabled in "Settings - Advanced - Hang Control".
How it works: MoonBot monitors the account balance and all orders on the account. Once a second, it checks the size of the open position against the amount of all orders to close.
If the difference is not zero within 10 seconds, the difference is considered to be a hanging position. In this case, the minimum difference over the last 5 seconds is taken (that is, if you have opened and closed orders more often than once in 5 seconds, the smallest balance which was not in orders is considered as the "hung" position).
When a pending position is detected, MoonBot sends a notification to Telegram (Report to Telegram option) and/ or automatically sells the position (AutoSell option).
AutoSell is performed using a special manual strategy called SafeGuard. A SafeGuard strategy is created by the MoonBot with the "Watching over hanging positions" option automatically the first time you sell, after which you can edit its settings.
You can remove this strategy from the list, but it will be automatically created again by the MoonBot if this terminal continues to be used as a "watchdog" terminal.
Read more about the "Control hanged position" functionality on our website: https://moon-bot.com/en/control-hanged-position/
This strategy is included in the module "Binance Futures" and is available to all who activated this module, including during the trial period.
The essence of the strategy: the liquidations, their number, total volume (in USDT) and direction (liquidation of short or long positions) are checked for a given time interval.
If LiqWaitTime > 0, the absence of new liquidations is also checked for a specified time (in ms).
Depending on LiqDirection, the strategy may trigger not only a single detection within the LiqTime interval, but also check combinations of consecutive detections (the minimum time between detections is set in the NextDetectPenalty filters, the maximum time is not limited): liquidations (short, long), (long, short), (short, short), (long, long).
For example: with LiqDirection Twice, the strategy will only work if two detects of the same type (either shorts or longs) occur in a row, with an interval between them no less than NextDetectPenalty; the interval for the detects themselves is set in LiqTime.
Currently, the strategy may not work quite correctly due to not quite accurate data on the values of liquidations, which is sent by the exchange Binance.
Specific parameters of the Liquidations strategy:
LiqTime: The interval of liquidations counting, seconds;
LiqCount: The number of liquidations in the interval (if 0, then it is not counted);
LiqVolumeMin: The minimum volume of liquidations for the specified interval, in USDT (if 0, then it is not counted);
LiqVolumeMax: Maximum volume of liquidations for a specified interval, in USDT (if 0, then it is not taken into account);
LiqWaitTime: The waiting time after detecting the absence of new liquidations, ms;
LiqWithinTime: The time from the last elimination not more than, in milliseconds (if 0, then it is not counted);
LiqDirection: Direction: (Both - any, OnlyShort - only shorts will be considered, OnlyLong - only longs will be considered, Combo - 2 opposite in a row, Twice - 2 identical in a row);
LiqSameDirection: Place an order of the same or opposite direction; YES - the placed order will be of the same direction, NO - of the opposite direction;
Liq_BV_SV_Time: Time for volume calculation, in milliseconds;
Liq_BV_SV_Filter: the threshold value bv\sv, (if 0, it is ignored).
The EMA strategy, which has no parameters of its own, is built solely on the detection by the CustomEMA filter condition. That is, detection occurs at the moment when the formula-filter conditions are met, so use with caution! Unlimited purchases are possible, put NextDetect penalty for that.
Notes: It is important to use Latency filters in the strategy because EMA price values depend on trade prices; if prices arrive with a delay, the EMA calculation will not be accurate.
The EMA lines are saved in the report at the time of detection, and for munches, at the time of the buy order triggering, if the EMA filter has been enabled in the strategy.
The EMA strategy and EMA filters (parameter CustomEMA and SellByCustomEMA) work with real orders only after activating the paid module "AutoTrading Extention".
EMA formulas are written in the CustomEMA and SellByCustomEMA parameter fields in the line, one or a set of functions are written to compare them in the form: EMA(X,Y) > A AND EMA(p,q) < B AND ... any number of formulas separated by AND or OR (the order of application is algebraic: all ANDs first, then OR Example: A AND B OR C AND D means one of two: (A AND B) or (C AND D)).
If the formula conditions are met in the CustomEMA parameter, then the strategy works.
If the conditions of the formulas are met in the SellByCustomEMA parameter, then the position is sold by Panic Sell.
The following formulas can be written in the CustomEMA and SellByCustomEMA parameter fields:

EMA(X,Y) > or < A: Comparison of prices for EMA X seconds, minutes or hours ago and EMA Y seconds, minutes or hours ago (allowed values X=1s...300s or 2m...90m or 1h...41h, Y=1s...300s or 2m...90m or 1h...41h)

MAX(X,Y) > or < A: Comparison of maximum price of X minutes or hours ago and EMA of Y seconds, minutes or hours ago. Valid values X=5m...90m or 1h...41h, Y=1s...300s or 2m...90m or 1h...41h.

MIN(X,Y) > or < A: Comparison of the minimum price of X minutes or hours ago and the EMA of Y seconds, minutes or hours ago. Valid values X=5m...90m or 1h...41h, Y=1s...300s or 2m...90m or 1h...41h.

BTC(X,Y) > or < A: Comparing BTC/USDT prices over EMA X seconds, minutes or hours ago and EMA Y seconds, minutes or hours ago (allowed values X=1s...300s or 2m...90m or 1h...41h, Y=1s...300s or 2m...90m or 1h...41h).

MAvg(X,Y) > or < A: Comparison of average prices of the whole market(market) for EMA X seconds, minutes or hours ago and EMA Y seconds, minutes or hours ago (valid values X=1s...300s or 2m...90m or 1h...41h, Y=1s...300s or 2m...90m or 1h...41h).
The calculation of MAvg - average market price (market) is affected by 2 settings:
1) Settings - Main, "Exclude from delta", if checked, then blacklisted markets are excluded in the average market price.
2) Settings - Advanced - Engine settings, "Weighted mAvg" - if checked, then include volumes in the calculation of the average weighted delta of the whole market.
The values in each formula of the form EMA(X,Y)>A, mean:
1) X,Y - time: a number after which there is a letter s or m or h (respectively: seconds, minutes, hours) or, if there is no letter, then the number is considered seconds, for example, in the formula EMA(30m,1)>1, X=30 minutes and Y = 1 second.
2) Sign > (more) or sign < (less)
3) A - value of what to compare it to (in percentage)

Principle of calculation: the average price Y seconds ago is compared to the average price X seconds ago:
Price(Y) / Price(X) > 1 + A / 100
In other words, Price(Y) is greater than Price(X) by A percent or less if there is a sign "<" (less) in the formula.
Calculation methods and limitations:
Because it is impossible to keep all possible combinations in memory, the bot calculates the prices as follows:
1) A set of per second averages from the current price(1 sec) to 300 sec. age. Calculated as the classic EMA (Pnext = (Pprev * N + Pcurr) ./ (N + 1)
2) Minute averages from 2 to 90 minutes ago. Calculated simply as the average price per minute
3) Hourly averages from 1 to 41 hours ago (exchange limitations exist) (is calculated as the average price of the 5м candles) Thus, the X,Y parameters in the EMA formula may be: 1..300 or 2m..90m or 1h..41h
4) If Y is 1s the comparison will be made with the current price
5) Recalculation of hourly max/min is performed every 5 minutes, as a new 5m candlesticks appear. To avoid doubling of Max(1h)/Min(1h) and Max(60m)/Min(60m) records, the hourly ones are recalculated from 1 hour ago. For example, max(1h,1) is taken by 5 minute candlesticks from 60 to 120 minutes ago.
6) Recalculation of minute max/min is carried out every tick (1 tick = 2 sec), i.e. with a delay from 2 to 4 sec. At the same time, the last 60 seconds are not included in the calculation of the levels of minute max/min.
Thus, a sharp increase at the last minute (for minute intervals) and during the last 60 minutes (for hourly intervals) is not considered in calculating max/min levels and, therefore, in a moment the max value can be more than zero and min less than zero. It is done in this way to be able to give create a higher-high/lower-low using the formula (i.e. to write a condition that the current price has become higher than the maximum or lower than the minimum over the last N minutes/hours).
Yes, this can be done, to do this, right-click on the menu of the button "Show Spot trades\OrderBook" to the left of the Funnel button and turn on the checkboxes of the necessary charts: Show MinMax, Show EMA, Market Avg.
Please note: this is not an indicator, but only a visual representation of how the new EMA filter is calculated. For the reasons stated above, the blue average price line may have gaps - these are places where 300s ends, where 2m begins and 90m ends.
Yes, this can be done by using the EMA formulas, which are prescribed in the filter parameter CustomEMA. When the conditions of these formulas are met, the strategy triggers and buys the coin. Thus, it is possible to set a variety of entry conditions, in particular Trailing Buy: a fall in price over a long period followed by a rise over a short period and other algorithms.
Examples of values in the CustomEMA field:
1) EMA(15m,3) 0.1
EMA(15m,3)< -1 = means that there was a decrease: the price 3 seconds ago -1% less than the price 15 minutes ago.
EMA(5,1) > 0.1 = means the price increased: the current price is 0.1% higher than it was 5 seconds ago.
Together, these conditions mean that the detect will take place after a fall that is followed by an increase.
2) Max(1h, 1s) > 0.1 = denotes an over-high: the current price has gone higher than the max of the last hour
3) Max(1h, 1s) < -5 = denotes a 5% fall from the high of the last hour
4) Max(1h, 1s) < -5 AND Min(1h, 1s) -0.1 = denotes a 5% fall from the high and are currently located near the bottom
The "Spread" strategy is included in the paid extension package for AutoTrading.
By spread, we mean active trades in a zone defined by time and price spread.
It is VERY important to use Latency filters in the strategy, since the price values for the spread detection are taken by trades (crosses on the chart). If the prices come with a delay, the detection can work when the price has already flown away!
If the buy order is partially filled, the strategy removes it and puts the entire executed volume for sale, similar to the MoonShares. Recalculation of the detection conditions is performed every half second.
The strategy takes into account the detection modifiers (the modifier affects PriceSpread).
We recommend to use this strategy with a short EMA filter, for example EMA(30,2), in order to identify the rise or fall and to place a high Sell order for short or long positions respectively.
Warning. The Spread strategy is associated with very high risks. Use it without autopurchase, as a detection, to understand how it works. Only after a full understanding, set it up for real trading.
Spread Strategy Specific Parameters:
TimeInterval: The width of the time zone in seconds used for calculations.

TradesDensity: The density of trades, in time, expressed in percent. For calculations, the interval is divided into bits of 200ms and the ratio of bits containing at least 2 trades at different price levels to bits without trades is calculated. i.e. a 100% density means that trades with different price levels have happened every 200ms.

TradesDensityPrev: The trade density prior to the detect. Helps determine coins that are flat. For pumps, this parameter should be set to 0 ! (as we are specifically looking for flat coins).

TradesCountMin: Every 200ms, within the entire detect interval, there are at least this many trades. Default value = 0. This parameter will strongly constrict detects, it will allow for only high trade density.

PriceIntervals: Number of equal intervals TimeInterval should be divided into to determine the fluctuation of the price. The total interval will be divided into a number of PriceIntervals, for every slice, the max, min and their delta (difference) is calculated.

PriceIntervalShift: Integer between 0 and 5. Cuts off detects of singular shots.

PriceSpread: Spread (in percent) used for the detect. The detect will occur if for every slice of the parameter described above, if the price fluctuation was higher than the PriceSpread.

IntervalsForBuySpread: How many of the last slices of PriceIntervals are to be used for calculating the min and max prices within the spread. If 0, the entire TimeInterval is used.

BuyPriceInSpread: at how many percent within the spread should the buy order be placed. If long – this percentage is calculated upwards of the min price; if short – downward of the max price. Example: 0% long will place an order on the min price within the spread; 50% will place the order in the middle; -100% short will place the order at two times the spread distance.

Attention! The BuyPrice parameter from the general BuyOrder section will also affect the buying price. BuyPriceInSpread in this case will determine the “base price” used to calculate the BuyPrice.

SellPriceInSpread: Similar to BuyPriceInSpread, a predetermined sell price based on the spread. Unlike BuyPriceInSpread, the sell price is made up of the maximum SellPrice and the spread sell price. i.e. if the SellPrice is lower than the spread (for example SellPrice=0) – the sell order will be placed within the spread. If higher – the sell is placed according to the SellPrice. (modifiers also affect the sell price).

BuyOrderReduce: sets the interval (in ms) used to calculate the average trade volume. The strategy will place an order of size not larger than the average volume. By default = 100ms. Volume calculation: sum of all trades (buy and sell) over the TimeInterval interval, divided by BuyOrderReduce. Examlple: if TimeInterval = 5 sec (5000 ms), BuyOrderReduce = 100ms, the volume over 5 sec was 10 000$, the average volume over 100ms will equal 10000/5000ms*100ms=200$. In this case the strategy will place an order not larger than 200$.
Alternatively, knowing the average volume over 100 / 10/ 5 ms, this will be the maximum order size of the strategy
BuyOrderReduce=0 - parameter is turned off.

SpreadRepeatIfProfit: The repeated placement of buy orders during 1 sec after the detect (not later). The repeated order is placed if the current price has approached the sell price by more than the SpreadRepeatIfProfit percent. If 0, repeated orders are not placed. If 100, is placed only after selling the sell order (not more than 5 repeated orders, based on internal limitations).

SpreadFlat: if YES, the bot will try to determine the spread in a horizontal channel.

Spread_BV_SV_Time: time in terval (in milliseconds) for analysis. If 0 — parameter is ignored

Spread_BV_SV_Max: buys to sells ratio not greater than this value. If 0 — parameter is ignored

Spread_BV_SV_Min: buys to sells ratio not smaller than this value.

If the strategy contains a short, the relationship is inversed automatically! (i.e. the short calculates the ratio of sells to buys).

Example: Spread_BV_SV_Time = 1500 (1.5 seconds)
Over the last 1.5 seconds, 500$ worth of buy trades and 1000$ worth of sell trades were recorded. The ratio bv/sv will equal 500/1000 = 0.5 for longs and 1000/500 = 2 for shorts

SpreadPolarityMin: Minimal range of spread polarity.

SpreadPolarityMax: Maximum range of the spread polarity.
The polarity in the Spread strategy is its direction, a numerical value of the price direction from +100 (strictly up) to -100 (strictly down).
The work of the order reduction function can be seen in the log by the following record of the form: BTC: [1] (40) Buy order reduced: $1000.00 => $23.32 (Vol: $23.32)
In this log the OrderSize of the strategy was $ 1000, but the average trading volume was only $ 23 per 100 ms, so the strategy placed a buy order of $ 23.
Example of setting the Spread strategy with decoding:
TimeInterval=5 sec.
TradesDensity=100
PriceIntervals=5
PriceSpread=0.3
IntervalsForBuySpread=2
BuyPriceInSpread=5
SellPriceInSpread=100
BuyOrderReduce=100

From these settings, it follows that there was a 0.3% (PriceSpread=0.3) or higher price movement every second for the last 5 seconds (TimeInterval=5). To calculate the Buy and Sell orders, we take the last 2 intervals (IntervalsForBuySpread=2), set Buy order at +5% (BuyPriceInSpread=5) of the minimum price value, and set Sell order at maximum +100% (SellPriceInSpread=100). In this case, if the given volume for 100ms (BuyOrderReduce=100) is less than the OrderSize of the strategy, an order equal to the volume will be placed.
When the Spread strategy works, you can observe the detection parameters on the chart (to do this, the Extended Debug Mode checkbox must be enabled on the Settings-Special-System tab):
TD: trade densityd
P: price fluctuation on the entire interval TimeInterval
Vol: volume
Spread: actual spread, percent
N: number of slices showing the spread (the last two appear on the chart only at detect time)

These values can also be found in the detect report.
If you have several Spread strategies enabled, the detection and order will be on each of them (as opposed to the other types of strategies, where the detection is only on the first matching one in the list).
The MoonHook strategy is only available to bonus program participants and with the PRO version. This strategy detects a rapid drop in price, checks for a pullback, and places a buy order, which then moves in its own price corridor, as in a munschot, waiting for a second strike. Both the corridor and the initial position of the order depend linearly on the actual detection. "The "fastness" of the fall is determined by the HookTimeFrame parameter (time interval for analysis).
The strategy was developed for catching quick passes (HookTimeFrame=2 sec), but you can also play with longer intervals (HookTimeFrame=to 40 sec).
Due to the internal mechanics of the MoonHook strategy, it is possible to re-detect no earlier than HookTimeFrame seconds, without this penalty, you can get spam detections.
The strategy recalculates detection conditions once every 0.5 seconds.
Specific parameters of the MoonHook strategy: BuyOrderReduce: sets the interval (in ms) used to calculate the average trade volume. The strategy will place an order of size not larger than the average volume. By default = 100ms. Volume calculation: sum of all trades (buy and sell) over the TimeInterval interval, divided by BuyOrderReduce. Examlple: if TimeInterval = 5 sec (5000 ms), BuyOrderReduce = 100ms, the volume over 5 sec was 10 000$, the average volume over 100ms will equal 10000/5000ms*100ms=200$. In this case the strategy will place an order not larger than 200$.Alternatively, knowing the average volume over 100 / 10/ 5 ms, this will be the maximum order size of the strategyBuyOrderReduce=0 – parameter is turned offThe work of the order reduction function can be seen in the following inscription:IOTA: [1] (40) Buy order reduced: 1000.00$ => 23.32$ (Vol: 23.32$)In this log, the OrderSize in the strategy was 1000$, but the average volume over 100ms was just 23$, thus, the strategy has placed an order of 23$. MinReducedSize: If after using BuyOrderReduce the order size becomes lower than the set size (in USDT), the order is not placed (and the corresponding detect will not exist). Default value = 0(not applied). HookTimeFrame: time frame set for analysis. HookDetectDepth: the depth of the detect. HookDetectDepthMax: the maximum detect depth value for a shot. If 0, is ignored. HookAntiPump: If YES, the average price before the detection is taken to calculate the depth of detection, which allows to exclude shoots right after a fast growth. In existing strategies the HookAntiPump parameter is enabled by default, with this parameter the work of the strategy is closer to what it was before the update. HookPriceRollBack: percentage of price roll back in percentage points relative to the general depth, 33% would mean a roll back by one third of the entire price movement HookPriceRollBackMax: The rollback limit is no more than. If 0 (default), has no effect. HookRollBackWait: The time during which the price stays above the RollBack (milliseconds). The recommended value of 100ms will cut off situations when the price immediately drops after detection. You can set more, but the entire event of a spike, rollback and waiting for a rollback must keep within the HookTimeFrame sec. HookDropMin, HookDropMax: price decrease prior to the detect over the last 2 minutes, before and after. Is calculated in percentage points relative to the recorded depth of the shot. Example: Take a 10% shot. But the price of the coin has allready been falling for 2 minutes before the shot and has already fallen by 20%. In this case, the HookDrop = 20 / 10 * 100 = 200% (i.e the previous decrease in price is 200% larger than the shot itself). If 0, is ignored. HookDirection: search for Long or Short detects or both. HookOppositeOrder: place an order in the opposite direction (when an arrow is detected, put a short instead of a long) HookInterpolate: – If 0, the strategy will place an order from the uppermost price to the shot. – If 1, the strategy will place an order from the rollback following the shot – If 2, the HookInitialPrice parameter will be prioritized – If 3, calculates the initial price and the corridor from current price, based on spike depth – If 4, is based on rollback depth If it contradicts the price range, the upper limit of the range will be moved up by half the distance between your order and the current price. If this is impossible, the detect will not execute. Applying the same logic, the lower limit will be lowered. The logic is the same for both short and long orders. HookPriceDistance: the width of the price range. Set in percentage points relative to the general detect depth. For example: if a 5% fall was detected, a HookPriceDistance = 10% will mean that the order can move within the following limits — upper limit HookPriceDistance = 5-5/100*10=4,5%, lower limit 5+5/100*10=5,5% from the current price. Just like the MoonShot, it will be moved when the price will come close to one of the limits. If 0, the order is not move like in case of MoonShot, will remain static until execution or cancellation. HookPartFilledDelay: Delay for canceling a buy order after partial filling (milliseconds). If 0, there is no delay, the partially filled order is immediately canceled (as in moonshots) HookSellLevel: replaces SellPrice. Is set in percent of the detect depth. For example: SellPrice = 75% would mean that it should sell in the upper quarter of the shot. SellPrice = 100% would mean selling at the upmost point, at the start of the shot. HookSellFixed: always calculate sell as (HookSellLevel * depth) percent, regardless of the buy price HookReplaceDelay: Delay to replace the buy upon price drops HookRaiseWait: Delay to replace the buy upon price raise HookRepeatAfterSell: repeat buy order after the sell is executed HookRepeatIfProfit: %, repeat if the sale closed with such or a large profit. BuyOrderReduce: (the parameter has migrated from the Spread strategy and has similar values). Sets a time frame (in ms) for which the average tradin vaolume is calculated. The strategy will then place an order not larger than the average volume. Default value = 100 (ms). Volume is calculated as follows: all trades volume is sumed up (buy and sell) for the HookTimeFrame period and is devided by BuyOrderReduce. For example: if HookTimeFrame = 5 sec (5000 ms), BuyOrderReduce = 100ms, the volume over 5 sec was 10000$, the average volume for 100ms will equal10000/5000ms*100ms=200$. In this case the strategy will place an order of no more than 200$. In other words, we monitor the average volume over the last 100ms/10ms/5ms, that will be our maximum order size used by the strategy. BuyOrderReduce=0 – parameter is turned off
Yes, the BuyModifier parameter in the MoonHook strategy, unlike other strategies, affects the width and depth of the corridor in this strategy.
How it works: The deltas are fixed at the time of detection. Then, if the delta starts growing, the difference between the current delta and the one fixed at the moment of detection, multiplied by its coefficient, affects the lower and the upper limit of the corridor.
For example:
BuyModifier = -3 (must be negative!)
coefficient Add3hDelta = 0.05
3hDelta at detect time = 10
later, the 3hDelta starts to grow rapidly = 50
Difference = 40
if at detect time, the price range was -2%, -3%, then at the time when the delta was = 50 (difference = 40) the price range will equal:
Upper Limit = -2+(40*0.05*(-3)/2)=-5%
Lower Limit = -3+(40*0.05*(-3))=-9%

Note! The upper limit increases twice slower thatn the Lower limit! In this way, a widening of the price range is achieved!
The MoonHook strategy's order reduction function can be seen in the log for the following entry:
BTC: [1] (40) Buy order reduced: 1000.00$ => 23.32$ (Vol: 23.32$).
In this log, the OrderSize of the strategy was 1000$, while the average trading volume over 100ms was only 23$, thus the startegy has placed a buy order of 23$.
You can monitor the market in the MoonBot terminal with these strategies:
- Pump detection (for growth)
- Drops detection (downward).
- EMA (if the AutoTrading module is purchased)
- Delta (delta change)
- TorMarket (the most volatile coin in 15 minutes).
These strategies can be set up as only detects that will open a coin chart, or you can set up auto-buying according to your algorithms.
The MoonBot terminal strategies have tabs with parameters common to all strategies (general settings filters, triggers, sessions, modifiers, multi-orders, buy conditions, sell conditions, stops) and specific parameters, which are individual for each strategy and contain parameters that make the strategy unique. They are used to set up the detects, the order of placing orders, and so on.
To do that, you need to click on the Strategies button in the MoonBot terminal, click on the folder where you want to create a strategy (by default all strategies are created in the Root folder), click Add button, select the type of strategy, give it a name, set the parameters you need and click Save.
Yes, you can. To do this, in the terminal MoonBot click on the Strategies button, select multiple strategies (CTRL+Click) open the parameter you want to change in all of them, enter the value and click Save.
When you change a strategy setting in the MoonBot terminal, if you do not click Save, you will see two asterisks (**) at the end of the setting - this is a reminder that the setting was not saved.
To return the location of the Strategy setting tab in the strategies window to its place, click the Reload button.
The density of the price shoot through the pummeling tells us that the red order book was densely packed with limit orders.

1) To break this density by 4%, the trader needed one limit order of $200,000 to successively make a series of trades in fractions of a second, gather all small walls and limit orders, break the price by 4% and hit the large red wall (in this case, for example, obtained at the first shoot the number of purchases per second PumpBuysPerSec=100).

2) After the first shoot, small traders activate, start buying a coin and fill the red glass with small limit orders, a few seconds pass and another trader (or the same trader) places a second order in the market, but a smaller one, For example, $50 000, buys out all of the small limit orders that other traders have managed to place in the sparse red order book and again rests against the big red wall at the top (for the second order, for example, only PumpBuysPerSec=30 buys).

Each cross is a buy. The PumpBuysPerSec parameter determines how many purchases were made in 1 second. In this case all the crosses are added up: the purchases can be from one big buyer and go "consecutively up", ending in a vertical price break, or slightly to the right after the break, if they fit in one second.

If the coin is sluggish, there are few buys per second, if it starts moving, there are more buys per second and with this parameter you can add a condition for detecting a good pummeling (to the conditions of price increase, number of buyers, volume of buys).

As only one PUMP strategy triggers more than any other strategy in the strategy box, we recommend distributing PUMP strategies with different detection sensitivity among different bots so that you can detect different bots at the same time: 1 bot = 1 PUMP strategy.

For example, you can configure different bots for their own height of price shooting, volume in shooting, number of trades and so on. In doing so, buy just above the base of the price drawdown and sell just below the ceiling of the price drawdown. In this case, the first strike is only a detective, and our hope is to catch the second, third or fourth successive shots with a gradual growth as the walls are broken through.
=====================
Bot1=PUMP1
Detect:
PumpPriceInterval=4s
PumpPriceRaise=1.000
PumpBuysPerSec=10
PumpVolPerSec=500
BuyPrice=0.3
SellPrice=0.95

=====================
Bot2=PUMP2
Detect:
PumpPriceInterval=4s
PumpPriceRaise=2.000
PumpBuysPerSec=20
PumpVolPerSec=1000
BuyPrice=0.5
SellPrice=1.90

=====================
Bot3 = PUMP3
Detect:
PumpPriceInterval=4s
PumpPriceRaise=3.000
PumpBuysPerSec=40
PumpVolPerSec=5000
BuyPrice=0.7
SellPrice=2.90
After activating the paid module "Automated trading extension package" in the MoonBot terminal, in addition to the basic parameters of the MoonShot strategy, several new parameters are added, expanding the algorithm of its work, now the strategy can re-slot on the same coin without waiting for the sale of the first sell order:
MShotRepeatAfterBuy: Place a repeated MoonShot after buying and placing the sell
MShotRepeatIfProfit: %, a condition for the current price for the repeated shot: the price should be higher than the buy price by this value
MShotRepeatWait: time in seconds, during which the repeated shot may be placed if the condition of MshotRepeatIfProfit is met
MShotRepeatDelay: await time in seconds, before placing a repeated shot

The repeated shot is only placed if the current price is higher than the price of MShotRepeatIfProfit percent value during MShotRepeatWait seconds.
The default value of MShotRepeatIfProfit = 0, MShotRepeatWait = 5 mean:
"Place a repeated shot if the current price went higher than the buy price within 5 seconds from the buy"
Description of the general mechanics of the sessions whose settings are on the Sessions tab of the MoonBot terminal strategies:
- A strategy’s profit is aggregated and increment the profitable session counter.
- A strategy’s losses are aggregated and increment the negative session counter.
- Every profitable session resets the previously aggregated negative sessions (and vice-versa, the negative session resets the positive session counter)
- The negative session enables the penalty and optionally reduces the order size.
- Profitable sessions optionally increase the order size

General notes:
- Session settings are accounted separately for each market and strategy. Each strategy has its own unique session value per market.
- The sessions are always monetized in USDT, including for BTC bots.
- The session changes at closing (execution of sell orders)
- The manual reset of the general session also resets new sessions based on markets.
- To view the value of the session on the chart, enable “filters on chart”. You will then be able to view those strategies that use the IgnoreSession = NO parameter.
- A sell executed by SellByFilters parameter is not accounted for in the session.
- Session settings work independent of IgnoreFilters. I.e. even if you enable ignoring of filters, but a coin has a session penalty, the order will not be placed.
- All strategies that have triggered buys and those that are expected to sell, will change the session after the closes of the Joined order by the amount of the total profit.
- The information on the actual order size (according to the SessionReduceOrder, SessionIncreaseOrder settings) can be found in the reports commentary (if the orders were not joined)
Description of session settings in the Sessions tab of the MoonBot strategies:

IgnoreSession: YES \ NO – if YES, ignores all session settings (default).

SessionLevelsUSDT: (YES\NO) If Yes, then SessionStratMax and SessionStratMin are set in USDT, if NO, then as a percentage of OrderSize (by default YES)

SessionStratMax: Profitability threshold (in USDT), e.g. 200$. When the strategy reaches +200$, the profitable sessions counter is incremented, the negative session counter is reset, the current profit value is reset, the strategy will continue working using an increased order.

SessionStratIncreaseMax: Profitability threshold increase for SessionStratMax in percent. The value of the threshold will be automatically increased with each profitable session, starting with SessionPlusCount. If SessionStratIncreaseMax = 0 or SessionPlusCount = 0, the parameter is ignored.

SessionStratMin: The loss threshold (in USDT) is a negative value, e.g. -100$. When the strategy accrues -100$, the negative session counter will be incremented, the profitable sesion counter will be reset, the current текущее profit value will be reset, the strategy will be stopped for a time penalty equal to SessionPenaltyTime.

In this case, after the session is reset, orders opened by this strategy before the halt can be closed. In this case the session can again accrue a loss and will renew the time penalty.

SessionStratReduceMin: the percentage reduction of the loss threshold of SessionStratMin (positive value). The threshold value will automatically reduce with each negative session starting with SessionMinusCount.

For example: the threshold reduction percentage = 30%, SessionMinusCount = 3, SessionStratMin = -100$. If you have logged the 3rd consecutive negative session, the loss threshold is decreased to SessionStratMin =-100 / 30%=-77$.

The threshold reduction is calculated using the formula: SessionStratMin / ( 1 + (MinusCounter – SessionMinusCount + 1) * SessionStratReduceMin / 100);
For example, in case of SessionStratReduceMin = 30% and a base SessionStratMin = -100$, after the second negative session the threshold becomes 100 / (1 + 2 * 0.3) = 100 / 1.6 = 62.5
If SessionStratReduceMin = 0, the reduction is ignored.
The current actual thresholds can be viewed on the chart if “filters on chart” is enabled, the values of sMin and sMax.

SessionResetOnMinus: YES \ NO. – if YES, resets the current session profit to 0 after a negative trade (if the profit of the current session is positive and the loss is negative, trades larger than SessionStratMin/10).

SessionPenaltyTime: Time in sec., during which a strategy will not work following a negative session.

SessionPlusCount: a counter of consecutive profitable sessions starting with which the order size (according to the SessionIncreaseOrder parameter) and the sesion threshold (according to the SessionStratIncreaseMax parameter) will be increased. If a negative sesion is recorded, the counter is reset to zero.

SessionMinusCount: a counter of consecutive negative sessions starting with which the order size (according to the SessionReduceOrder parameter) and the sesion threshold (according to the SessionStratReduceMin parameter) will be decreased. If a profitable sesion is recorded, the counter is reset to zero.

SessionIncreaseOrder: order size increase percentage based on the increase in profitable sessions count starting with session number SessionPlusCount (positive value). If SessionPlusCount = 0 or SessionIncreaseOrder = 0 , the parameter is ignored.

For example: SessionPlusCount = 5, SessionIncreaseOrder = 10. Starting with the 5th profitable session the order will be increased by 10%.

The order size is increased exponentially: first increase = +10% of 100, second increase = +10% from 110, and so on. To view the actual order increase, see log entry: LINK: [1] (28) OrderSize increased by 33.10%: 100.00$ => 133.10$

SessionIncreaseOrderMax: The maximum limit for order size increase in percent based on the original OrderSize (default 500% = 5 times)

SessionReduceOrder: order size reduction percentage based on the increase in negative sessions count starting with session number SessionMinusCount (positive value). The order is decreased exponentially, by dividing by a percentage.

The first reduction = 100 / (1 + 20%) = 83.3$. The second reduction = 83.3 / (1 + 20%) = 69.4$, and so on.
To view the actual order reduction, see log entry: LINK: [1] (28) OrderSize reduced by 20.0%: 100.00$ => 83.3$

SessionReduceOrderMin: The maximum limit for order size reduction in percent based on the original OrderSize (default 500% = 5 times)

SessionResetTime: The interval (in sec.), after which an auto-reset of session counters occurs. Once in SessionResetTime sec., the profitable and negative session counters are decreased by 1, while the profit value is decreased by 10% (i.e. if the strategy is not working on a coin, with time, its session is reset to zero)
For example, percentage of threshold reduction = 30%, SessionMinusCount=3, SessionStratMin=-100$. If you caught the third consecutive negative session, the loss threshold will decrease to SessionStratMin=-100 / 30%= $-77.
Decrease in the threshold is calculated using the formula: SessionStratMin / ( 1 + (MinusCounter - SessionMinusCount + 1) * SessionStratReduceMin / 100).
For example, with SessionStratReduceMin = 30% and base SessionStratMin = -$100, after the fourth minus session the threshold will be 100 / (1 + 2 * 0.3) = 100 / 1.6 = 62.5
For example: the threshold is 200$, the percentage increase is = 20%, SessionPlusCount = 3. In this case, starting with the 3rd profitable session, the threshold will be increased by 20% and will equal 240$.
The threshold is increased linearly using this formula: SessionStratMax * ( 1 + (Counter – SessionPlusCount + 1) * SessionStratIncreaseMax / 100).
For example: SessionStratIncreaseMax = +20%, SessionPlusCount = 2, and the 5th profitable session is rolling, in this case the threshold is increased by +200+20% * (5 – 2 + 1 = 4)= 200 + 80% = 360$.
Yes, the current actual session thresholds can be viewed on the chart when the Funnel "Filters on chart" button is on - these are the values of sMin and sMax.
The order size increases with the number of plus sessions as follows:
For example, SessionPlusCount=5, SessionIncreaseOrder=10. Then, starting from the fifth profitable session, the order will be increased by 10%.
The order size increases exponentially: at first step +10% of 100, at second step +10% of 110, and so on. You can see the actual increase of the order in the log of the entry of the form:
LINK: [1] (28) OrderSize increased by 33.10%: $100.00 => $133.10.
Decreasing the size of the order as the number of unprofitable sessions increases is as follows:
On the 1st step the new order = 100 / (1 + 20%) = $83.3. On the second step, the new order = 83.3 / (1 + 20%) = $69.4, and so on. You can see the actual decrease in the order in the log of the entry of this form:
LINK: [1] (28) OrderSize reduced by 20.0%: $100.00 => $83.3.
The session settings on the Sessions tab of the Moonbot strategies work only when the AutoTrading Extension package is activated or when the mode in the Emulation Menu is enabled.
Remote control commands will be applied only to orders set in the MoonBot slave terminal with the AcceptCommands=YES option enabled. Thus, you can disable external control of your terminal at any time by setting AcceptCommands=NO in the Telegram strategy settings or deactivate this strategy altogether. If you do not want your terminal to accept remote control commands that change global settings, remove the controlling Telegram channel from the list of channels on the Settings-Telegram tab.
Yes, for this purpose in the MoonBot terminal you can use the following parameter in the strategy settings on the Buy conditions tab: MinFreeBalance, if at the moment of detection the balance will be less than the value set in this parameter, the strategy will not try to place orders for the balance (not applicable to munshots). The value in this parameter is set in base currency. If you set it to 0, the parameter is not applied.
Yes, this is normal trailing behaviour. In the MoonBot terminal, the Stop Loss Delay parameter is set to 5 seconds (StopLossDelay=5) in your strategy settings. If you have enabled trailing UseTrailing=YES, and for example, it is set without take profit on trailing (UseTakeProfit=NO), then the trailing line will appear not immediately after buying a coin, but only after the end of the delay, which is set in the parameter StopLossDelay, in your case it is 5 seconds. Then the trailing line will follow the trailing line as the price rises, hedging the trade, and after the price crosses the trailing line, the position will be closed by Panic Sell.
In the MoonBot terminal, strategies with the same ChannelKey settings, which listen to the same managing Telegram channel, will be simultaneously triggered, and in your case buy a coin, only if each of them will be ticked on the Main tab in the IndependentSignals=YES parameter.
In the MoonBot terminal in the settings for the MoonShot strategy on the Strategy settings tab in the MShotPriceMin parameter, you can set the value in % starting from 0.05, but only if the strategy has coins that are whitelisted in the CoinsWhiteList parameter.

Click the SM button on the main window of MoonBot terminal so that there is a red arrow on the icon of this button, in this case you will activate the Stop Market.
Next, in the strategy window create a manual strategy Manual and on its Sell order tab configure the parameters for setting the Stop Market: UseMarketStop=YES (use the stock stop) and MarketStopLevel=-1 (set the Stop Market to -1% of the coin's purchase price).
Then check that you have the Manual Strategy trading mode enabled: Menu-Manual Trading-Use Manual Strategy and on the main window of the MoonBot terminal, select the Manual strategy you configured earlier. Then open the chart of the desired coin and buy it, after that you will set the stock stop at -1% of the purchase price.
Please note that in order to be able to use Stop Market, you should set the slider to the far right on the Settings-Advanced-System tab to "Log level: 5".

In this case, when buying a coin in the MoonBot terminal using a manual strategy with the parameters UseMarketStop=YES and MarketStopLevel=0, a take line (Sell order) will be placed, but you will still have the option to move this take line to the opposite stack with automatic replacement by the Stop Market line, as well as the reverse action: you can move the Stop Market line to the opposite stack and the take line will appear again.
Please note that in order to be able to use Stop Market, you should set the slider to the far right on the Settings-Advanced-System tab to "Log level: 5".

The Activity strategy is designed to detect series of identical orders._x000D_nAttention! This strategy does not work on a 1-core dedicated server, but only on servers that have 2 or more cores in the CPU.

Activity strategy specific parameters:

MMTimeFrame=45
Timeframe for analysing identical orders, sec.
You can set values from 15 to 60 seconds.

MMOrderMin=100
Order search range, from this minimum order size in $.
The minimum value in this parameter is $100.

MMOrderMax=1000
The range of order search, up to this maximum order size in $.

MMOrderStep=1
Order grid step, in $

With these settings (these values are set by default), the analysis is performed on a period of 45 seconds (MMTimeFrame=45), which is automatically divided by the strategy into three equal intervals, in this case 15 seconds each (45/3=15sec) and at each interval all orders from the specified range from $100 (MMOrderMin=100) to $1000 (MMOrderMax=1000) are analysed and counted with the step of the orders grid of $1 (MMOrdersStep=1), according to these parameters the necessary "series" of orders is detected and in their presence the strategy Activity is detected.

If you have enabled the Activity strategy and ticked the box next to the Extended Debug Mode parameter on the Settings-Advanced-System tab, you can see a line on the coin chart with the parameters from the detection of this strategy. In your case, these parameters are deciphered as follows.

MM Detected: 16:51:27 Vol: 200 O: 32 [47, 24, 45] E: 29%

MM Detected: 16:51:27 is the time when the strategy Activity detected.

Vol: 200 is the volume (size) of the order in the series of approximately $200.

O: 32 - this is the number of orders in the series

[47, 24, 45] - this is how many orders of all sizes there were on each of the three 15-second intervals [15c=47orders, 15c=24orders, 15c=45orders]

E: 29% is the average ratio of the total number of orders to the number of orders in the series

After all comparisons, if the value of E satisfies the value for the detector, then the Activity strategy is triggered.

Take into account the fact that the Activity strategy does not implement a mechanism for determining the "sign" of an order and the strategy does not distinguish whether it was a buy (green) or sell (red) order. And in fact, the strategy's detection of the order "$200" can be in a series of both:
1) positive orders (green to buy): 200,200,200,200
2) negative orders (red to buy): -200,-200,-200,-200
3) mixed orders (both green and red): 200,-200,200,-200
(*signs are arranged conventionally to make the explanation clearer).

That is, the Activity strategy can detect a series of green orders that may lead to a price increase, it can detect red orders that may lead to a price decrease, and it can detect mixed orders that may cause the price to stay in the same place.

Note that if the coin is "heavy" with dense stacks, a series of orders of $100-200 will not lead to a rise or fall in price, but we can be guided by the behaviour of bots, which in the background start small frequent buying or selling of coins with the same orders, which may signal their interest in the coin. If the coin is "medium heavy" with more rarefied stacks, then a series of green orders of 20 pieces, e.g. $20000 each, totalling $400000, can significantly push the price up and vice versa, a series of large sell orders can cause the price to fall.
Therefore, it is recommended to create several Activity strategies with different time frames and different order ranges (narrower):
Activity1: $100...$300,
Activity2: $500...$700,
Activity3: $1000...$1300,
Activity4: $10000...$15000
, etc.
And each strategy can be used for different scenarios: the start of the bot, manipulations of traders and so on.

In addition to the fact that the Activity strategy will be able to recognise a series of orders of the same size, you will need additional filter settings (deltas, volumes, EMA) to confirm the growth or fall of the price and in which direction you should open a position.

Activity strategy can also be recommended as a detector for manual trading or as a Master strategy, which will work together with another Slave strategy, which in turn will confirm the entry into a deal and place buy orders.

The Binance Futures exchange performs an automatic funding calculation every 8 hours - at 00:00, 08:00 and 16:00 UTC.
But there are no "fanding" parameters in the strategy settings that can stop trading on strategies.

Therefore, in the current implementation of MoonBot terminal you need to use the WorkingTime parameter in the filter section of strategy settings.
But since you can enter only one working period in it, you will need to set up 3 Master strategies with different WorkingTime intervals, which in due time will give a trigger key to stop all strategies during the fanding period (to use triggers you need to purchase and activate the additional paid module "Extension Pack for Autotrading" https://moon-bot.com/ru/pro-version/extension-pack/).

Strategy1: WorkingTime=03:00-03:01
Strategy2: WorkingTime=11:00-11:01
Strategy3: WorkingTime=19:00-19:01

That is, you should set the time to 00:00, 08:00 and 16:00 UTC + X hours based on your time zone and add a minute interval.

If you tick the FastStopLoss=YES parameter, which is responsible for faster stop triggering on trader crosses, then activation on them will be only for stop1, stop2 and stop3. And trailing will not be triggered on crosses.
Strategies with a non-zero BuyDelay parameter check the balance after the BuyDelay time expires, i.e. just before placing a Buy order. In your case, the check will be done after the 1000 ms delay expires and if the balance is sufficient, the strategy will immediately place a Buy order.
When you add a coin to the Black List (BL) field on the Settings-Main tab, for example BTC, in old strategies the coin does not appear in the CoinsBlackList=(empty) parameter, but all strategies stop working on this BTC coin._x000D_nIf you create a new strategy after adding a coin, for example BTC, to the global BL, then this coin from BL is automatically added to the parameter CoinsBlackList=BTC and also the new strategy does not work on this coin BTC._x000D_nIn this case on the BTC coin chart the BL lock under the Order button (to the right of the chart on the control panel) will be switched on._x000D_nFurther, if you remove the coin from the global BL, the BL lock on the coin will be switched off and all old strategies, which previously had an empty CoinsBlackList=(empty), will start working on this coin, but the new strategy, which already has a coin in the CoinsBlackList=BTC parameter, will not work until you remove this coin from this field._x000D_nOn the Stops tab of strategy settings there is StopLossFixed parameter - it is a fixed stop in strategies with grid, if StopLossFixed=YES, then the stop is placed on the first order and after combining the stop with this option remains in the same fixed place.
On the Stops tab of strategy settings there is StopLossFixed parameter - this is a fixed stop in strategies with grid, if StopLossFixed=YES, then the stop is placed on the first order and after combining the stop with this option remains in the same fixed place.
On the Stops tab of the strategy settings there is the StopSpreadAdd1mDelta parameter, which allows increasing the stop loss spread depending on the 1-minute delta: For example, StopSpreadAdd1mDelta=0.1, and the minute delta on the coin = 25%, then 25% * 0.1 = 2.5% will be added to the spread.nPriceBug is also taken into account in the calculation of StopSpreadAdd1mDelta and the spread is increased by the amount (minute delta + PriceBug) * StopSpreadAdd1mDelta.

On the Buy condition tab of the strategy settings there is the buyPriceLastTrade parameter, if it is ticked and buyPriceLastTrade=YES, then the price of the last trade-trade will be used to calculate the buy price. If the tick is not checked and buyPriceLastTrade=NO, then the last ASK price will be used.
Attention! The buyPriceLastTrade parameter is absent in the following strategies: MoonShot, UDP, Manual, Spread, MoonHook, as it is either not reasonable or the strategy has its own mechanics for calculating the Buy order.

In order for the strategy in the MoonBot terminal to place a Buy order not from the ASK price, but from the last trade of the cross and within 30 seconds, you need to set two parameters on the Buy conditions tab of the strategy settings as follows: buyPriceLastTrade=YES and Use30SecOldASK=YES.
Attention! The buyPriceLastTrade parameter is absent in the following strategies: MoonShot, UDP, Manual, Spread, MoonHook, as it is either not reasonable or the strategy has its own mechanics for calculating the Buy order.

Yes, the Short checkbox on the Buy conditions tab of strategy settings works on all spot strategies, but with the Binance Futures module activated.

In the MoonBot terminal, on the Filters tab of the strategy settings, there is a parameter called BinancePriceBug (default 0.5% for futures, default 1.0% for spot): the price lag percentage at which trading in this strategy should be stopped.
If this filter is triggered, a 30 second penalty is activated on the strategy, so new orders for this strategy will not be placed on all coins for at least 30 seconds or more if the price lag does not go down.

For clarity, the current calculated price lag value (PriceLag line) is displayed in the Info window, which is opened by clicking on the traffic light icon (green or orange circle, to the left of the Ping value) in the lower left corner of the MoonBot terminal information bar.

How the price lag is calculated: the price of the "knot" on the brown price line (for the light theme) is compared with the trades for the last 10 seconds. The smallest discrepancy is taken for each market, then the largest discrepancy is taken for all markets.
That is, the price lag is the largest across all markets of the closest distances between the crosses and the price line.

Usually the values of BinancePriceBug=0.5% (for futures) and BinancePriceBug=1.0% (for spot) should be enough in the normal operation of the exchange and in this case there are almost no false positives and stops of strategies, and the real price lag, if it happens, then at large values.

There are traders who want to protect themselves when lagging the price on the Binance exchange and we will recommend them to leave the default values. But some riskier traders are not satisfied with penalties after stopping the strategy, when it is possible to buy back the asset at a more interesting price and they set BinancePriceBug to large values and do not stop trading even with significant lags of the exchange.

The AutoSplitBuy parameter on the Multiple Orders tab is only available in Manual strategies and it is only used when the OrdersCount=1.
If AutoSplitBuy=YES, it will split the Buy order in case the initial placed size exceeds the maximum limit for a single order.
The maximum value of a single order on different coins may differ and can be viewed on the main window of the MoonBot terminal on the right control panel (value "Max:").
Other strategies do not have this parameter because of the possibility of uncontrolled banning by the exchange.

MoonBot and Telegram

The trading terminal has a "Share" button on the left side of the trading control panel.

How it works: a trader who finds a coin interesting for the community, presses the "Share" button, and the bot sends a short message to the common Telegram channel @MoonInt. The message contains the name of the coin, some of its parameters, the reg ID of the trader, his name and rating.

Note:
The name and login of the trader for the post in the channel is taken from the settings of the bot, Settings - Login page.
Only 1 bot on 1 computer can send signals using the "Share" button.

You can not only send signals to the @MoonInt channel, but also read messages from it. It is recommended to set the strategy to read this channel without auto-purchase, with an audible notification. You can use keywords in messages in the signal filter, for example accept only messages from users with a rating of 5.

To use the service (send coins and read @MoonInt channel bot) you need your consent to send debugging data to our server. Open page "Settings - Login" and check "I agree to send debug data to bot's server". The bot will send to our server the data needed to calculate the rating: the results (plus or minus) for each closed trade, the name of the coin, the time of opening and closing the order.

The rating is calculated on the basis of trades of other users who used the signal (i.e. opened an order based on this signal). The rating varies from 0 to 5 and is initially assigned a rating of 1. The rating calculation algorithm is not disclosed and can change following the test results without notice.

You can read more on this page of our website: https://moon-bot.com/en/72-social-trading/
To do this, you need to create for each MoonBot terminal its own telegram group, which will receive:
1) information on detects and trades
2) In such a group you can receive summary statistics on profits and losses
3) remote control of the bot via MoonBot terminal control commands via telegram (change strategy parameters, buy and sell coins, cancel buy orders, etc.)
We have a special group for the connection of reports and MoonBot management via telegram, I recommend to join and see the order of connection. Instructions on how to connect can be read in this message: https://t.me/reportmmbot/57
This service is designed to help optimize your operational reporting and may be of particular interest to those who use multiple copies of the MoonBot terminal to trade on remote servers.
@ReportMBBot
Your identification in the Telegram bot, as a user, is done automatically based on the Telegram account specified in the MoonBot (Settings - Login). For example, you have five bots running, and you want to see their individual statistics, you need to add all five bots, your actual Telegram, and in the "Your Name" field of each bot, specify its name, such as bot1, bot2, bot3 ...
For correct work it is necessary:

IN MOONBOT.
1. Check the box allowing you to send your bidding data to the server (Settings - Login).
2. In each of your bots add your real telegram login of the account from which you will connect to telegram bot (Settings - Login).
Telegram Login must be no more than 14 characters.
This can be a single Telegram for all of your bots, or several of your Telegram accounts, if necessary to break down the statistics.
3. In each of your bots add "Your name" (Latin alphabet), preferably shorter, in order to make the most comfortable display on smartphones (Settings - Login).
Need to use the individual name for each bot, ie if you have trades three bots with munshots, you can call them Shot1, Shot2, Shot3 and get statistics from the three bots.
4. After adding data you need to restart MoonBot and make at least 1 trade.

IN TELEGRAM BOT
1. Add a telegram bot, click Start, enter your time zone, activate "hourly" and / or "daily" reporting.
Expect to receive the report on a regular basis.
3. If you want to request a custom report.

Current functionality:
1. Hourly reporting by each bot + total for all bots + cumulative statistics on an accrual basis during the day.
2. Daily reports per bot + total for all bots + cumulative statistics cumulative total for a month.
3. Custom reports for a selected time interval.
4. The amount of commission spent by you (when trading on Binance).

The sooner you register in all of your bots actual Telegram and names of bots, the more extensive database for analytics will be stored on the server and the more useful for you will be the work of Telegram-bots.
Comments and suggestions are welcome.
It is also important to note that the proposed statistics are for informative purposes only and does not guarantee 100% consistency with your trading account.

You can use the "Share" button to send messages to your Telegram channel or group.

To do this, first open the chart of any coin and click the "Share" button on the right side of the main window of the MoonBot terminal to open the "Share market" settings window.

1) Tick "Don't show this screen next time (you can still open it by right-clicking on the "Share" button)".
*When this checkbox is checked, the "Share market" window will not be opened by left-clicking on the "Share" button, but the "Share" command will be executed, and the "Share market" window will now be opened by right-clicking on the "Share" button.

2) Tick the "I'd like to post signals to my own channel automatically" box.

3) Enter the bot token from the bot obtained from @BotFather.

4) Enter the channel name in the "My channel name" field:
a) if the channel is open, you must enter the channel name.
b) if the channel is closed, you need to enter its id.
To find out the id of the channel, you can write any message to your channel, which is listening to your MoonBot terminal (on the Settigs-Telegram tab), for example, the command "BTCUSDT BUY" and see this message in the log file in the folder logs\LOG_ADD_2023-XX-XX.log, it will contain the id of the channel or use the @username_to_id_bot: use the search bar in Telegram to find the @username_to_id_bot and launch it (the button "Launch").
Then click on the "Channel" button, select your channel from the list, from which you want to know the id and confirm the action.
Then look in the Telegram bot @username_to_id_bot information "Chat id: -10017ХХХХХХХХХХ26" and copy this id. The id through the bot and through the ADD log will be different:

Chat id: -10017XXXXXXXXXXX26 (this is how the id from @username_to_id_bot looks like)
id:17XXXXXXXXX26 (this is the id from the MoonBot terminal's ADD log without the "-100" prefix).

And you can enter in the field "My channel name" as such id "-10017XXXXXXXXX26", or you can discard "-100" and enter such id "17XXXXXXXXX26" in both cases everything will work.

5) Tick "Send only share signals".

6) Click the "Test" button to check if messages are being sent to your channel. If a message with time appears in the channel, everything is set up correctly.

Then you can close the "Share market" window and open the chart of any coin, for example PEPE and press the "Share" button. After that, a record of the following type will appear in your channel:
#PEPE delta: -0.2% flat
UserXXXXX @ RatingXXXX.
With these messages you can notify all subscribers to your channel that this coin is worthy of attention.

But you can additionally switch on the "I'd like to post Trust Management signals via UDP" checkbox and tick the necessary checkboxes for sending commands. Then your actions (buy, sell, etc.) will be broadcast to the Telegram channel and can be used by other (slave) bots that follow the commands in your channel.

In addition, you can subscribe the same bot to this channel and send messages to it using the "Share" button, which will then be read by your MoonBot terminal and trigger various telegram strategies that perform different functions: buy, sell, trigger strategies, reset trigger keys, and other actions. Similar actions can be done with other terminals, by pressing the "Share" button in one terminal, you can stop trading on all your terminals, remove unrealised Buy orders in them and quickly free up the balance for a more interesting coin, launch the necessary strategies and other actions.

In order to receive in Telegram information about deals in text form and screenshots with deals, you need to do the following steps:

=========
First, you need to log in to @BotFather (https://t.me/BotFather).
Press /newbot
Alright, a new bot. How are we going to call it? Please choose a name for your bot.

CHOOSENAME.
Good. Now let's choose a username for your bot. It must end in bot. Like this, for example: TetrisBot or tetris_bot.

CHOOSENAME_bot (choose a unique username for your bot, if the chosen name already exists, try again and choose another name).

Done! Congratulations on your new bot. You will find it at t. me/CHOOSENAME_bot.
You can now add a description, about section and profile picture for your bot, see /help for a list of commands.
By the way, when you've finished creating your cool bot, ping our Bot Support if you want a better username for it.
Just make sure the bot is fully operational before you do this.

Use this token to access the HTTP API:
1111111111:SdDDSFSDfsdfkdf_SDFdfsdfsdfsdfsdf_sdsdfds
(this will be the bot token from @BotFather to access the API).
Keep your token secure and store it safely, it can be used by anyone to control your bot.
For a description of the Bot API, see this page: https://core.telegram.org/bots/api

=========
- Next, you need to create your group in Telegram and add one user to it (without adding a user, Telegram does not allow you to create a group).
- Search for your bot created via @BotFather t. me/CHOOSENAME_bot and add it to the group.
- Go to the Administrators section in the group and add this bot as an administrator.
- Go into his admin permissions and enable all permissions for him (the bars should be blue).

=========
Then go into the MoonBot terminal and open the Settings-Advanced-Remote tab:

1) Give a name to the terminal in the field This bot name: NAMEBOT (write your own terminal name to understand what bot sends deals and screens, the bot name will be changed after restarting the terminal in administrator mode).

2) Tick "I have my own bot ID" and in the field below insert the bot token received from @BotFather.
1111111111:SdDDSFSDfsdfkdf_SDFdfsdfsdfsdfsdf_sdsdfds

3) Tick the "Send ScreenShots" checkbox. Also optionally tick "Send to public group".

4) Select the restrictions of your conditions for sending screenshots:
a) "If Profit $ > 1"
b) "or profit % > 1"
c) "or hourly profit $ > 50"
These are the minimum possible default values and you can set them to the values you need.

5) Set Time Scale,% 100 (default) and Price Scale,% 0 (default).

6) Click the Generate PIN code button.

7) In the field below the inscription "Type this PIN code in your channel" you will see the PIN code that you need to copy to the buffer.

8) Open your previously created group, paste the PIN code into the message and send it to the group.

9) If everything is done correctly, you will get a reply in the Telegram group:
NAMEBOT (name of your bot): Remote chat approved
ID=1111111111 name: NAMEBOT
Hi mate!
(and the second message in the group will be a message with available commands)

10) Give in the group command: talk (enable bot notifications in chat about closed deals).

11) For the test buy and sell a coin and the text message in this case will come to Telegram group in any case (at any transaction plus or minus and with any amount in $), and the screenshot comes only if the conditions for sending screenshots on the tab Settings-Advanced-Remote.

If you don't have your token bot configured on the Settings - Advanced - Remote tab, reports from the MoonBot terminal to Telegram are sent with a 4-second delay.

Control via Telegram

Yes, you can manage the MoonBot terminal through Telegram, for this there is a special tab Settings - Advanced - Remote inside, which has the necessary settings. You need to create your group in telegram (if you are using an alternative telegram, make the created group a super group) and add the bot @TMoonBot to it, and then make it the administrator.
Then you need to create a PIN code using the "Generate Pin code" button and write this code in the created group. After the bot reads this code, it will mark this group as trusted. On the same tab you can name the MoonBot terminal to understand which bot is sending messages and reports to the connected telegram group.
For a list of available commands to remotely control the MoonBot terminal, text the word "hi" to the Telegram group it is connected to and receive a full list of commands in return. You can read more on our website: https://moon-bot.com/en/manual/history/
The MoonBot terminal must be connected to telegram. Then send a telegram command, for example, "buy BTC" and it will buy a BTC coin at the market with a long position, according to the setting of the basic parameters of the terminal.
The MoonBot terminal must be connected to Telegram. Then send a telegram command, for example, "short BTC" and it will buy a BTC coin on the market with a short position, according to the setting of the main parameters of the terminal.
Yes, you can do this if the MoonBot terminal is connected to Telegram. To activate Panic Sell mode and urgently sell a coin, send a "sell token" command to Telegram, for example, "sell BTC".
Yes, you can do this with the telegram command "SellALL", in which case the Panic Sell mode will be activated on all coins and according to the basic settings of the MoonBot terminal, all coins will be sold.
Yes, you can do this with the telegram command "list", in which case the MoonBot terminal will send a list of active sell orders.
Yes, this can be done using the telegram command "lst", in which case the MoonBot terminal will send a list of active sell orders in short form.
Yes, this can be done using the telegram command "silent", in which case the MoonBot terminal will disable notifications of closed trades and will not send them to the telegram channel.
Yes, this can be done using the telegram command "talk", in which case the MoonBot terminal will turn on notifications of closed trades and will send them to the telegram channel.
Yes, this can be done by using the telegram command "STOP", in which case the STOP button is pressed in the MoonBot terminal and it will not buy coins from the signals.
Yes, you can do this by telegram command "CancelBuy", in which case the MoonBot terminal will cancel all outstanding buy orders and the deposit will be released.
Yes, you can do this by telegramming the command "START", in which case in the MoonBot terminal, press the Start button and will run the strategy.
Yes, this can be done using the telegram command "BL", in this case, the terminal MoonBot will send information to telegram with a list of coins that are in the blacklist.
Yes, this can be done by telegram command "BL + coin", for example, "BL + BTC", in which case the BTC coin will be added to the MoonBot terminal black list of coins.
Yes, you can do it with a telegram command "BL - coin", such as "BL - BTC", in which case the BTC coin will be removed from the MoonBot terminal blacklist.
Yes, this can be done by using the telegram command "SetParam Strategy Param Value" (change the parameter in the strategy or in all strategies of the folder ("empty" for empty string). Example command: SetParam Name1 CoinsWhiteList MITH
Where:
SetParam - the command itself "set parameter"
Strategy = "Name1" - Strategy or folder name (in this case, the parameter will apply to all strategies in this folder)
Param = "CoinsWhiteList" - Parameter to change, in this case it is the white list
Value = "MITH" - name of the coin, which should be added to the white list
In response, the MoonBot terminal should return a message about the correct execution of the command: Param changed: CoinsWhiteList: matic => MITH.
When using folders in the MoonBot terminal to quickly switch strategies (not through the START/STOP bot), you can send commands to folders/strategies via telegram in the parameters: white list (coin, empty), AutoBuy (YES/NO), number of orders (0 on stop), filters, etc.

All strategies should be running (light on) and stop conditions should be set in the right parameters on those strategies that should not place orders.
For example, switch strategies SHOTS/DROPS through a white list:

SetParam SHOTS CoinsWhiteList Y
(this command prohibits work of the strats in the SHOTS folder by whitelisting a coin "Y", which is not on the market)

SetParam DROPS CoinsWhiteList empty
(this command allows the strats in the DROPS folder by whitelisting them, if the conditions in the filters setting are met)

Then, for example, you can set AutoBuy NO to disable strategies in the DROPS folder and then set AutoBuy YES to enable strategies in the PUMP folder:
SetParam DROPS AutoBuy NO
(With this command you disable auto-buy in all strategies in the DROPS folder)

SetParam PUMP AutoBuy YES
(With this command we enable auto-buy in all strategies in the PUMP folder)
Yes, you can do this with the telegram command "sgStop Strategy ", for example, "sgStop Name1 60", in which case the strategy "Name1" in the MoonBot terminal will be stopped for 60 minutes.
Yes, this can be done with the telegram command "sgStart Strategy", for example, "sgStart Name1", in which case the strategy "Name1" in the MoonBot terminal will be started.
Yes, this can be done with a telegram command "ResetSession coin".
Example: ResetSession FUN -> Sessions reset on BTC-FUN - this command will reset to zero the old session on FUN coin and all new sessions, as well as all cPlus and cMinus counters on FUN coin for all strategies.
Yes, this can be done with a telegram command "ResetSession coin ALL"
Example: ResetSession ALL -> Sessions reset on all markets - this command will reset to zero all old sessions on ALL coins and all new sessions, as well as all cPlus and cMinus counters on ALL coins on all strategies.
Yes, you can do this with a telegram command "ResetLoss", after you send it, the MoonBot terminal will reset the profit counters.
Yes, this can be done using the telegram command "Leverage X [coin,coin]", for example, "Leverage 20 BTC,ETH" in which case the BTC and ETH coins will be leverage x20.
Yes, this can be done using the telegram command "Margin [coin,coin | ALL] ISO\Cross".
Examples:
Margin BTC Cross - set margin on BTC coin
Margin BTC,ETH ISO - set isolated margin on BTC and ETH coins
Margin ALL Cross - set a cross margin on ALL coins
Margin ALL ISO - set isolated margin on ALL coins
Yes, this can be done by using the telegram command "ConvertBNB", in this case will be converted all small remnants of coins, the so-called "coin dust" on the balance of the exchange of your account.
After submitting the ConvertBNB telegram command, the MoonBot terminal sends a request to the Binance exchange to convert small balances of coins. Such conversion can be done no more than once a day.
Yes, you can do it with the "DoUpdate" telegram command, in which case the MoonBot terminal's auto-update to the latest version will be enabled.
Open a chart of any coin and click the "Share" button to the right of the chart on the main window of the MoonBot terminal. This will open the "Share market" window with the Social Trading settings. If you want the terminal to send commands to your own channel automatically without clicking on the "Share" button, tick the "I'd like to post signals to my own channel automatically" box. Then you need to create your own Telegram channel and get your personal bot token from @BotFather in Telegram. Your Telegram bot must be an admin in your Telegram channel. Enter the token you received in the "My Bot token" field in the "Share market" window. If your Telegram channel is public, enter its short name in the "My channel name" field, if it is a private Telegram channel, you need to find out its ID and enter the channel ID in the "My channel name" field. To find out the ID, you can write any message to your Telegram channel and see this message in the logs\LOG_ADD_MM_DD file and there will be the ID or use third-party Telegram bots that allow you to show the ID of your channel. If Telegram is blocked in your region, you can use Socks5 proxy. Next, click the Test button to check if messages are sent to your Telegram channel.
In order for MoonBot slave terminals (Slave) that read your control Telegram channel to which Trust commands are sent to be able to accept them, you need to create strategies in them to read this channel and set the AcceptCommands=YES parameter in them on the Main tab. If you use a key in your strategies to separate commands, you should send or write a command in the controlling Telegram channel in the full format, for example cmd_Buy BTC 1% sell 1% OrderSize 100% Key ST123, where ST123 is ChannelKey.
The cmd_SetStop trust management command does not include a stop loss, it can only move a previously set stop loss to a specified price. You should check in the strategy that accepts your trust management commands on the Stops tab that the UseStopLoss=YES parameter is ticked so that after buying a coin a stop loss is set to the value specified in the settings, and after that you can send a trust management command and move this stop loss to the value specified in the command.
The MoonShot strategy does not send trust management commands, as orders of this type are managed by the MoonBot terminal according to a strictly defined algorithm.

The following symbols are used in the trust management commands for the MoonBot terminal:
Coin - coin name;
Price - price of the coin, can be set in absolute values or in per cent;
X - % of the order size from the whole deposit;
"< >" - angle brackets for mandatory parameter,
[ ] - square brackets for optional parameter.

You can do this with the following trust management command: cmd_Buy [Price] [sell [Price]] [OrderSize X%] [Key ChannelKey], i.e. buy a coin at the specified price by the specified % of the set order. If there is no buy price in the command, the Buy order will be set according to the strategy settings of the slave terminal. If a sell price with the sell keyword is specified (e.g. buy NEO 7.15 sell +15% OrderSize 100%), the specified sell price will be substituted into the slave terminal strategy (this is equivalent to sending two commands: buy NEO 7.15 and cmd_UpdateSell 15%). The Key ChannelKey parameter (optional) is used to specify the strategy with the required ChannelKey. That is, it allows you to separate commands for different strategies in slave terminals. If it is not specified or there is no strategy with such a ChannelKey, the first strategy in the slave terminal will be selected.
You can do this with the following command: cmd_Short [Price] [sell [Price]] [OrderSize X%] [Key ChannelKey], i.e. place a short order at a specified price for a specified % of the set order (only for trading on Binance Futures). For example, you can send the command: cmd_Buy BTC 1% sell 1% OrderSize 100% Key ST123, where ST123 is the ChannelKey (referring to strategies that have a similar key in the ChannelKey=ST123 parameter).
You can do this with the following trust management command: cmd_CancelBuy and this command will cancel an unexecuted Buy order on the coin specified in the command.
You can do this with the following trust management command: cmd_Sell - sell the coin at the specified price. Upon receiving this command, the orders to buy the given coin will be cancelled, and the MoonBot terminal will start selling all purchased coins at the specified price.
You can do this with the following command: cmd_SetStop - set the stop loss value on an open order on a Coin. The price should be specified in absolute value (example: cmd_SetStop BNB 215 - set the stop loss on the coin BNB at the price of 215$). Keep in mind that if the command specifies a price that is higher than the current one, then when you set a stop loss, the position will be immediately closed by the market using the Panic Sell function.
You can do this with the following command: cmd_PanicSell [Key ChannelKey] - activate the Panic Sell function on Coin. If you use the Key key in this command, you can send a sell command for a specific strategy with the same key.
You can do this with the following command: cmd_PanicSellAll, i.e. activate the Panic Sell function on all active orders. This command is not sent automatically and you can write it manually in the controlling Telegram channel and slave terminals will execute it.
You can do it using the following trust management command: cmd_UpdateBuy - change the value of the buy price in the strategy of the Slave terminal. The price must be specified in per cent (from the current market price), the % sign after the number is mandatory! This command is not sent automatically and you can write it manually in the controlling Telegram channel and slave terminals will execute it.
You can do it using the following command: cmd_UpdateSell - change the value of the sale price in the strategy of the Slave terminal. The price must be specified as a percentage (of the purchase price), the % sign after the number is mandatory! This command is not sent automatically and you can write it manually in the controlling Telegram channel and slave terminals will execute it.
You can do it using the following command: cmd_UpdateStopLoss [AllowedDrop] - change the value of stop loss in the strategy of the Slave terminal. The price must be specified in per cent (from the buy price), the % sign after the number is mandatory! The optional second parameter - AllowedDrop, is also set in per cent. This command is not sent automatically and you can write it manually in the controlling Telegram channel and the slave terminal will execute it.
You can do it using the following command: cmd_UpdateKeyWords - update the list of keywords on the Settings-AutoBuy tab in the "Keywords (comma separated) in Long signal" field. The words are specified with a comma after this command, for example: cmd_UpdateKeyWords Buy,Long. This command is not sent automatically and you can write it manually in the controlling Telegram channel and the slave terminal will execute it.
You can do this using the following trust management command: cmd_UpdateBlackWords - update the list of stop words on the Settings-AutoBuy tab in the "Blackwords (comma separated) in message" field. Stop words are specified with a comma after the command, for example: cmd_UpdateBlackWords called,given,told,dont,don't,reached. This command is not sent automatically and you can write it manually in the controlling Telegram channel and the slave terminal will execute it.
You can do it using the following command: cmd_UpdateLowerPriceWords - update the list of words on the Settings-AutoBuy tab in the "Words in message to buy at lower price" field. Words are specified with a comma after this command, for example: cmd_UpdateLowerPriceWords wait dip,for dip,when dump,when dumped. This command is not sent automatically and you can write it manually in the controlling Telegram channel and the slave terminal will execute it.
You can do it using the following trust management command: cmd_UpdateTokenTags - update the list of tokens on the Settings-AutoBuy tab in the field under the "Buy tokens tagged with" parameter. Words are specified with a comma after this command, for example: cmd_UpdateTokenTags #,USDT. This command is not sent automatically and you can write it manually in the controlling Telegram channel and the slave terminal will execute it.

How to configure command processing (slave bot):
In order for the MoonBot Slave terminal reading your controlling Telegram channel to accept and execute remote control commands, you need to create a Telegram strategy for this channel and set AcceptCommands=YES on the Main tab.

You need to create several Telegram strategies in the MoonBot slave terminal that read commands from the controlling Telegram channel and specify a different keyword for each of them in the ChannelKey parameter. For example, for the first strategy it will be the word ST1 (ChannelKey=ST1) and for the second strategy it will be ST2 (ChannelKey=ST2). Then you will need to send the command in the controlling Telegram channel in full format, including the key at the end of the command for the strategy that has this key. So the command for the first strategy, for example, would be: cmd_Buy BTC 1% sell 1% OrderSize 100% Key ST1, and for the second strategy, for example, would be: cmd_Buy ETH 2% sell 2% OrderSize 100% Key ST2.
MoonBot terminal has a built-in limit on sending screenshots to the Telegram channel, which does not allow you to send more than 20 screenshots per minute. This is done on purpose to avoid getting banned under the conditions of the allowed frequency of sending screenshots to the Telegram channel.
Yes, it is possible, for this purpose use telegram commands to stop and start strategies for the time you need: sgStop and sgStart. In the Filters section there is a PreventWorkingUntil parameter, which by default = 0, and when you send a command via telegram, this parameter contains a long number in UNIX format, until which the strategy will be stopped. Command syntax for stopping and starting strategies: sgStop [Strategy Name/Folder Name] [time in minutes] example: sgStop DROPS 30 stop the DROPS strategy for 30 minutes (the countdown time on the chart will be in seconds) sgStop [Strategy/Folder Name] (no time) stops the strategy or strategies in the folder for 120 minutes example: sgStop DROPSFOLDER stop all strategies in the DROPSFOLDER folder for 120 minutes (the countdown time on the chart will be in seconds) sgStart [Strategy Name/Folder Name] starts the strategy or all strategies in the folder example: sgStart DROPSFOLDER reset all stop penalties previously received from telegram by sgStop and allow all strategies in the DROPSFOLDER folder to run. In this case, the strategies that were targeted by the sgStart command will have zero (PreventWorkingUntil=0) written to the PreventWorkingUntil parameter, which will allow the strategies to work. Commands and strategy/folder names can be written without case - everything will work correctly.

Yes, you can. MoonBot terminal control commands via Telegram can be specified with the prefix botname:name, in this case only the terminal with the specified name will accept the command, and other terminals will have a record in the log that the command is ignored.

For example, if you send the command "botname:MOONBOT1 STOP" to terminal MOONBOT1, it will execute this command, but other terminals will not execute the command and their logs will have a record like this (for example, below is the line in the log for terminal MOONBOT2):

Remote command for other bot received: "botname:MOONBOT1 STOP" (this bot name: MOONBOT2).

You can put the terminal address either before or after the main command and the command will be executed:

"botname:MOONBOT1 STOP" or "STOP botname:MOONBOT1"

In this way you can clone terminals with the same strategy names and folders, but you can only change parameters or control functionality of a terminal with a specific name.

In the MoonBot terminal on the Settings-Advanced-Engine settings tab there is an Auto Leverage parameter, which, when ticked, allows auto leverage changes up to x5 in case of exceeding the position limit. The Auto Leverage setting acts independently of the new Auto Leverage algorithm (in the Leverage Setup menu) and reduces the leverage in case of an error about exceeding the position limit. Besides, this setting can be controlled via Telegram using the command: SetAutoLeverage ON/OFF.
To change the Config string of shoulder settings you can use the AutoLevConfig Telegram command. You can control the change of the Config line in the MoonBot terminal by clicking on the "Show Markets" button and then clicking on the "Manage Leverage" button in the opened "MarketsTable".
To implement this idea, you need to create three Telegram strategies so that they all trigger on the same signal (must be the same: keywords, ChannelName, ChannelKey) and tick "IndependentSignals=YES" on the Main tab of strategy settings. Then in each of these strategies set the necessary order size, SellPrice value and stop values you need. When the Telegram channel receives a signal that meets the conditions for buying, all these three Telegram strategies will work, buy the coin and place Sell orders with the settings you set.

If you need to buy in the MoonBot terminal on a LONG signal in Telegram to buy in SHORT and vice versa without using the triggers functionality, then you need to write opposite keywords in the Settings-AutoBuy tab, i.e. in the "Keywords (comma separated) in Long signal" field write the word SHORT, and in the "Keywords (comma separated) in Short signal" field write the word LONG.

Then we need to create two Telegram strategies:

1) The first strategy "TG-LONG->SHORT" will be with auto-buy on keyword LONG (ChannelKey=LONG), which, for example, on the Telegram signal #BTCUSDT LONG will place an order in SHORT, because the keyword "LONG" was written in the short field on the Settings-AutoBuy tab.

2) The second strategy "TG-SHORT->LONG" will be with auto-buy on the SHORT keyword (ChannelKey=SHORT), which, for example, on the #BTCUSDT SHORT telegram signal will place an order in LONG, as the keyword "SHORT" was written in the long field on the Settings-AutoBuy tab.

If you need to buy a LONG signal in the MoonBot terminal to buy a SHORT signal in Telegram and vice versa using the triggers functionality, then you need to enter the appropriate keywords in the Settings-AutoBuy tab, i.e. write the word LONG in the "Keywords (comma separated) in Long signal" field and the word SHORT in the "Keywords (comma separated) in Short signal" field.

Then we need to create two pairs of strategies Telegram (Master) and EMA (Slave):

1) Telegram strategy "TG-LONG-Trigger" (Master) without autopurchase, for example, on the signal #BTCUSDT LONG by the keyword LONG will give a trigger to start the strategy "EMA-SHORT" (Slave) with autopurchase, which will place an order in SHORT.

2) Telegram strategy "TG-SHORT-Trigger" (Master) without auto-buy, for example, on the signal #BTCUSDT SHORT by the keyword SHORT will give a trigger to start the strategy "EMA-LONG" (Slave) with auto-buy, which will place an order in LONG.

Yes, it is possible, for this purpose you should create three different Telegram strategies that would be able to accept trust management commands from your Telegram channel. In them on the Main tab you will have to set the ChannelKey=1 (set the key 1, by which these strategies will understand that the command is directed to them), AcceptCommands=YES (accept trust management commands) and IndependentSignals=YES (upon receiving a signal all suitable strategies will be triggered). In each of the strategies you can set your own parameters: order size, SellPrice level, stops, trailing and so on.nAfter receiving the following message from your Telegram channel: cmd_buy 1000FLOKI Key 1, all three strategies will trigger simultaneously and place Buy orders according to your settings.

General errors

In order to enter new API keys, you first need to click on "Register another keys", then enter the new API keys in the appropriate fields and then click on "Register API keys".
If the MoonBot terminal does not connect to the exchange and you see in the Settings - Login tab the inscription "Enter the correct API keys" in the upper left corner, then this error may be due to several reasons:
1) You are incorrectly entering API keys in the corresponding fields API key and API secret on the Settings - Login tab.
a) You are trying to enter API key data into the API secret field and vice versa. These data should be entered strictly in their own fields.
b) When you try to copy API keys into the buffer only a part of them is copied, or you have caught an extra space in the buffer.
2) You are entering expired API keys, which exchanger might delete from your account.
3) Your account at the exchange got banned or API keys are present, but there are no ticks permitting trading on the spot or futures market. In addition, we recommend immediately check the presence of API keys in the white IP address from which the MoonBot terminal is allowed to trade.
4) You may have an antivirus installed on your computer, which blocks the connection of the MoonBot terminal to the Internet, in which case the MoonBot can not connect to the exchange.
5) You should also check the Internet connection, restart the router.
6) You should also check the setting of VPN and PROXY services, if you have them connected, perhaps they are blocking the connection between your computer and exchanger addresses.
There are other reasons for this kind of error, for further advice, contact the Moon Bot Public Telegram group: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
If you periodically have the Start button pressed and the MoonBot terminal stops working, the reasons for the stops should be looked for in the log and then in the "Settings - Autostart" tab, where you need to check the checkboxes on the following items:
1) In the parameters "Stop If loss greater then": you should disable the checkboxes or increase the threshold values for the bot stop.
2) In "Auto Stop if errors level > = 3" (adjustable by slider): disable checkboxes or increase the values of error threshold.
3) In "Auto Stop if Ping > 1000 ms" (controlled by slider): disable checkmark or increase ping value.

Please note that these settings are protective in the MoonBot terminal and allow you to protect your trading in case of exceeding the loss value, or if there are errors in the API connection with the exchange, or a bad ping, which may lead to freezing of orders and loss of trading positions. Study these options carefully and use these settings knowledgeably as needed!
For stable MoonBot operation, the clock accuracy must be within plus or minus 50 ms. If the value is much higher, or if the "Clock Accuracy is BAD" message is lit in red, it will cause artifacts on the chart (layering and overlapping of trades). To fix this situation, restart MoonBot as an administrator to give it a higher priority. If this does not help, you need to synchronize the clock in Windows, because your computer time may be behind the current real time.
Using WIN10 as an example, go to Start-Search-Time-Additional date and time settings, Regional settings-Date and time-Internet time-Change settings-Synchronize over Internet. The PC will then synchronize the time with the Windows server.
Periodically you will have to repeat this procedure, if the accuracy of the clock has increased significantly. In addition, it is recommended to install a time synchronization utility, such as NetTime.
If the above tips do not help, contact the Moon Bot Public Telegram group for help: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
Sometimes the API load indicator becomes red - it signals that the API is experiencing an excessive load at the moment, which can lead to a temporary ban from the exchange. In this case, it is necessary to close unnecessary charts or enable auto-closing charts. If the increased load appears after launching the MoonShot strategy, then reduce the number of orders. Disable auto-open charts at signals from strategies. When trading manually, do not rearrange charts with a large number of orders at the same time. If you plan to run several MoonBot terminals on one bot, start the next one only after the previous one is fully loaded, i.e., not all at once, but sequentially.
MoonBot receives all trades in real time via the websocket protocol. Their absence on the chart indicates that MoonBot does not receive them. If the chart is missing crosses (trades), it may mean that the MoonBot terminal lost connection with the exchange due to Internet problems, lagging exchange, problems with antivirus or firewall on your computer, perhaps the API keys have expired or blocked your account at the exchange. In addition, perhaps the button "Show market history" (second from the right after the Auto Zoom) in the main window of the bot is depressed.
If the above tips do not help, contact the Moon Bot Public telegram group for help: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
The problem lies in the Windows system prohibiting you from writing files in the folder where MoonBot is installed, because the guidelines for its placement on the computer are violated.
a) Do not run the MoonBot terminal from the archive;
b) do not unpack MoonBot to the desktop, temporary or system folders in your operating system, such as windows, temp, users, and so on;
c) do not use Cyrillic letters in the folder names in the path to the MoonBot terminal;
d) if your computer has other disks besides the system disk C, for example, such as D, E, etc., then place the folder with the MoonBot terminal on them. If your computer has only the system drive C, then place the folder with the MoonBot on this drive in a separate folder in the root directory, for example, C:\MoonBot.
1) Perhaps some bot menu is open and it is behind the main bot window or out of the monitor area. In this case, you need to press the combination Ctrl+Shift+F10, which moves the active window on top of all the windows in the main monitor area, then close this window and the bot will respond to the controls again.
2) If the MoonBot itself is hung up, you can remove the task in Device Manager.
3) If not only the MoonBot is hung up, but also other applications on your computer, restart the hung up computer.
First, you should check all of these options:
1) The trade-enabling checkboxes in the API keys on the exchange are not checked.
2) The Start button on the main window of the MoonBot terminal is not pressed.
3) There is no or insufficient trading balance (balance is indicated in the top left corner of the main window of the MoonBot terminal).
4) An order is set less than the minimum allowable lot on a coin.
5) If you have FREE version, it is possible to expose orders only on BTC pairs and if you have switched to pair USDT, orders will not be exposed on FREE.
6) Attempt to expose the order with wrong combinations of keys and mouse clicks.
7) The order is placed not on the glass, but on the chart.
8) The strategy does not pass through the filters. Enable the "Filters on charts" (Funnel) button and see which filters do not allow the strategy to work and put the order on the chart. If necessary, adjust the parameters of the filters or temporarily disable them by setting Ignore Filters = YES.
9) The manual strategy is not set up correctly.
10) The exchange might give a ban, in this case, it is worth to wait for some time. First ban is written for 5 minutes, if spam from IP to exchanger continues from bot, exchanger writes ban for a longer time.
Other causes are possible, more accurately determine the cause of error with help of logs. If you cannot cope with this problem, for more detailed advice, contact the Moon Bot Public Telegram group: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
The main reason why the strategy does not place a Buy order in the MoonBot terminal may be several:
1) The trade-enabling checkboxes are not set in the API keys on the exchange.
2) The Start button on the main window of the MoonBot terminal is not pressed.
3) There is no or insufficient trading balance (balance is indicated in the top left corner of the main window of the MoonBot terminal).
4) The order is set less than the minimum allowable lot on the coin in the main settings or in the strategy settings in the OrderSize parameter.
5) If you have FREE version, it is possible to expose orders only on BTC pairs and if you have switched to pair USDT, orders will not be exposed on FREE.
6) Make sure that on the main window the button "Mode:" is set in position "Mode: Signals" and is green.
7) Check that the "Autodetect:" button on the main window is set to "Autodetect: ON".
8) The strategies are not activated (to activate them, you must check the box for the desired strategies and click on the button "Start Checked"). The light on the left side of the activated strategies will be on.
9) The strategy on the Buy conditions tab is not checked for auto-buy. AutoBuy is working, if the parameter is set like this: AutoBuy=YES.
10) The strategy does not pass through the filters. Activate the "Chart Filters" (Funnel) button and check which filters prevent the strategy from triggering and placing an order on the chart. If necessary, adjust the filter parameters or temporarily disable them by setting Ignore Filters = YES.
11) The strategy does not pass the conditions of the parameters on the Settings-Main tab in the "Good pump" conditions" and "Risk limit conditions" zones, to exclude this reason, uncheck all the parameters in these settings.
12) The exchange could give out a ban, in this case it is necessary to wait some time. The first ban is written for 5 minutes, if spam from IP to exchanger continues from bot, exchanger writes ban for a longer time.
Other causes are possible, more accurately determine the cause of error with help of logs. If you cannot cope with this problem, for more detailed advice, contact the Moon Bot Public Telegram group: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
Such problems may occur if there are general problems with your computer, then you need to restart your computer, run MoonBot in administrator mode, and try copying strategies again. It can also be due to a Windows clipboard problem, where capitalized words are not copied to the clipboard. If there are coins in the strategy's whitelist or blacklist, you should rewrite them in lowercase letters, for example correct from BTC to btc and try again. Also try copying strategies with CTRL+C (copy to clipboard) and paste with CTRL+V (paste from clipboard).
For this purpose, the MoonBot terminal has a hanged position tracking feature that is available only in the PRO version. The Control hanged position function is enabled in Settings-Advanced-Hang Control and can be configured as follows: 1) The Control orders of this bot should be ticked on the working bot, optionally for ping control in the Control VDS IP field, set the IP of the VDS with the tracking bot. 2) Setting up tracking bots: You need to open the UDP port specified in the bot in the line "Open UDP port 2704 in the VDS with control bot". Warning! Spot and different futures pairs use different ports. These ports are used for ping control. Then you need to fill in the table of API keys from the worker bots. API keys must be from different exchange accounts! If you enter API keys from the same account in two lines, the bot will not be able to correctly determine which account should be managed and will mark both lines with API keys in the Status column as duplicate. If API keys are entered incorrectly, or no rights are set for them, or IP whitelist, the "Status" column will show an error. The "O" checkbox in the table is responsible for controlling orders by time of existence (Time, s column) and by distance to the current price (Price, % column). The order will be cancelled after reaching the specified time or approaching the specified price distance. The "P" checkbox is responsible for position control. If it is enabled, the bot will detect positions hanging without take-outs and report about them in Telegram, and with AutoSell ticked, it will also automatically sell. In the "Dont control these balances" field you can set the Black List of coins excluded from the position control algorithm. The default coins are: BTC, ETH, BNB, USDP, TUSD, TUSD, USDC, USDT, BUSD, GBP, USD, RUB, EUR, HT, HUSD, TRY. Auto-selling is performed by a special manual strategy called "SafeGuard" - this strategy is created automatically at the first such sale, after which you can edit its settings. The IP tick is responsible for ping control. If the IP of the tracking bot is correctly set in the working bot, and if the ping does not pass within 10 seconds, then orders to open positions will be cancelled (this does not apply to take trades, the algorithm of controlling hung positions does not cancel take trades). 3) Number of tracking bots: For spot: 1 bot monitors all accounts (and will cancel orders for all pairs; look for and sell hover positions for the base currency it works on). For futures: 1 bot for each market (it will cancel orders and search for hovering positions only for the market on which it works). Total number of tracking bots required is as follows: 1 tracking bot on the spot market of Binance exchange 1 tracking bot on the USDT futures market of the Binance exchange 1 tracking bot for the BUSD futures market on Binance exchange 1 tracking bot for Binance quarterly market 1 tracking bot for Binance quarterly market 1 tracking bot for HTX spot market on HTX exchange 20-30 API keys can be inserted into each tracking bot. A larger number of entered keys can lead to an API ban at the moment when the bot starts cancelling all orders on all accounts at once; therefore, if there are more than 30 accounts, it is required to additionally separate the tracking bots on different servers, as the API load is counted by server IP and so that each bot has no more than 30 API keys.
The reasons why the inadequately low sale/purchase price is not a bug, but a feature of the average sale price display.

The main reason why the sale visually occurs, for example, at an inadequately low price: the number of coins bought is greater than the number of coins sold.
Example: bought 100 coins for $100, sold 90 coins for $90
The average purchase price = 100 / 100 = $1. Average selling price = 90 / 100 = $0.9

Why do we divide by 100 coins, even though only 90 coins were sold? Because the rest of 10 coins is impossible to sell (limit of exchanges for minimal order). You had 100 coins, as a result of their sale you have 90$, so the bot counts the average price as a result of selling 100 coins for 90$.

Why does the balance of coins appear? There could be several reasons:
1) You are trading without a balance of BNB coins. In this case, the exchange deducts the commission in the traded coins and the multiplicity of the lot is violated. For example, there were 2 coins, 0.1 was written off, the remaining 1.9 coins. And you can only sell multiples of 1 coin, so 0.9 will hang in the exchange as a residue.
2) You have BNB, but other traders trade without BNB. For example, you sell a 2 coin order into the wall with 1.9. Then you try to re-move the order, it is canceled, but it cannot be placed anymore as it is less than the minimum lot and 0.1 coin remains on the balance.
a) If you cancel a partially executed order, the unsold coins will remain on your balance. If "Cancel small SELLs" is checked, the MoonBot will delete such orders where the balance is less than a lot. The order will only be removed from the list of active from the chart, but it will remain in the report and in the exchange. The meaning of this checkbox - to remove from the screen orders, which you still can not manage, due to the fact that they are less than a lot, hence they can not be moved.
b) Another variation of the case of item 2: You move an order to sell, at which point it is partially filled, and the remainder is already less than a lot, and it cannot be moved. In the log there will be a record "Looks like order was done while replacing or rest quantity too low".
3) During listing, the commission for the first hours is written off in coins, not BNB, which always results in balances.

How do you check that you have balances?
1) You can open a spot wallet overview and there you will see your coin balances.
2) You can open the history of orders, find the desired order, expand the history of trades and check if the commission was charged in BNB or coins, and also check how much was bought and how much was sold.

All of the above can fully apply to the incorrect purchase price.

Briefly summarizing:
1) Always maintain a balance of BNB coins for trade commission deductions.
2) Regularly check the small balances of coins in your exchange account balance and convert them to BNB in time.
"Binance Exchange according to the new security rules, which were announced in advance, began to remove API keys that do not have in the white list of allowed IP addresses.
Due to this, MoonBot terminals using these keys stop on errors and cannot connect on reboot.
To solve this problem and restore the PRO version (if available), you need to do the following:
Strictly follow point by point!
1) Close MoonBot and back it up (to restore and retry).
2) Go to your account at Binance exchange and create NEW API keys (it's very important that the keys were new and not previously registered in the bot), at the same time you need to choose the type of keys Generated by the system.
3) New keys have only read permission, so further you will need to edit restrictions and specify in the white list allowed IP addresses from which these keys will work, if this is not done, the security system will not allow you to check the right checkboxes.
For those who have a dynamic IP address and it is periodically changed by the provider, you will need to either get a static address, or use a VPN or VDS (dedicated server). Otherwise, Binance will remove the API keys again.
4) After specifying the IP address in the white list, check the permissions for spot and futures trading, not forgetting to save the public and secret part of the key in a text form in a separate file (this file must be kept on a separate flash drive).
5) Run the MoonBot terminal, which previously worked for you on the remote API keys. Especially important, if you restore the PRO version, you must run the same bot.
6) Open the Settings-Login tab, completely delete the old API keys and insert the NEW ones.
7) Once you have inserted the new keys click Register API Keys.

The terminal will check if the new API keys belong to the same account, which were registered to it earlier. If you've done everything correctly, the MoonBot will connect to your Binance account and reconnect.
In the left corner is the status of the connection of the bot with the exchange, possible options: the green inscription "Ready" means that the bot has successfully connected to the exchange and receives from it via API all the necessary data for the bot or the red inscription "Connection ERROR", which would mean that the bot has problems connecting to the exchange, which may be associated with incorrect API key entry or lack of permissions to trade, internet problems, anti-virus blocking or other computer glitches. If you can't find the cause of such an error on your own, then please contact the Moon Bot Public Telegram group: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
Circle or "traffic light", its color indicates the quality of the connection to the exchange, if the light is green, then everything is fine, if the light is orange, then there are problems with the connection or a significant slowdown. In this case, you can try to change the methods of connecting to the exchanger, restart the router or wait for the lags in the exchanger to stop.
Most likely, you have one of the windows with Settings, Reports, MarketsTable and Strategies open and this window is behind the main window of the MoonBot terminal or outside the working area of the monitor. In order to return the strategies window to the main window of the MoonBot terminal and in the visible area of the monitor, you should press the combination of hot keys, which can be set in the Settings - Hotkeys tab in the "Reset form positions" field; by default, the combination is: Ctrl+Shift+F10. It's also possible that the MoonBot terminal may hang for various reasons related to the operating system, in this case, you should restart your computer and load the MoonBot terminal again in administrator mode.
If the Settings, Reports, Show Markets and Strategies windows do not open, it is likely that the window you are calling is behind the main window of the MoonBot terminal or outside the working area of the monitor. In order to return the strategies window to the main MoonBot terminal window and in the visible area of the monitor, you should press the hotkeys combination that can be set in the Settings-HotKeys tab in the "Reset form positions" field; by default, the combination is: Ctrl+Shift+F10.
To clear the Hotkeys field, click on the field with your mouse and then press ESC on your keyboard.
In the MoonBot terminal, the mode of hiding balance through Hotkeys is activated, which is set to F7 by default. If after pressing F7 the balance is still fuzzy, you should go to the Settings - Hotkeys tab and check the value of the combination in the "Hide Balance" field and press the button combination specified in this field.
In the MoonBot terminal, the emulator orders, whether they are set when the Emulation mode is enabled through the menu or set when the EmulatorMode=YES parameter is checked in the strategy - DO NOT JOINED or SPLITTED!
These icons on the chart appear automatically and are not specially disabled. Wait a while and they will appear after a while on the spot chart of the MoonBot terminal.
You trade in the MoonBot terminal on the USDT pair and see the arrow from the parallel BTC pair, which appears paler on the chart. To avoid confusion, make these arrows from the parallel pair (BTC) paler in Settings - User Interface - Color Setup or change their color a little to distinguish the chart of the parallel pair.

If it bothers you, you can disable the display of trades in the BTC pair, by right-clicking on the "Show Spot trades\OrderBook" button, which is situated to the left of the "Funnel" button, and uncheck the "Show BTC Trades" option in the menu. But it's better not to do it, because the shoots at the parallel trading pair can be a hint that the buyers and sellers are still fighting and the price at your pair can still grow, at least to the level of the shoot.
If you in the MoonBot terminal place pending orders (Pending order) in the red or green glass manually or with strategies (BuyStop or BuyLimit pending order type), the pending order has two lines:
- a solid (trigger) line through which the price line must pass (not crosses with trades) and if it triggers, it disappears from the chart.
- a dashed line (the place of placing a Buy order), after the solid line has triggered and disappeared from the chart, a real Buy order is immediately placed in place of the dashed line.
It is possible to adjust the position of the dotted line and set it above or below the solid line in order to buy a coin right after placing a Buy order or to place a Buy order within the spread or below the spread in the trading window at some distance from the market. The dotted line is displayed on the tab "Settings Interface" - tick the box "Draw pending orders buy price".
When manually placing pending orders, the distance from the dotted line to the solid line is set in the "Pending orders spread" field of the Settings - User Interface - you should set the values with the plus or minus sign in those fields, which will affect the distance and position (above or below the solid line) of the dotted line against the solid line.
During automatic placing of the pending orders (BuyStop and BuyLimit) the distance from the dotted line to the solid line is set in the strategy settings on the Buy conditions tab by the value in the PendingOrderSpread parameter, which should be written with a plus or minus sign, according to your algorithm.
So, in your case, the pending order did not trigger, since the price line did not cross it (a solid line of the pending order), and the crossing was only with crosses of trades, which do not trigger the pending order. To be sure of this, disable the crosses on the chart using the Show market history button (on the main window of the MoonBot terminal the second button to the right of the Auto Scale button) and leave only the price line. Exactly it must cross the solid line of the pending order, so that the pending order (solid line) will be triggered, disappear from the chart and put the Buy order in place of the dotted line.
If the chart has disappeared information about the trading session on the coin, it means that the Multi order mode is off. To activate Multi order mode, you need to press the M button on the main window of the MoonBot and information about the trading session on the coin will appear again.
If your strategy was placing Buy orders in the MoonBot terminal in emulator mode, but does not do so when you switch to real mode, check the size of the Buy order being placed. The parameter OrderSize, which is located on the Buy conditions tab of the strategy settings, is responsible for the size and order of placing Buy orders in the strategy. If OrderSize=0, the size of the Buy order will be taken from the bar or fixed button on the main window of the MoonBot terminal, which are responsible for the size of the Buy order. If the OrderSize parameter is set to a specific order size in BTC, then the MoonBot terminal will place a Buy order for the coin with the specified size. Please note that the Free version has a maximum order limit of $40 (in BTC equivalent), and you cannot place a Buy order below the minimum lot size on a coin (usually $5 in BTC equivalent). Accordingly, the OrderSize in the strategy settings should be between $5 and $40 (in BTC equivalent), but we recommend placing orders between $10 and $35 (in BTC equivalent) to keep within this corridor when the BTC rate changes.

Log errors

MoonBot terminal registers an increased level of API errors, which may appear due to lags with the exchange, problems with the Internet, general problems in communicating with the exchange and triggers protection by API. Enabling this protection is located on the tab Settings - Autostart, if the checkbox is set at the parameter "Auto Stop if errors level > = 3". The number of errors at which the protection will be triggered can be adjusted by the slider located to the right of this parameter. You can uncheck this protection and then the MoonBot terminal will ignore this error, but it is better not to do so, as it may affect the incorrect operation of data transmission from the MoonBot terminal to the exchange. Try to fix the problem that causes this error: check the Internet connection, restart the router, change the way you connect to the exchange or pause trading and wait until the lags with the exchange stop.
The problem is that the Windows system prohibits you from writing log files because the MoonBot terminal's placement guidelines on your computer are violated.
a) Do not run the MoonBot terminal from an archive;
b) do not unpack MoonBot to the desktop, temporary and system folders of the operating system, such as windows, temp, users, and so on;
c) do not use Cyrilic letters in the folder names in the path to the MoonBot terminal;
d) if your computer has other disks besides the system disk C, for example, such as D, E, etc., then place the folder with the MoonBot terminal on them. If your computer only has the system C drive, then place the MoonBot folder on that drive in a separate folder in the root directory, such as C:\MoonBot.
You should check all these points, fix the location of the MoonBot terminal folder, restart your computer, and then run the MoonBot.exe file in administrator mode.
This is not an error, but an information message of the MoonBot terminal, in which it reports that it has skipped opening charts more than the limit that is set in it.
This type of error in the MoonBot terminal log means that the HFT parameter in the Buy conditions tab of the strategy parameters is set less than the actual exchange lag. To ignore it you can set HFT=0 or increase the value and set it higher than the value set at the moment, so that the value exceeds the actual exchange lag.
An error of this type in the MoonBot terminal log means that you did not have enough margin, that is, funds in your balance for all your orders. Adjust your strategies according to your actual capabilities!
This is not considered an error, but just an information message and a record of this kind in the MoonBot terminal log means that the order has already been executed at the moment when MoonBot started to move it.
It is not considered an error, but just a technical message.
This type of error in the MoonBot terminal's log means that an old Binance bug has appeared, but it's still relevant. It means that API GET /api/v3/order function to check order status returns error "Order does not exist", although the order actually exists. Due to this error, it is impossible to check the order status to see if it has executed partially or completely, or if it has yet to be executed.
Binance states that the time during which the state of the order is not defined, no more than 1 second in a quiet market, and 10 seconds during high volatility, but in reality the values may be much higher. If these errors occur, you should contact Binance technical support directly with logs.
Error [499] Err: Read timed out and other errors with the code [499] usually mean a problem with the connection on your side (ISP, Internet, router). Less often - a global network failure on the exchange side.
Errors of this kind in the MoonBot terminal log mean that these are bugs appearing on the Binance exchange. To eliminate this kind of errors, we recommend to move MoonBot terminals to the location of Korea (Seoul), since experience has shown that such errors occur only in the location of Japan (Tokyo).

UDP Init failed: Could not bind socket. Address and port are already in use. Network functions won't work, sorry" in the MoonBot terminal log occurs when you run multiple copies of the MoonBot terminal with the same port number.
To make this disappear, in each MoonBot terminal, add its unique port in the "Listen UPD port:" field at the Settings - Advanced - Remote tab.
for MoonBot1: 1999
for MoonBot2: 1998
for MoonBot3: 1997
...
and so on.

This message most often appears in the log of the MoonBot terminal, which is installed on a dedicated server, and it reports that there is an API or CPU (processor) overload. To fix this kind of error you need to:
1) Go to Menu-System Setting and check "VDS optimized mode".
2) Reboot your computer
3) Check the device manager and make sure that third-party processes on the server does not load its resources, and if necessary, disable processes that cause CPU load.
4) Check the methods of connecting to the exchange and API loading, the API loading icon must be green.
5) If there are many strategies running in the MoonBot terminal, leave only one strategy for testing, which will place orders on no more than 5 coins to reduce the load on the API
6) Check that the API limits are not exceeded and the exchange did not impose a ban on trade.

If the above methods did not lead to a positive result, then for more detailed advice, ask for help in the Moon Bot Public Telegram group: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public
If you find information in the log about errors like:
- API key format invalid
- Status: 401 Invalid API-key, IP, or permissions for action
- Haven't found buy orders, waiting
If you have stopped placing orders, this means that the exchange Binance has disabled checkboxes for trading in your API (spot, futures...) and put the API in read-only mode, which means that the data from the exchange Munbot receive (you can see the graph), but you can not place an order and the exchange will not accept it from you.

To restore the ability to place orders you need to do the following steps:
1) Check that the exchange Binance has passed the PROMOTIONAL verification (with documents)
2) Go to your old API and re-register the necessary options to allow trading on the market you want (spot, futures...).
3) In the API switch the choice to "Allow access only to trusted IP addresses (recommended)" and enter in that field the IP of your home computer or server, on which you installed the Munbot and are trading. If you want to enter multiple IPs, they are entered in this field consecutively, separated by a space.

Note:
a) You can find the IP of your home computer using any IP checking service, such as this one: https://2ip.io/
But keep in mind that it is better to buy a permanent IP address from your provider, otherwise, if you have a dynamic IP, then after the restart of home equipment (computer, router) you may be assigned another dynamic IP address, which will be different from the one you entered in the API keys on the exchange.
b) Find the IP of the remote server can be in the personal cabinet of the service provider (Vultr, Amazon, etc.)
c) You can not prescribe in this field a white list of IP, but the API will disable your ability to trade after 90 days (if you forget to renew it, it will turn off at the most inopportune moment).
4) If there were problems with the old keys or they were deleted by the exchange, you can create new API keys with repeating steps 2) and 3)
5) Next, close Munbot and restart it in administrator mode.
6) If you still have the old keys, then check their work and make sure that now the orders are placed and Munbot works correctly.
7) If you have created new keys, register them in Munbot and make sure that the orders are now placed and that Munbot works correctly.
The registration of new API keys over the old ones is done as follows: Settings-Login:
a) Click: Register other keys.
b) Enter the new keys (API Key and API Secret)
c) Press: Register API Keys.
After these procedures, you will be able to work in the previous mode.
MoonBot terminal registers an increased level of API errors, which may appear due to lags with the exchange, problems with the Internet, general problems in communicating with the exchange and triggers protection by API. Enabling this protection is located on the tab Settings - Autostart, if the checkbox is set at the parameter "Auto Stop if errors level > = 3". The number of errors at which the protection will be triggered can be adjusted by the slider located to the right of this parameter. You can uncheck this protection and then the MoonBot terminal will ignore this error, but it is better not to do so, as it may affect the incorrect operation of data transmission from the MoonBot terminal to the exchange. Try to fix the problem that causes this error: check the Internet connection, restart the router, change the way you connect to the exchange or pause trading and wait until the lags with the exchange stop.
You need to close any unnecessary devices connected to this Telegram account, then close the MoonBot terminal and delete the entire tdlib folder. After that, load the MoonBot terminal in administrator mode and perform the procedure to connect to Telegram again on the Settings - Telegram tab.
Go to the Settings - Main tab and uncheck the "Good pump" conditions" and "Risk limit conditions" sections.
If you have such an error in your logs and orders are not placed, it means that the exchange does not allow you to set an order higher than your strategy wants.
For example, you have the following entries in your log:
1) Task 342 started; USDT-XVS (strategy ) UseAsk: 7.9260 CurAsk: 7.92360 BUY 10.405
Task #342 started: on the USDT-XVS pair (strategy named "ST-NEW") at the current ASK price of 7.9260 a limit buy order must be placed high in the red glass on the 10.405 price line (i.e. +30% of the ASK price)
2) USDT-XVS Set Buy order: FAIL; Status: 400 Limit price can't be higher than 9.134430
It is impossible to set a Buy order on USDT-XVS pair (the task has failed) because of the error "Status: 400 Limit price can't be higher than 9.134430" (or not more than +15% of ASK price)
3) === FAILED TO SET BUY ORDER ! vol.4.80000000 price: 10.405 total 100$
The result is the following entry: BUY ORDER CANNOT BE SET AT 10.405 price line - order size 100$
In this example, in the strategy settings, the buyPrice=30 parameter was set (to set a limit order of +30%) and the exchange has at some point set a limit and did not allow you to set an order higher than +15% (according to the log entry). In this case it is necessary to decrease the value in the parameter buyPrice from 30% to 15% or lower. What exactly the restrictions introduced by the exchange, in each case, you can see in the log: check the current ASK price and the maximum allowable value of the price above which the exchange does not allow to expose the limit order and then adjust the settings of the strategy.
This type of entry reports that the bot is fixing problems with the Internet connection to fix it you need to do the following steps: 1) Reboot the router. 2) Reboot your computer. 3) Do not use Wi-Fi, or better wired Internet connection. 4) Check your VPN and PROXY settings. 5) Check firewall and antivirus blocks. 6) Try to change connection method in MoonBot: Settings - Advanced - Engine settings - "Binance connection method.
This type of entry reports that the MoonBot terminal is launched from the desktop and from a folder that is typed in Cyrilic letters.
You should close the bot, create a folder C:\MoonBot and move all the contents from the folder on the desktop to it.
Then you should run the bot from C:\MoonBot\MoonBot.exe in administrator mode.
The "Error 451 Unavailable For Legal Reasons" means that the connection is "Unavailable For Legal Reasons". - is a standard HTTP response code, which means that access to the resource you're trying to connect to is blocked due to restrictions or sanctions. Then there will be a log entry like: Service unavailable from a restricted location according to 'b. Eligibility' in https://www.binance.com/en/terms. Please contact customer service if you believe you received this message in error, with a link to the rules of the exchanger, which explains the reasons for restrictions.
To fix it, use a Proxy connection or install MoonBot on the server with the IP of a country which does not have restrictions for trading. In addition, you can contact the technical support of the exchange for a more detailed explanation.
Some users of the MoonBot terminal have such errors, and sometimes some trading crosses on the chart disappear.
Most often errors occur when there is high volatility on a coin and exchange servers do not have time to process requests and respond in the allotted time.
At such moments, both buy and sell orders may be canceled, forming a frozen position.
What you can try in this situation:
1) Add additional DNS to the server (1.1.1.1 and 8.8.8.8). You can assign DNS to 1.1.1.1 and 8.8.8.8 yourself.
2) Reboot the server.
3) Try another way to connect to the exchange.
4) Carefully read this material https://moon-bot.com/en/control-hanged-position/, after reading it, check Ignore Replacing Bug and accept the fact that hanging positions may be formed, which will sell the tracking bot.
5) Don't do anything, just wait for the next time the bot checks the order and resends it.
6) If you do not want to put up with it, then write a ticket to Binance, attaching the text of the error from the log. Find all such phrases in the log (Status: 503 Internal error, failed to process your request) and attach them to the request.
The MoonBot terminal can automatically generate and accept commands corresponding to basic actions: placing, rearranging orders, selling, canceling orders, and more. Commands are sent to your personal channel in a special form, in which they can be read by other bots. Thus, your bot is the master, bots of other users whom you have invited to your channel are slaves, they will repeat your actions.

The cant parse, will skip logging error occurs when the MoonBot cannot recognize a command for several reasons:
- You made a mistake in command syntax
- You typed the name of the coin wrong (in your case, the name 1000SHIBA is wrong, the correct spelling is coin without A -> 1000SHIB)
- There is a symbol close to the name of the coin (for example, the command specifies BTC], this is not correct because there is a closing square bracket close to the name of the coin, the correct spelling is BTC ], that is, the name of the coin should be indented left and right with spaces).

Designations:
Coin - Coin;
Price - price, can be set as an absolute value or percentage;
X - % of the order size from the whole deposit;
- mandatory parameter,
[ ] - optional parameter.
Letter (M) after command description means that this command is not sent automatically (you can write it manually).

Note: it is important to respect the case of letters in writing the command and do not write brackets in the command - in the example they are given to indicate variable parameters and syntax!

An example of coin buy command syntax:
cmd_Buy [Price] [sell [Price] [OrderSize X%] [Key ChannelKey] - Buy a coin at the specified price by the specified % of the set order.
If there is no specified price [Price], then according to the slave bot's strategy settings.
If the sale price with the sell keyword is specified, for example: buy NEO 0.048 sell +15% OrderSize 100%, then the specified sale price will be substituted in the slave bot strategy. So it is equivalent to two commands: buy NEO 0.048 and cmd_UpdateSell 15%.
Parameter Key ChannelKey (optional) is used to specify a strategy with the desired ChannelKey. That is, it allows you to divide commands by strategies. If it is not specified, or there is no strategy with this ChannelKey, the first strategy on the list will be selected.
If you use key in the strategies to divide the commands, the command must be written in full format, for example cmd_Buy BTC 1% sell 1% OrderSize 100% Key Kup, where Kup - is ChannelKey.
The full syntax of commands is spelled out on the page of our website "Asset Management": https://moon-bot.com/en/74-trust-management/
This is a temporary error, and it sometimes occurs when the MoonBot terminal has not downloaded data from the exchange on the candles for that period. MoonBot does not re-request immediately, so for some time it will indicate that there is no data. Try to restart the MoonBot terminal in administrator mode, after rebooting it will ask the exchange again and get the required data from it.
The "Not an EMA" error in the Moonbot terminal occurs when there are Cyrilic letters in the EMA formula. You should carefully rewrite your EMA formula so that all letters are in the English layout.
If the Binance exchange suddenly changed the leverage on a coin, the MoonBot terminal will immediately display an entry like: Exceeded the maximum allowable position at current leverage and after this error will be unscheduled rechecking of limits and adjusting the leverage to them, according to your settings. Without such an error, MoonBot terminal makes a check once an hour.
This log entry indicates that your server is not powerful enough to handle all the strategies running on it in the MoonBot terminal. In addition, you should check the load on your server, which are created by other applications with parallel processes, maybe they also take up a lot of resources on a dedicated server (VPS). We can also recommend you to use a more powerful VPS server for trading.
This type of log entry signals that there are difficulties in determining the IP servers of Binance exchange on connection methods 2 and 3. When working on a dedicated server, such as Vultr, this should not be the case, if you have this entry on your home computer and if everything works fine, you can ignore this error in the log.

There are several reasons why a signature may be invalid:
- The secret key is not set
- The secret key does not match the API key
- The parameter passed to the server has no value.
The error /api/v3/order?orderId=&timestamp=xxxxx&signature=xxxxx can be as follows
- The timestamp and signature (in this order) are not specified as the last parameters
/sapi/v1/sub-account/status?email=xxx&recvWindow=10000&timestamp=xxx&signature=xxx
- The signature is signed with a different Hash algorithm, it should be SHA256
- One user had such an error due to failure of hash API keys in memory in BIOS overclocking mode. In this case it helped to enable the "AI OverClocking" item in ASUS Armoury Crate utility and restart the computer.

To fix it, we recommend creating a new API key from your account and re-registering it in the MoonBot terminal.

For additional advice, please contact the MoonBot Configuration Telegram group at https://t.me/MoonBotSettings.

Log entries

The MoonBot terminal reports that a detection has occurred on one of your strategies without the possibility of autopurchase, ie Buy orders are not placed on the chart after the detection, as MoonBot is in "Mode: Manual". To switch it to Auto Buy mode, switch the button in the upper right window of the terminal from "Mode: Manual" (lit red) to "Mode: Signals" (lit green)
The MoonBot terminal reports that you are trying to set an order on the chart less than the allowed amount (the minimum lot on a coin). To eliminate this error, increase the amount of the order.
The MoonBot terminal automatically and regularly checks for the appearance of new listings (placement of new coins on the exchange) and writes this in the log at each check.
This entry in the log says that the window with the BTC coin chart is automatically closed according to the settings of auto-close charts on the tab Settings - Advanced -System (the slider "Auto close charts after 3 minutes of inactivity"), in this case the slider was on "3 min" = 180 seconds and was closed after this time.
This entry tells us that the current market price is the 1-hour low. The DropsDetection strategy has a separate setting that controls this value, if it is checked, the Drops strategy will check that the price is an hourly low and only then will it place a Buy order. If the checkbox is not checked, the strategy will ignore this check in spite of the log entry.
The strategy has detected, but the Buy order will not be placed, since the AutoBuy option in the strategy settings is set to "NO" (do not buy).
Already working" means that there is already one order on a coin and MoonBot won't place the second and subsequent orders without multorder mode.
To remove this error and allow the bot to place multiple orders on one coin, you need to enable multiorder mode (press the M button on the main window of the MoonBot terminal).
The multiorder mode and use of the M button are available only to PRO version owners with activated Moon Scalper module.
This is service information, which means that you are currently using the "Original" connection method when connecting to the exchange. The method of connection to the exchange can be changed on the tab Settings-Special Engine Settings in the menu "Binance connection method". The indexes in the log for the different connection methods are as follows:
"Original" = 0
"Method 2" = 1
"Method 3" = 2
"Method 4" = 3
When MoonBot starts the terminal, it logs service information, in this case reports about API limits, that on this account, you can send no more than 1200 requests per minute and place 50 orders in 10 seconds. If these limits are exceeded, the exchange gives a short-term ban, if after its expiry date the limits are exceeded again, the ban will be repeated for a longer period. Thus exchanger insures itself from increased load on its servers.
This is service information, which means that when using the UDP protocol, port 1999 is used, which can be changed in the Settings - Advanced - System tab "Listen UDP port".
When you start the MoonBot terminal, it logs service information, in this case it tells you that Multi Order mode is off.
When you run the MoonBot terminal, it writes to the log service information, in this case, reports that 341 coins were found on this market and are available for trade.
When you run the MoonBot terminal, it writes in the log service information, in this case reports that you are using the FREE version, which has a limit on the maximum amount of Buy orders of $ 40.
This is service information, which means that the stop-loss is activated and the Sell order will be sold at Panic Sell.
This is service information, which means that after changing any parameters in the strategy settings, it has been saved.
These are service records, which are written in the log when you move a Sell order in the betting market. For example, when you want to move a Sell order in the betting window manually or it is automatically corrected according to the strategy settings, the request to move it is made first, then the Sell order is cancelled from the old position and set to a new one.
This entry reports that MoonBot has determined that the coin has already been pamped and will not buy it again in the current session. To disable this check, uncheck the "Dont buy already pumped" option on the Settings - Main tab and restart MoonBot in administrator mode.
This entry reports that MoonBot has not placed a real order, but an emulator order, which is not sent to the exchange and is only visible in the bot.
This entry reports that MoonBot cancelled the Buy order and at the time of cancellation it was bought at 0%.
This entry reports that the Buy order was executed and was redeemed by 100%.
This entry reports that the MoonBot has placed a Buy order on the chart.
The following parameters have been assigned to the Buy order placed on the chart: stop loss is off (SL:OFF) and trailing stop is off (TS:OFF)
The MoonBot terminal has set a Sell order in the chart.
Stop Loss enabled (SL:OFF) and trailing stop disabled (TS:OFF) parameters have been assigned to the order placed in the chart
Autocancel Buy order will be activated after 60 seconds according to the setting of AutoCancelBuy=60 in the strategy on the Buy conditions tab
This entry informs you that there was a Sell move in MoonBot according to the algorithm in the strategy setup. The Sell order tab determined the maximum price for the last 300 seconds (SellLevelTime=300), which was maxPrice: 9.1998. Then we corrected and set the Sell order to the level "from the maximum price for 300 seconds lower by 0.5%" (SellLevelAdjust=-0.5), which was 9.1998-0.5%= new sell price: 9.1538.
This entry informs you that MoonBot is running and waiting for coin detects, which depend on your strategies settings.
This is an informational message from the MoonBot terminal, in which it logs every 15 minutes about memory usage during its operation. You cannot disable the logging of these messages.
A record like: Tlg Cmd: cmd_UpdateKeyWords BUY means that a command was sent to the MoonBot terminal from the controlling Telegram channel to change the keyword to the Long position (to the word BUY), and a record like: Global settings keyword updated means that the terminal executed it and updated the keyword to Long.
A record of the following form: Tlg Cmd: Cmd: cmd_UpdateBlackWords called,given,told,dont,don't,reached means that a command to update stop words in the "Words in message at which NOT to buy" field on the Settings-AutoBuy tab was sent to the MoonBot terminal from the controlling Telegram channel, and a record of the following form: Command: Global settings blackwords updated means that the terminal executed it and updated these stop words.
A record of the following form: Tlg cmd_UpdateLowerPriceWords wait dip,for dip,when dump,when dumped means that a command was sent to the MoonBot terminal from the controlling Telegram channel to update the list of words in the "Words at which to buy at lower price" field on the Settings-AutoBuy tab, and a record of the following form: Global settings LowerPriceWords updated means that the terminal executed it and updated this list of words.
A record like: Tlg Cmd: Tlg cmd_UpdateTokenTags #,USDT means that a command was sent to the MoonBot terminal from the controlling Telegram channel to change the tags in the field under the parameter "Buy coins with tags" on the Settings-AutoBuy tab, and a record like: Command: Global settings tags updated means that the terminal executed it and updated the tags.
When using the MoonHook strategy, if the strategy has a delay in order placement in the BuyDelay parameter and during this delay the price of the order went out of the corridor before placing the order, the price is recalculated and an information record is made in the log like: Initial BuyPrice changed during BuyDelay.

Statistics

On our page https://stat.moon-bot.com/ in tab Trades you can see MoonBot terminal ID and user's nickname in Telegram, time of trade, coin, buy and sell price, order size, profit in $ and % to order, trade type (manual or auto) trading terminal version (pro or free)
On our site https://stat.moon-bot.com/ in tab 24h Top you can find rating of MoonBot users with their Telegram ID and nickname, average order size, orders quantity, profit in $ and % in 24 hours.
On our page https://stat.moon-bot.com/ in tab Weekly Top you can find the rating of the MoonBot terminal users with their Telegram ID and nickname, average order size, number of orders, profit in $ and % for the week.
On our page https://stat.moon-bot.com/ in tab Rating TM you can see rating of managing Master Bots, which manage Slave bots with ID and Nic in Telegram, number of Slave bots in management, average order size, number of orders, profit in $ and % for the week.
On our page https://stat.moon-bot.com/ in tab Сompetition you can see rating of weekly competition among Free users of MoonBot terminal with indication of ID and nickname in Telegram, average order size, number of orders, profit in $ and %. The contest starts every 1st and 3rd Monday of the month, at 00:01 GMT+0 and lasts exactly one week.
Free Free version users only, any trading methods are accepted - manual, by strategies, by signals etc.
Be sure to use the current version of the bot and specify a valid Telegram nickname by which you can be contacted.
On our page https://stat.moon-bot.com/ on the tab Top coin 24h you can see the rating of coins from MoonBot users by profit or loss in $ in 24 hours.
On our page https://stat.moon-bot.com/ on the Daily tab you can see the daily summary statistics from MoonBot users by the number of profit or loss in $.
On our page https://stat.moon-bot.com/ on the tab Volumes you can see the daily summary statistics from MoonBot users by the number of traded volume in $ and the number of orders.
On our page https://stat.moon-bot.com/ in the Strategy Ratings tab you can observe the daily and weekly statistics by the type of strategies used by some MoonBot users, since the collection of these statistics is voluntary and they are sent to the server only from those users who have not ticked the Settings - Login tab "Don't send strat info".

Development and testing

We welcome new ideas that can help develop the MoonBot terminal. We have a special suggestion form where you need to specify your MoonBot ID and Telegram nickname, and detail your idea and why it would be useful for everyone.
https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfWDJPDVQh2ZxU2moyqDdFFvLd1jey53zg3gBUj10qjIINRHg/viewform
Once you've submitted your suggestion through the form, it goes into a special Google accumulation table where all the ideas from users go in the order they come in. The table cell to the right of your suggestion will be populated with the developers' response after a while.
https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1A_rNypu7piNmqqAgM-gCNBiM1l9tkGWkS5k3IRL45FU/edit
You can get tester status for new versions of MoonBot terminal individually by invitation.
A tester must have a PRO version of the MoonBot terminal, be an active member of our groups, and be willing to spend time discussing, helping with development and testing.
To be considered for a tester, please contact Mike via DM at https://t.me/MikeMercer
If you are a tester, you may find the latest test version of the MoonBot terminal in the private MoonBot Binance Futures Telegram Group (entrance by invitation only and strictly for PRO version owners). Discussions between testers about the latest innovations and possible bugs are also held in this group, which are considered and corrected by developers.
Some test versions are also published in open Telegram groups, in which all users of those groups can discuss test versions and new ideas for them. There are also official testers in these groups, who can convey in a concise form the main ideas for their implementation directly to the developers already in the closed MoonBot Binance Futures Telegram group.

Download the archive with the latest test version of the MoonBot terminal to your computer.
Close your MoonBot PRO terminal and make a copy of the folder where it is installed.
Open the folder with a copy of the terminal and move the 4 files from the previously downloaded archive with a test copy (replacing them in the folder).
Important!
1) Use the test versions of the MoonBot terminal carefully, test the new features both in emulator mode and in real mode, but using a small order. Keep in mind that there may be bugs in the test versions, which should be reported to the testers or, if you are a tester, directly to the developers, attaching a detailed description, short videos, screenshots and logs.
2) Your help in testing new test versions of the MoonBot terminal will help make it better and release more new functionality useful for everyone.

In order to be able to update your MoonBot terminal to test versions using the Telegram command, you need to do the following:
a) Make sure that your MoonBot test terminal is connected to Telegram and accepts control commands from it.
b) On the Settings - Advanced - System tab of the MoonBot test terminal, tick the Accept beta versions checkbox so that the terminal accepts the Telegram command to update and install the test version.
c) You need to send a command from Telegram to the MoonBot test terminal, for example, for the test version "MoonBot-N1" the Telegram command would be as follows: InstallTestVersion MoonBot-N1 and the terminal that accepted this command and that has the Accept beta versions ticked will start automatic update with terminal reboot.

If, for example, you have 2 test terminals MB-TEST1 and MB-TEST2 running, and both of them have the Accept beta versions checkbox enabled, then when you send a command to a specific bot like: botname:MB-TEST1 InstallTestVersion MoonBot-N1, only MB-TEST1 will be updated to this test version, while MB-TEST2 will not be updated, even though MB-TEST2 also has the Accept beta versions checkbox enabled.

If you send the generic command: InstallTestVersion MoonBot-N1, all terminals with the Accept beta versions checkbox installed will be updated.
Terminals that do not have the Accept beta versions checkbox installed will not be updated by either the personal or general command.

Help

: Help
First, restart your computer and router, and do a time synchronisation on your computer, as some errors occur when the connection is broken, your computer is faulty, or the Internet is down.

Make sure the MoonBot.exe file has been run in administrator mode.

Next, make sure you have the latest version of the MoonBot terminal, as the latest version may have already fixed the error you are experiencing!
The version number is listed in the upper left corner of the main window of the MoonBot terminal, and information with the version history and the current version number can be viewed on our website in the "Version History" section: https://moon-bot.com/ru/manual/versions-history/

Click the Stop button in the MoonBot terminal to write the log to a file, then open the logs folder and open a log file like "LOG_2023-XX-XX.log" (without prefix ADD). All MoonBot terminal activities (system information, warning records, records of detects and strategy names, information about purchases, sales, activation of stops and trailing, errors, etc.) are recorded there.

Click on the Help button on the main MoonBot terminal window, and a separate MoonBot FAQ window will open with a large number of questions and answers.
To find information about your question in the search box of the MoonBot FAQ window, type one or more keywords and then press the Find or Enter button.
You can also scroll through the MoonBot FAQs to see which questions are relevant to you and try to find the information you're looking for.

If you can't find an answer to your question in Help, go to our Telegram technical support group Moon Bot Public: https://t.me/Moon_Bot_Public and do a search there with the same keywords.

If you yourself still can not find the answer, ask your question in the MoonBot Setting and when formulating it, try to describe the situation in detail and as accurately as possible (version number, FREE or PRO MoonBot, spot or futures trading, under what circumstances is not clear to you the situation occurs, what happened, etc.)!

Please attach a log of the form "LOG_2023-XX-XX.log" (without prefix ADD) and a screenshot of the MoonBot terminal screen to show the buttons, bars, chart of the screen, the window with orders and logs, as well as the lower information field with system messages and indication. If your question relates to strategy settings or main settings (where you have bought, where you have sold, where a stop was placed, where a trailing stop was triggered and so on), please also send screenshots of the relevant sections of the strategy tabs or tabs of the main settings sections.

To make a screenshot of the main window of the MoonBot terminal, you can press hotkey CTRL+F12 and the image will be copied to the clipboard, then you can stand in the field with a Telegram message, press CTRL+V to put a screenshot from the clipboard and send it to Telegram.
For screenshots of other settings, you can use the standard Windows features or any third-party software.

After sending your message, wait for a response from an available support team member.